General Construction Contract Documents

Home , Construction delay

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

FOR

CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

ISSUED BY:

CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL WRANGELL, ALASKA

PREPARED BY:

R&M ENGINEERING-KETCHIKAN, INC. KETCHIKAN, ALASKA

February 2014 CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

PART 1 - BID PROCEDURES

SECTION

SECTION 1 NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INVITING BIDS

SECTION 2 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS

SECTION 3 BID BOND

SECTION 4 BID PROPOSAL

SECTION 5 PERFORMANCE BOND

SECTION 6 PAYMENT BOND

SECTION 7 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

SECTION 8 WAGE AND HOUR RATES - State of Alaska

SECTION 9 AGREEMENT

SECTION 10 STANDARD FORMS Contractor's Request For Payment Change Order Release, Waiver, and Discharge of All Claims and Liens Statement Concerning Claims Non-Collusion Affidavit

PART 2 - GENERAL CONDITIONS

PART 3 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

PART 4 - SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

DIVISION ONE - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01011 General Project Requirements 01025 Measurement and Payment 01026 Unit Prices 01043 Jobsite Administration 01050 Field Engineering 01220 Schedule and Meetings 01340 Project Data Submittals 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01515 Temporary Water 01545 Protection and Maintenance of Work and Property 01567 Pollution Control 01568 Erosion, Sediment and Pollution Control 01570 Traffic Regulation 01631 Deviations from Plans and Specifications 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents

DIVISION TWO - SITE WORK 02010 Subsurface Conditions 02016 Existing Utilities 02100 Asbestos Containing Materials 02110 Demolition 02200 Earthwork 02221 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting 02400 Shoring 02520 Storm Drainage 02525 Curbs and Sidewalks 02530 Dewatering 02550 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 02552 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 02555 Water Lines 02560 Sanitary Sewers

DIVISION THREE - CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INVITING BIDS

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT the City and Borough of Wrangell, Alaska invites sealed bids for the following project: CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS. The work includes replacement of approximately 1300 feet of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water main, installing approximately 1300 lf feet of cast in place curb and gutter, and paving the existing gravel road.

RECEIPT OF BIDS. Sealed bids will be received by the City and Borough of Wrangell, Post Office Box 531, Wrangell, Alaska 99929, located at the Borough Clerk’s Office, 205 Brueger Street, Wrangell, Alaska 99929 until 2:00 PM prevailing time on April 2, 2014 Opening date and time may be changed to a later date or time via Addendum. Clearly mark on the outside of the envelope “Request for Bids, Cassiar Street Roadway & Utilities Improvements, Opening Date April 2, 2014”. Proposals may not be withdrawn for ninety days following date of opening.

Contract Documents: The Contract Documents, including one set of reduced scale drawings, may be obtained at the Borough Clerk’s Office, 205 Brueger Street, Wrangell, Alaska 99929 (Ph. 907-874-2381). A non-refundable fee of $50.00 made payable to the City and Borough of Wrangell is required for each set of contract documents. Additional charges will be required for special handling or delivery of the documents by means other than first class mail. The Contract Documents may also be downloaded free of charge on the City and Borough of Wrangell website (www.wrangell.com) under the Bids and RFP’s section. Downloading Contract Documents from the City and Borough of Wrangell’s website requires registration with the Borough Clerk in order to be placed on the Plan holders List and to ensure receipt of subsequent Addenda. Failure to register may adversely affect your proposal. It is the Offeror’s responsibility to insure that they have received all Addenda affecting this Solicitation. To be registered, contact the Borough Clerk at 907- 874-2381 or at [email protected]

COMPLETION OF WORK. The OWNER will open the work site to the CONTRACTOR immediately following the Notice to Proceed. Substantial completion shall be October 31, 2014. All WORK under the contract documents shall be completed by November 15, 2014.

PRE BID CONFERENCE. Prospective bidders are encouraged to attend a Pre-Bid Conference that will be held in Wrangell on March 18, 2014 beginning at 11:00 AM at the City and Borough Council Chambers at City Hall. The purpose of the conference is to acquaint Bidders with site conditions, construction phasing and answer questions on bid documents. A phone in telephone conference has been set up for anyone who wishes to

1 Participate in the pre bid conference but cannot make it to Wrangell on that day. The call in number is 212-812-2800 and the conference code number is 8246 6080

BID SECURITY. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid bond, cashier’s check or certified check made payable to the City and Borough of Wrangell in the amount of five percent of the total bid price. This serves as a guarantee that the Bidder, if its Bid is accepted, will promptly execute the Agreement. A Bid shall not be considered unless one of the forms of Bidder's security is enclosed with it.

CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE. All contractors are required to submit a copy of their current Alaska Contractor's License and a current Alaska Business License with the bid.

BID TO REMAIN OPEN. The Bidder shall guarantee the Bid for a period of 90 Days from the date of Bid opening. Any component of the Bid including additive alternates may be awarded anytime during the 90 Days.

OWNER'S RIGHTS RESERVED. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive any informality in a Bid, and to make award to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder as it may best serve the interests of the OWNER.

OWNER: the City and Borough of Wrangell

CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL

Date: ______By: Jeff Jabusch Borough Manager

Publish: ______

Advertise in: Alaska Business Journal Seattle Daily Business Journal Wrangell Sentinel

Invoice to be sent to City & Borough of Wrangell, Attention Borough Clerk

2 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS

l. PREPARATION OF BID FORMS. The City and Borough of Wrangell, hereinafter referred to as the OWNER, invites bids on the form enclosed as part of the bidding and contract documents to be submitted at such time and place as is stated in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids. All blanks in the bid form must be appropriately filled in with typewriter or ink, and all prices must be stated in both words and figures.

Bidders should fill in the loose bid forms furnished with the bound Contract Documents. Do not fill in the bound set of bid forms.

All bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to see that his bid is received in proper time. Any bids received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids will be returned to the Bidder unopened.

2. SIGNATURES. All proposals shall give the price proposed, both in writing and in figures, shall give all other information requested herein, and shall be signed by the Bidder or his authorized representative with his address. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name, signature and post office address must be shown; if made by firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown; if made by a corporation, the proposal shall show the name of state under the laws of which the corporation is incorporated, and the title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation. If the proposal is made by a corporation, a certified copy of the bylaws or resolution of the board of directors of the corporation shall be furnished showing the authority of the officer signing the proposal to execute contracts on behalf of the corporation.

3. MODIFICATIONS. Changes in or additions to the bid forms, recapitulations of the work bid upon, alternative proposals or any other modifications of the bid form which are not specifically called for in the Contract Documents may result in the OWNER's rejection of the bid as not being responsive to the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids. No oral or telephone modification of any bid submitted will be considered. Any Bidder may modify his bid by submitting a written modification signed by the Bidder, by hand delivery, Email to [email protected], or by a facsimile communication at Fax No. (907)874-3952 at any time prior to the scheduled bid closing time for receipt of bids, provided such communication is received by the OWNER prior to the bid closing time. The email or facsimile communication should not reveal the bid price but should provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened.

1 4. ERASURES. The bid submitted must not contain any erasures, interlineations or other corrections unless each such correction is suitably authenticated by affixing in the margin immediately opposite the corrections the surname of the person or persons signing the bid.

5. EXAMINATION OF THE SITE, DRAWINGS, ETC. Each Bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and fully investigate and acquaint himself with the conditions relating to the work and labor, including taking of soils or other tests, so that he may fully understand the facilities, difficulties, soils and other conditions and restrictions attending the execution of the work under this Contract. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any forms, instrument or addendum or other document or to visit the site, take and make soils or other tests, and fully acquaint himself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve the Bidder from obligations with respect to his bid or to full performance of the Contract and for the price bid. The submission of a bid shall be taken as conclusive evidence of compliance with this section.

6. ADDENDA. Each proposal shall include specific acknowledgment in the space provided of receipt of all addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge may result in the proposal being rejected as not responsive.

All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Project Manager. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Project Manager in response to such questions will be issued by Addendum, mailed, emailed, faxed, or delivered to all parties recorded by the Project Manager, or OWNER, as having received the Contract Documents. Questions received less than (7) seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addendum will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.

7. BID PRICE. The bid price shall include everything necessary for the fulfillment of the Contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials and equipment, except as may be provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. In the event of a difference between a price quoted in words and a price quoted in figures for the same quotation, the words shall be the amount bid.

8. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSING LAWS. All Bidders must provide evidence of authority to conduct business in Alaska to the extent required by law. A Bid for the WORK will not be accepted from a contractor who does not hold a valid Alaska Business License and a valid Contractor's License in Alaska (applicable to the type of work bid upon) at the time of opening Bids.

9. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each Bidder shall be duly licensed, qualified, skilled, and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under the Contract. A statement setting forth his licensing, qualification, experience and the experience, knowledge and ability of the personnel available for employment in responsible charge of the work shall be submitted by low Bidder when requested by the OWNER.

It is the intention of the OWNER to award a contract to the lowest responsive responsible Bidder who furnishes satisfactory evidence that he has the requisite licenses, qualifications, experience and ability and that he has sufficient capital, facilities, and plant to enable him to prosecute the work successfully and properly, and to complete the work within the time specified in the Contract.

To determine the degree of responsibility to be credited to the Bidder, the OWNER will weigh any evidence that the Bidder, or personnel available for employment in responsible charge off the work, have satisfactorily performed other contracts of like nature, magnitude and comparable difficulty and comparable rates of progress and other factors, including:

a) The ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder to perform the Contract.

b) Whether the Bidder can perform the Contract within the time specified, and without delay

c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the Bidder.

d) The quality of the Bidder's performance on previous contracts.

e) The previous and existing compliance by the Bidder with laws and ordinances relating to this and other contracts.

f) The sufficiency of the financial resources and the ability of the Bidder to perform the Contract.

10. POSTPONEMENT OF OPENING. The OWNER reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening of proposals at any time prior to the time announced for opening of proposals in the advertisement.

11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER. If there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered.

12. REJECTION OF BIDS. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any bid which is nonresponsive, incomplete, obscure or irregular; any bid which omits any one or more items on which the bids are required; any bid in which unit prices are unbal- anced in the opinion of the OWNER; any bid accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid security; and any bid from Bidders who have previously failed to perform properly or to complete on time contracts of any nature.

13. RETURN OF BID BOND. Within 14 Days after award of the contract, the OWNER will return the Bid securities accompanying such of the Bids as are not considered in making the award. All other Bid securities will be held until the Agreement has been executed. They will then be returned to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompanied.

14. AGREEMENT AND BONDS. The form of Agreement which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, shall be required to execute, and the form and amounts of surety bonds which he shall be required to furnish at the time of execution of the Agreement, are included in the Contract Documents and should be carefully examined by the Bidder. The Agreement shall be executed in three (3) original counterparts.

15. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. Bidders are notified to examine thoroughly the bid form, information for bidders, the form of Agreement, bonds, and the other Contract Documents. If any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed Contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Contract Documents, or finds discrepancies or omissions therein, he may submit to the Project Manager, seven (7) days prior to the time announced for opening the proposals for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made only by Addendum issued by the City Administrator, which shall thereupon become part of the Contract Documents and a copy of such Addendum will be sent by facsimile to each person receiving a set of Contract Documents; however, responsibility shall rest solely with each of the intending Bidders to determine that he has, by time of bidding, received all Addenda. The OWNER will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretation of the Contract Documents. No oral interpretation of provisions in the Contract Documents will be made to the Bidder. Bidders must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of any of the estimated quantities by examination of the site and a review of the Contract Documents, including Addenda. After bids have been submitted, the Bidder shall not assert that there was a misunderstanding concerning the quantities of work, site or other conditions, or of the nature of the work to be done.

16. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. No person, firm, or corporation shall be allowed to make, or file, or be interested in more than one bid

4 for the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for. A person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a Bidder, or that has quoted prices or materials to a Bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or quoting prices to other Bidders or making a prime proposal.

17. AWARD OF CONTRACT. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids, waive any informalities or irregularity in the bidding and/or not make an award. The award of the Contract, if made by the OWNER, will be made to the qualified and responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid, but the OWNER shall determine in its own discretion whether a Bidder is responsible and qualified to perform the Contract, and what bid is the lowest or in the best interest of the OWNER, including the OWNER's right to consider the proposed form of manufacturer's warranty to be given by the manufacturer to be used by a Bidder, if such warranty is called for in the Contract Documents, or any other matters to be submitted pursuant to the Contract Documents, in making its determinations, and determine whether it is to the best interest of the OWNER to accept the bid.

Alternate bids are intended to provide the Owner a range of comparative costs which will allow identification of the combination most responsive to the Owner's needs and available funds. The Bidder must submit bid prices for all alternate bids. Except as otherwise herein stated an apparent low Bidder will be identified and award of the contract will be made on the basis of the base bid plus those alternate bids that the Owner in its sole discretion elects to accept. The order of the alternates listed shall not be construed as binding and/or an indication of the order in which the Owner may select alternatives if any.

18. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS. Upon a specific request of the OWNER, the Bidder, before the award of a Contract, shall submit non-collusion affidavits to the OWNER covering the Bidder and all subcontractors.

19. BID, PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES. A certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond in the form included in the Contract Documents, payable to the City and Borough of Wrangell in an amount equal to at least five percent (5%) of the total amount bid shall accompany each Bid, as evidence of good faith and as a guarantee that if awarded the Contract the Bidder will execute the required form of agreement, and give the bonds and other instruments as required. The successful Bidder's bid security will be retained until he has furnished a one hundred percent (100%) performance bond and a one hundred percent (100%) payment bond, if such bonds are not expressly waived by the special conditions, on the forms included in the Contract Documents with a qualified corporate Surety, and the required form of Agreement have been executed by the Bidder and the OWNER and required worker's compensation and other insurance certificates have been provided. The OWNER re-

5 serves the right to hold the bid security from the three (3) apparent lowest responsive Bidders until the Agreement is executed by the accepted Bidder and by the OWNER. Any Bidder whose bid proposal is accepted shall, unless the requirement for such bonds is expressly waived in the special conditions, furnish satisfactory performance and payment bonds, and required worker's compensation and other required insurance certificates or policies of insurance and execute the required form of Agreement within ten (10) days after delivery of Notice of Intent to Award, or within such additional time as is allowed by the OWNER. Failure, neglect or refusal by the Bidder to do so shall constitute a breach of agreement to enter into the Contract affected by the Bidder's proposal and the OWNER's Notice of Intent to Award and such Bidder shall be deemed to be a defaulting bidder. The damages to the Owner for such a breach of agreement will include monetary loss from, among other things, interference with the OWNER's program and normal operations. The amount of such damages is difficult or impossible to compute. The OWNER has estimated, and each Bidder, by submitting its Bid proposal, agrees that reasonable compensation for damages resulting from such breach of agreement shall be the amount of the Bid proposal guaranty and promises to pay that amount as liquidated damages for such breach, and the OWNER may retain all such bid security or recover the said amount from the Bidder and Surety.

20. DEFAULTING BIDDER. If any Bidder whose Bid proposal is accepted fails, neglects or refuses to furnish the required performance and payment bonds, or the required worker's compensation and other insurance certificates or policies, or to execute the Agreement as herein provided, such Bidder shall not be the lowest responsive Bidder. The OWNER may then select the lowest responsive Bidder and deliver a notice of acceptance of Bid proposal to such lowest responsive Bidder.

21. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. The form, types and amounts of insurance which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, shall be required to obtain is included in the Contract Documents.

22. MINIMUM WAGE. The Contractor shall at all times pay not less than the minimum wage per hour for each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics as set forth in the general prevailing wage rate schedule applicable at the time the work is performed published by the State of Alaska, as amended from time to time, and shall comply with all other provisions of Alaska Statutes, Title 36, Chapter 5 [Wages and Hours of Labor]. Each Bidder, by submitting a bid proposal, acknowledges and represents they have familiarized themselves with the prevailing wage rates and agree to pay and comply with said requirements relating to minimum wages.

23. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS. No consideration will be given by the OWNER to claim of error in a bid unless such claim is made to the OWNER within twenty-four (24) hours after the time stated for receiving bids in the Notice to Con- tractors Inviting Bids, and unless supporting evidence of such claim, including cost

6 breakdown sheets, is delivered to the OWNER within forty-eight (48) hours after the time stated for receiving bids in the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids. Relief may be granted only at the OWNER's discretion and in such event only for clerical errors.

24. SIGNING. Each document signed by an attorney-in-fact shall be accompanied with a copy of the power of attorney authorizing the attorney-in-fact. No agreement shall be binding upon the OWNER until the same has been completely signed by the Contractor and also signed on behalf of the OWNER. Failure to sign and return the required form of Agreement and acceptable bonds and/or insurance certificates or policies as provided herein and the Contract Documents within the time limit above specified may be just and sufficient cause for the cancellation of the award and the for- feiture of the bid security.

25. CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The OWNER reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the Bidder, except return of the bid security, at any time before the Agreement has been fully signed by all parties, including the OWNER.

26. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. No Bidder may withdraw his bid after the time announced for the opening, or before both the award and execution of the agreement, unless the award is delayed for a period in excess of sixty (60) days.

27. BID PROTESTS. An aggrieved bidder may file a bid protest within ten (10) calendar days after Notice of Intent to Award the contract is mailed.

28. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages if any are set forth in the Agreement.

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,

That we

(Bidder) as PRINCIPAL, and

(Bonding Company) as SURETY, a corporation incorporated in the State of ______and authorized to do business in the State of Alaska, are held and firmly bound unto the City and Borough of Wrangell, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called the OWNER, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars ($______), for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS the PRINCIPAL has, by written proposal, submitted a bid to the said OWNER on that certain contract for the performance of the work, services, and materials for which bids are to be opened on ______, 201__, at ______p.m. for:

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the aforesaid PRINCIPAL shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within sixty (60) days after said opening, and, if awarded the Contract, shall within the period specified therefore, or such additional time as is allowed by the OWNER, or, if no period be specified, within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to said PRINCIPAL for signature, enter into a written contract with the OWNER in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid as accepted, and delivers to the OWNER good and sufficient performance and payment bonds on the forms and as required to guarantee the faithful performance of the terms and conditions of the Contract, and the required certificates or policies of insurance, and other instruments as called for by the Contract

1 Documents, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this ______day of ______, 201__.

PRINCIPAL

By: ______

Title: ______

ATTEST: (If Corporation)

By: ______

Title: ______Corporate Seal

______SURETY

By: ______

Title: ______

______(Address)

Corporate Seal

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT) )

On this _____ day of ______, 200__, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said district and State personally appeared ______known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of, ______, the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

NOTE: (a) Signatures of those executing for Surety must be properly acknowledged.

(b) The Attorney-in-Fact must attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney.

INSTRUCTIONS

l. This form shall be used whenever a bid bond is required.

2. The surety on the bond may be any corporation or partnership authorized to do business in Alaska as an insurer under AS 21.09. In lieu of furnishing a bid bond, the bidder may submit a certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the OWNER in the amount of the bid bond required.

3. The name, including full name, and business or residence address of each individual party to the bond shall be inserted in the space provided therefor, and each party shall sign the bond with his usual signature on the line opposite the scroll seal. 4. If the principals are partners, their individual names shall appear in the space provided therefor, with the recital that they are partners composing a firm, naming it, and all members of the firm shall execute the bond as individuals.

5. If the principal or surety is a corporation, the name of the State in which incorporated shall be inserted in the space provided therefor, and said instrument shall be executed and attested under the corporate seal as indicated in the form. If the corporation has no corporate seal the fact shall be stated, in which case a scroll or adhesive seal shall appear following the corporate name.

6. The official character and authority of the person or persons executing the bond for the principal, if a corporation, shall be certified by the secretary or assistant secretary, according to the form herein provided. In lieu of such certificate there may be attached to the bond copies of so much of the records of the corporation as will show the official character and authority of the officer signing, duly certified by the secretary or assistant secretary, under the corporate seal, to be true copies.

7. The date of this bond must not be prior to the date of the instrument in connection with which it is given.

8. Individual Surety will not be accepted as bid security.

BID PROPOSAL

TO: The City and Borough of Wrangell, herein called the City:

Pursuant to and in compliance with your Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids, Information For Bidders, Agreement and the other Contract Documents relating thereto, the undersigned Bidder, being fully familiarized with all the terms of all the Contract Documents and with the project site and local conditions and costs affecting the performance as called for in the Contract Documents, hereby proposes and agrees to perform, within the time and in the manner stipulated, the Contract, including all of its component parts, and everything required to be performed, and to provide and furnish any and all of the work, labor, materials, tools, supplies, and all transportation and other services necessary to perform the Contract in a skillful and timely manner, all in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, including addenda(s) for the following project:

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS in accordance with attached schedule. l. Award of Contract. The City shall have the right to reject this bid proposal and such bid proposal shall remain open and may not be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) days after the date prescribed for its opening.

2. Execution of Contract and Performance Security. It is understood and agreed that if written notice of the acceptance of this proposal and award of the Contract is mailed, emailed or delivered to the undersigned Bidder within sixty (90) days after the opening of the proposal, or at any time thereafter before it is withdrawn in writing, the undersigned Bidder will execute and deliver the Agreement in the form set forth in the Contract Documents to the City in accordance with the proposal as accepted, and will also furnish and deliver to the City the performance and payment bonds on the forms provided in the Contract Documents, the Certificate of Insurance and policies of insurance and any other documents or bonds called for in the Contract Documents, all within ten (10) days after notice of Intend to Award of the Contract is given.

3. Notice of Intent to Award of the Contract or requests or additional information may be addressed to the undersigned Bidder at the business address set forth at the end of this proposal.

4. Wherever in this proposal an amount is stated in both words and figures, in case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail; if all or any portion of the proposal is required to be given in unit prices and totals and a discrepancy exists between any such unit prices and totals so given, the unit prices shall prevail.

5. Bid Security. Accompanying this bid is the required bid security in the form of

Page 1 ______* in the amount of ______($______)

(*NOTICE: Insert the words, "Cashier's Check," "Certified Check," or "Bid Bond," as the case may be; bid security is five percent (5%) of the total amount bid.)

6. Receipt of the following Addenda to the Contract Documents is hereby acknowledged.

ADDENDUM DATE OF RECEIPT SIGNED NO OF ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGMENT

1 ______

2 ______

3 ______

4 ______

(Note: Failure to acknowledge receipt of any addenda may be considered an irregularity in the proposal and grounds for rejection of the bid.)

BIDDER: ______

By:______(Title)

Alaska Contractor License No. ______

Telephone ______

Business Address______

Place of Residence ______

Date ______, 20 ______. NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above together with the signatures of the officer or officers authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation; if Bidder is a copartnership, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts in behalf of the copartnership, and if Bidder is an individual, the appropriate signature shall be placed above.

Page 2 BID FORM

The prices established in the Bid Proposal shall be full payment for all work described in the project manual, plans, and associated documents or directed by the City and Borough of Wrangell. The bidder has thoroughly and completely reviewed the Contract Documents, plans, and specifications. Based on the undersigned’s own estimate of costs and investigations and research of the proposed work, the bidder agrees to accept as full payment, the amounts quoted in the Bid Proposal. Write below the total project cost (total of all bid items above.)

NOTE: Show unit price, extensions, and bid total in number form only.

BASE BID Item Description Unit #Units Unit Price Cost

1 Mobilization / LS All Demobilization required 2 Construction LS All Surveying required 3 Traffic Control and LS All Signage required 4 Removal / Disposal 1,150 of Asbestos Concrete LF Pipe 5 Removal / Disposal LF 50 of DI Water Main 6 Removal / Disposal LF 700 of Existing Sanitary main 7 Removal / Disposal EA 4 Of Existing Sanitary Manhole 8 8” HDPE Water Main LF 1,300 9 Connect to Existing EA 3 Water Main 10 Fire Hydrant EA 4 11 Water Service EA 13 Connections 12a 8” Gate Valves EA 8 12b 6” Gate Valves EA 2 13 8” SDR 35 Sewer LF 1,100 Pipe 14 Sewer Laterals EA 13 15 48” Sanitary EA 6 Manhole 16 Sanitary Main EA 2 Cleanout 17 Insulation Board SF 1,450 18 Common Excavation CY 450 Page 1

19 Solid Rock CY 600 Excavation (Including Utility Trenches) 20 4” Minus Backfill CY 250 21 D1 Surfacing CY 320 22 Asphalt Concrete SF 23,000 23 Curb and Gutter LF 1,600 24a Type IV Catch Basin EA 13 24b Storm Manhole EA 6 25 18” CPP Storm Main LF 1350 26 Storm Laterals EA 12 27. Reconstruct Wood EA 5 Stairways 28. Reconstruct SF 300 Concrete Driveways Total Base Bid Price $______Total Base Bid Price in Words

$______

Additive Alternate (Water Main Construction Extension In McCormack R/W) Item Description Unit #Units Unit Price Extended Price 9 Connect to Existing EA 1 Water Main 8 8” HDPE Water Main LF 180 Total Additive Alternate Price

$______Total Additive Alternate Price in Words

$______

By: ______Firm: ______

______Address: ______

______

Title: ______Firm: ______

Date: ______Fax: ______

Page 2

PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS, the City and Borough of Wrangell, located in Wrangell, Alaska, by motion passed , 201 , has awarded to , hereinafter designated as the PRINCIPAL, a contract for:

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

WHEREAS, said PRINCIPAL is required under the terms of said contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contract,

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the PRINCIPAL and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto City and Borough of Wrangell hereinafter called the OWNER, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the above bounden PRINCIPAL, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall deliver, provide and perform all work, services, and materials, and in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the said contract, and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, including any warranty, or guarantee, and during the period thereof, as provided for therein, and in all respects according to their intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

And the said SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or contract documents, or the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying

1 the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and said SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, modifications, or additions to the terms of the contract or contract documents, or to the work or to the specifications.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs, expenses and fees, including attorney's fees, incurred by OWNER in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ______identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the PRINCIPAL and SURETY above named, on the _____ day of ______, 201__.

______PRINCIPAL TWO WITNESSES:

______By: ______

______Title: ______

Corporate Seal

______SURETY

By: ______

Title: ______

______ADDRESS Corporate Seal

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. ______JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

On this _____ day of ______, 201__, before me, ______, a notary public in and for said district and State personally appeared ______known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of, ______, the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in- fact.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

(Seal)

3 PAYMENT BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS, the City and Borough of Wrangell, located in Wrangell, Alaska, by motion passed , 201 _, has awarded to , (hereinafter designated as the PRINCIPAL), a contract for the work described as follows:

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

WHEREAS, under the terms of said contract, PRINCIPAL is required before entering upon the performance of the work, to file a good and sufficient payment bond with the City & Borough of Wrangell (hereinafter referred to as "OWNER") to secure the payment of the claims to which reference is made in Title 36, Chapter 25, commencing at Section 36.25.0l0, Statutes of the State of Alaska.

NOW THEREFORE, we, the PRINCIPAL and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the OWNER and any and all persons, companies or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, used in, upon, or about the performance of the work contracted to be executed or performed under the hereinabove mentioned contract, and all persons, companies, or corporations renting or hiring implements or machinery, for or contributing to said work to be done, and all persons performing work or labor done upon the same, and all persons supplying both work and labor as aforesaid, and as referred to in said Chapter 25, Title 36, Statutes of the State of Alaska, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if said PRINCIPAL, hers/his/its subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, shall pay any and all persons, companies or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, used in, upon, or about the performance of the work contracted to be executed or performed under the hereinabove mentioned contract, and all persons, companies, or corporations renting or hiring implements or machinery, for

1 or contributing to said work to be done, and all persons performing work or labor done upon the same, and all persons supplying both work and labor as aforesaid, and as referred to in said Chapter 25, Title 36, Statutes of the State of Alaska, and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from all cost, expense, and damage by reason of PRINCIPAL'S default or failure to do so, and shall pay any local sales or use taxes, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise said bond shall remain in full force and effect and SURETY on this bond shall pay the same.

It is expressly agreed and understood that in addition to OWNER, this bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all of the persons named in Alaska Statutes, Title 36, Chapter 25, Sections 36.25.0l0, 36.25.020, and AS 23.20.265, et seq., so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

It is further stipulated and agreed that the SURETY on this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any contract, plans, specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement hereinabove described or pertaining or relating to the furnishings of labor, materials, or equipment therefor, nor by any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement hereinabove described, nor by any rescission or attempted rescission of the contract, agreement or bond, nor by any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such contract or agreement or under the bond, nor by any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond and that this bond be construed most strongly against the SURETY and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall SURETY be released from liability to those for whose benefit such bond has been given by reason of any breach of contract between the OWNER and the PRINCIPAL or on the part of any obligee named in such bond, but the sole conditions of recovery shall be that claimant is a person described herein and/or in Alaska Statutes Title 36, Chapter 25, Section 36.25.0l0, 36.25.020, et seq., and has not been paid the full amount of his claim and that SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification herein mentioned.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by OWNER or other person entitled to bring suit thereon in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the _____ day of ______, 201__.

______PRINCIPAL

By: ______

Title: ______

TWO WITNESSES: ATTEST: (If Corporation)

______By: ______

______Title: ______Corporate Seal:

______SURETY

By: ______

Title: ______

______ADDRESS

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

On this _____ day of ______, 201__, before me, ______, a notary public in and for said district and State, personally appeared ______known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of the ______, the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

NOTE: (a) Signature of those executing for Surety must be properly acknowledged.

(b) The Attorney-in-fact must attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney

Laborers’ & Mechanics’ Minimum Rates of Pay Eff ective September 1, 2013 Issue 27

Title 36. Public Contracts AS 36.05 & AS 36.10 Wage & Hour Administration Pamphlet No. 600 Department of Labor and Workforce Development

Office of the Commissioner

Post Office Box 111149 Juneau, Alaska 99811 Main: 907.465.2700 fax: 907.465-2784

September 1, 2013

TO ALL CONTRACTING AGENCIES:

At the Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development, our goal is putting Alaskans to work. This pamphlet is designed to help contractors awarded public construction contracts understand the most significant laws of the State of Alaska pertaining to prevailing wage and resident hire requirements.

This pamphlet identifies current prevailing wage rates and resident hire classifications for public construction contracts (any construction projects awarded by the State of Alaska or its political subdivisions, such as local governments and certain non-profit organizations).

Because these rates may change, this publication is printed in the spring and fall of every year, so please be sure you are using the appropriate rates. The rates published in this edition become effective September 1, 2013.

All projects with a final bid date of September 11, 2013, or later, must pay the prevailing wage rates contained in this pamphlet. As the law now provides, these rates will remain stable during the life of a contract or for 24 calendar months, whichever is shorter. The date the prime contract is awarded is the date from which the 24 months will be counted. Upon expiration of the initial 24-month period, the latest wage rates issued by the department shall become effective for a subsequent 24-month period or until the original contract is completed, whichever occurs first. This process shall be repeated until the original contract is completed.

The term “original contract”, as used herein, means the signed contract that resulted from the original bid and any amendments, including changes of work scope, additions, extensions, change orders, and other instruments agreed to by the parties that have not been subject to subsequent open bid procedures.

If a higher federal rate is required due to partial federal funding or other federal participation, the higher rate must be paid.

For additional copies of this pamphlet, contact the nearest office of the Division of Labor Standards and Safety, Wage and Hour office or visit the Internet site at:

http://labor.state.ak.us/lss/pamp600.htm

For questions regarding prevailing wage or resident hire requirements, please contact the nearest Wage and Hour office. These offices are listed on Page xi.

Sincerely,

Dianne Blumer Commissioner

Table of Contents

Excerpts from Alaska Law Sec. 36.05.005. Applicability ...... iii Sec. 36.05.010. Wage rates on public construction...... iii Sec. 36.05.040. Filing schedule of employees, wages paid and other information ...... iii Sec. 36.05.045. Notice of work and completion; withholding of payment ...... iii Sec. 36.05.060. Penalty for violation of this chapter ...... iv Sec. 36.05.070. Wage rates in specifications and contracts for public works ...... iv Sec. 36.05.080. Failure to pay agreed wages ...... iv Sec. 36.05.090. Payment of wages from withheld payments and listing contractors who violate contracts .... iv Sec. 36.05.900. Definition...... v

Additional Information Laborer Classification Clarification ...... v Accommodations and Per Diem ...... v Apprentice Hiring Requirements ...... vi Apprentice Rates ...... vi Fringe Benefit Plans ...... vii Special Prevailing Wage Rate Determination ...... vii Request for Notice of Proposed Change of Labor Standards Regulations ...... viii Alaska Hire Employment Preference ...... ix Debarment List ...... xi

Wage Rates ...... Pages 1-23

Note to Readers: The statutes and administrative regulations listed in this publication were taken from the official codes, as of the effective date of the publication. However, there may be errors or omissions that have not been identified and changes that occurred after the publication was printed. This publication is intended as an informational guide only and is not intended to serve as a precise statement of the statutes and regulations of the State of Alaska. To be certain of the current laws and regulations, please refer to the official codes.

ii EXCERPTS FROM ALASKA LAW

(The following statute (36.05.005) applies to projects bid on or after October 20, 2011) Sec. 36.05.005. Applicability. This chapter applies only to a public construction contract that exceeds $25,000.

Sec. 36.05.010. Wage rates on public construction. A contractor or subcontractor who performs work on a public construction contract in the state shall pay not less than the current prevailing rate of wages for work of a similar nature in the region in which the work is done. The current prevailing rate of wages is that contained in the latest determination of prevailing rate of wages issued by the Department of Labor and Workforce Development at least 10 days before the final date for submission of bids for the contract. The rate shall remain in effect for the life of the contract or for 24 calendar months, whichever is shorter. At the end of the initial 24-month period, if new wage determinations have been issued by the department, the latest wage determination shall become effective for the next 24-month period or until the contract is completed, whichever occurs first. This process shall be repeated until the contract is completed.

Sec. 36.05.040. Filing schedule of employees, wages paid, and other information. All contractors or subcontractors who perform work on a public construction contract for the state or for a political subdivision of the state shall, before the Friday of every second week, file with the Department of Labor and Workforce Development a sworn affidavit for the previous reporting period, setting out in detail the number of persons employed, wages paid, job classification of each employee, hours worked each day and week, and other information on a form provided by the Department of Labor and Workforce Development.

Sec. 36.05.045. Notice of work and completion; withholding of payment. (a) Before commencing work on a public construction contract, the person entering into the contract with a contracting agency shall designate a primary contractor for purposes of this section. Before work commences, the primary contractor shall file a notice of work with the Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The notice of work must list work to be performed under the public construction contract by each contractor who will perform any portion of work on the contract and the contract price being paid to each contractor. The primary contractor shall pay all filing fees for each contractor performing work on the contract, including a filing fee based on the contract price being paid for work performed by the primary contractor’s employees. The filing fee payable shall be the sum of all fees calculated for each contractor. The filing fee shall be one percent of each contractor’s contract price. The total filing fee payable by the primary contractor under this subsection may not exceed $5,000. In this subsection, “contractor” means an employer who is using employees to perform work on the public construction contract under the contract or a subcontract. (b) Upon completion of all work on the public construction contract, the primary contractor shall file with the Department of Labor and Workforce Development a notice of completion together with payment of any additional filing fees owed due to increased contract amounts. Within 30 days after the department’s receipt of the primary contractor’s notice of completion, the department shall inform the contracting agency of the amount, if any, to be withheld from the final payment. (c) A contracting agency (1) may release final payment of a public construction contract to the extent that the agency has received verification from the Department of Labor and Workforce Development that (A) the primary contractor has complied with (a) and (b) of this section; (B) the Department of Labor and Workforce Development is not conducting an investigation under this title; and (C) the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has not issued a notice of a violation of this chapter to the primary contractor or any other contractors working on the public construction contract; and

iii (2) shall withhold from the final payment an amount sufficient to pay the department’s estimate of what may be needed to compensate the employees of any contractors under investigation on this construction contract, and any unpaid filing fees. (d) The notice and filing fee required under (a) of this section may be filed after work has begun if (1) The public construction contract is for work undertaken in immediate response to an emergency; and (2) The notice and fees are filed not later than 14 days after the work has begun. (e) A false statement made on a notice required by this section is punishable under AS 11.56.210.

Sec. 36.05.060. Penalty for violation of this chapter. A contractor who violates this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction is punishable by a fine of not less than $100 nor more than $1,000, or by imprisonment for not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days, or by both. Each day a violation exists constitutes a separate offense.

Sec. 36.05.070. Wage rates in specifications and contracts for public works. (a) The advertised specifications for a public construction contract that requires or involves the employment of mechanics, laborers, or field surveyors must contain a provision stating the minimum wages to be paid various classes of laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors and that the rate of wages shall be adjusted to the wage rate under AS 36.05.010. (b) Repealed by §17 ch 142 SLA 1972. (c) A public construction contract under (a) of this section must contain provisions that (1) the contractor or subcontractors of the contractor shall pay all employees unconditionally and not less than once a week; (2) wages may not be less than those stated in the advertised specifications, regardless of the contractual relationship between the contractor or subcontractors and laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors; (3) the scale of wages to be paid shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the work; (4) the state or a political subdivision shall withhold so much of the accrued payments as is necessary to pay to laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors employed by the contractor or subcontractors the difference between (A) the rates of wages required by the contract to be paid laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors on the work; and (B) the rates of wages in fact received by laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors.

Sec. 36.05.080. Failure to pay agreed wages. Every contract within the scope of AS 36.05.070 shall contain a provision that if it is found that a laborer, mechanic, or field surveyor employed by the contractor or subcontractor has been or is being paid a rate of wages less than the rate of wages required by the contract to be paid, the state or its political subdivision may, by written notice to the contractor, terminate the contractor’s right to proceed with the work or the part of the work for which there is a failure to pay the required wages and to prosecute the work to completion by contract or otherwise, and the contractor and the contractor’s sureties are liable to the state or its political subdivision for excess costs for completing the work.

Sec. 36.05.090. Payment of wages from withheld payments and listing contractors who violate contracts. (a) The state disbursing officer in the case of a state public construction contract and the local fiscal officer in the case of a political subdivision public construction contract shall pay directly to laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors from accrued payments withheld under the terms of the contract the wages due laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors under AS 36.05.070. (b) The state disbursing officer or the local fiscal officer shall distribute to all departments of the state government and to all political subdivisions of the state a list giving the names of persons who have disregarded their obligations to employees. A person appearing on this list and a firm, corporation,

iv partnership, or association in which the person has an interest may not work as a contractor or subcontractor on a public construction contract for the state or a political subdivision of the state until three years after the date of publication of the list. If the accrued payments withheld under the contract are insufficient to reimburse all the laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors with respect to whom there has been a failure to pay the wages required under AS 36.05.070, the laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors have the right of action or intervention or both against the contractor and the contractor’s sureties conferred by law upon persons furnishing labor or materials, and in the proceedings it is not a defense that the laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors accepted or agreed to accept less than the required rate of wages or voluntarily made refunds.

Sec. 36.05.900. Definition. In this chapter, “contracting agency” means the state or a political subdivision of the state that has entered into a public construction contract with a contractor.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LABORER CLASSIFICATION CLARIFICATION The laborer rates categorized in class code S1201-S1206 apply in one area of Alaska; the area that is south of N63 latitude and west of W138 Longitude. The laborer rates categorized in class code N1201-N1206 apply in two areas of Alaska; the Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude. The following graphic representations should assist with clarifying the applicable wage rate categories:

S1201- S1206

N1201- N1206

ACCOMMODATIONS AND PER DIEM The Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development has adopted a per diem requirement for blocklayers, bricklayers, carpenters, dredgemen, heat & frost insulators/asbestos workers, ironworkers, laborers, operative plasterers & cement masons, painters, piledrivers, power equipment operators, roofers, surveyors, truck

v drivers/surveyors, and tunnel workers. This per diem rate creates an allowable alternative to providing board and lodging under the following conditions:

Employer-Provided Camp or Suitable Accommodations Unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner, the employer shall ensure that a worker who is employed on a project that is 65 road miles or more from the international airport in either Fairbanks, Juneau or Anchorage or is inaccessible by road in a 2-wheel drive vehicle and who is not a domiciled resident of the locality of the project shall receive meals and lodging. Lodging shall be in accordance with all applicable state and federal laws. In cases where the project site is not road accessible, but the employee can reasonably get to the project worksite from their permanent residence within one hour, the Commissioner may waive these requirements for that employee upon a written request from the employer.

The term “domiciled resident” means a person living within 65 road miles of the project, or in the case of a highway project, the mid-point of the project, for at least 12 consecutive months prior to the award of the project. However, if the employer or person provides sufficient evidence to convince the department that a person has established a permanent residence and an intent to remain indefinitely within the distance to be considered a “domiciled resident,” the employer shall not be required to provide meals and lodging or pay per diem.

Where the employer provides or furnishes board, lodging or any other facility, the cost or amount thereof shall not be considered or included as part of the required prevailing wage basic hourly rate and cannot be applied to meet other fringe benefit requirements. The taxability of employer provided board and lodging shall be determined by the appropriate taxation enforcement authority.

Per Diem Employers are encouraged to use commercial facilities and lodges; however, when such facilities are not available, per diem in lieu of meals and lodging must be paid at the basic rate of $75.00 per day, or part thereof, the worker is employed on the project. Per diem shall not be allowed on highway projects west of Livengood on the Elliott Highway, at Mile 0 of the Dalton Highway to the North Slope of Alaska, north of Mile 20 on the Taylor Highway, east of Chicken, Alaska, on the Top of the World Highway and south of Tetlin Junction to the Alaska-Canada border.

The above-listed standards for room and board and per diem only apply to the crafts as identified in Pamphlet 600, Laborers’ and Mechanics’ Minimum Rates of Pay. Other crafts working on public construction projects shall be provided room and board at remote sites based on the department’s existing policy guidelines. In the event that a contractor provides lodging facilities, but no meals, the department will accept payment of $36 per day for meals to meet the per diem requirements.

APPRENTICE HIRING REQUIREMENTS On July 24, 2005, Administrative Order No. 226 established a 15 percent goal for hiring apprentices in certain job categories on highway, airport, harbor, dam, tunnel, utility or dredging projects awarded by the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities that exceed $2.5 million. This Order will apply to all projects in the referenced categories that are advertised after September 1, 2005. On these projects, the hours worked by apprentices will be compared to the hours worked by journeyman level workers to determine if the 15 percent goal has been met. This on-the-job training goal is critical to ensure that the Alaska work force is prepared for the future. For additional details, contact the nearest Wage and Hour office at the address listed on Page xi of this publication. Administrative Order No. 226 may be viewed in its entirety on the Internet at http://www.gov.state.ak.us/admin-orders/226.html or call any Wage and Hour office to receive a copy.

APPRENTICE RATES Apprentice rates at less than the minimum prevailing rates may be paid to apprentices according to an apprentice program which has been registered and approved by the Commissioner of the Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development in writing or according to a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Apprenticeship. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate who is not registered as above shall be paid the journeyman prevailing minimum wage in that work classification. Wage rates are based on prevailing crew makeup practices in Alaska and apply to work performed regardless of either the quality of the work performed by the employee or the titles or classifications which may be assigned to individual employees.

FRINGE BENEFIT PLANS Contractors/subcontractors may compensate fringe benefits to their employees in any one of three methods. The fringe benefits may be paid into a union trust fund, into an approved benefit plan, or paid directly on the paycheck as gross wages.

Where fringe benefits are paid into approved plans, funds, or programs including union trust funds, the payments must be contributed at least monthly. If contractors submit their own payroll forms and are paying fringe benefits into approved plans, funds, or programs, the employer’s certification must include, in addition to those requirements of 8 AAC 30.020(c), a statement that fringe benefit payments have been or will be paid at least monthly. Contractors who pay fringe benefits to a plan must ensure the plan is one approved by the Internal Revenue Service and that the plan meets the requirements of 8 AAC 30.025 (eff. 3/2/08) in order for payments to be credited toward the prevailing wage obligation.

SPECIAL PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION Special prevailing wage rate determinations may be requested for special projects or a special worker classification if the work to be performed does not conform to traditional public construction for which a prevailing wage rate has been established under 8 AAC 30.050(a) of this section. Requests for special wage rate determinations must be in writing and filed with the Commissioner at least 30 days before the award of the contract. An applicant for a special wage rate determination shall have the responsibility to support the necessity for the special rate. An application for a special wage rate determination filed under this section must contain:

(1) a specification of the contract or project on which the special rates will apply and a description of the work to be performed; (2) a brief narrative explaining why special wage rates are necessary; (3) the job class or classes involved; (4) the special wage rates the applicant is requesting, including survey or other relevant wage data to support the requested rates; (5) the approximate number of employees who would be affected; and (6) any other information which might be helpful in determining if special wage rates are appropriate.

Requests made pursuant to the above should be addressed to:

Director Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development Labor Standards & Safety Division Wage and Hour Administration P.O. Box 111149 Juneau, AK 99811-1149 -or- Email: [email protected] vii LABOR STANDARDS REGULATIONS NOTICE REQUEST

If you would like to receive notices of proposed changes to regulations for Wage and Hour or Mechanical Inspection, please indicate below the programs for which you are interested in receiving such notices, print your name and email or mailing address in the space provided, and send this page to:

Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development Labor Standards & Safety Division Wage and Hour Administration 1251 Muldoon Road, Suite 113 Anchorage, AK 99504-2098 Email: [email protected]

For REGULATIONS information relating to any of the following:

Wage and Hour Title 23 Employment Practices Wage and Hour Title 36 Public Works Employment Agencies Child Labor Employment Preference (Local Hire) Plumbing Code Electrical Code Boiler/Pressure Vessel Construction Code Elevator Code Certificates of Fitness Recreational Devices

Request any of the following PUBLICATIONS by checking below:

Wage and Hour Title 23 Employment Practices Public Construction Pamphlet Minimum Wage & Overtime Poster Public Construction Wage Rates Child Labor Poster Child Labor Pamphlet

PLEASE NOTE: DUE TO INCREASED MAILING AND PRINTING COSTS, ONLY ONE OF EACH PUBLICATION REQUESTED WILL BE MAILED TO YOU. IF YOU WISH TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL COPIES OR SUBSEQUENT PUBLICATIONS, PLEASE CONTACT OUR OFFICE AT (907) 269-4900.

Name: ______

Mailing Address: ______

Email Address: ______

viii EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE INFORMATION (EFFECTIVE August 16, 2013)

By authority of AS 36.10.150 and 8 AAC 30.064, the Commissioner of Labor and Workforce Development has determined the 15 boroughs and census areas listed below to be Zones of Underemployment. A Zone of Underemployment requires that Alaska residents who are eligible under AS 36.10.140 be given a minimum of 90 percent employment preference on public works contracts throughout the state in certain job classifications. This hiring preference applies on a project-by-project, craft-by-craft or occupational basis and must be met each workweek by each contractor/subcontractor.

For additional information about the Alaska resident hire requirements, contact the nearest Wage and Hour Office in Anchorage at (907) 269-4900, in Fairbanks at (907) 451-2886 or in Juneau at (907) 465-4248.

The following classifications qualify for a minimum of 90 percent Alaska resident hire preference:

Aleutians East Borough: Plumbers and Pipefitters Aleutians West Borough: Painters Bethel Census Area: Culinary Workers, Foremen and Supervisors, Mechanics, Painters, Surveyors, Tug Boat Workers Denali Borough: Carpenters Dillingham Census Area: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Electricians, Equipment Operators, Foremen and Supervisors, Laborers, Mechanics, Truck Drivers, Tug Boat Workers Hoonah-Angoon Census Area: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Electricians, Equipment Operators, Foremen and Supervisors, Laborers, Mechanics, Painters, Truck Drivers Nome Census Area: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Electricians, Equipment Operators, Foremen and Supervisors, Laborers, Mechanics, Surveyors, Truck Drivers, Tug Boat Workers, Welders Northwest Arctic Borough: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Electricians, Equipment Operators, Foremen and Supervisors, Plumbers and Pipefitters, Surveyors, Truck Drivers, Tug Boat Workers, Welders Petersburg Borough: Culinary Workers, Engineers and Architects, Foremen and Supervisors, Laborers Prince of Wales-Hyder Census Area: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Electricians, Equipment Operators, Foremen and Supervisors, Laborers, Mechanics, Surveyors, Truck Drivers, Welders Skagway: None Southeast Fairbanks Census Area: Carpenters, Culinary Workers, Equipment Operators, Laborers, Painters, Truck Drivers Wade Hampton Census Area: Carpenters, Electricians, Engineers and Architects, Mechanics, Roofers Yakutat: None Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area: Culinary Workers, Electricians, Foremen and Supervisors, Painters, Plumbers and Pipefitters, Surveyors, Truck Drivers, Tug Boat Workers, Welders

This determination is effective August 16, 2013, and remains in effect until June 30, 2015.

The first person on a certified payroll in any classification is called the "first worker" and is not required to be an Alaskan resident. However, once the contractor adds any more workers in the classification, then all workers in the classification are counted, and the 90 percent is applied to compute the number of required Alaskans to be in compliance. To compute the number of Alaskan residents required in a workweek in a particular classification, multiply the number of workers in the classification by 90 percent. The result is then rounded down to the nearest whole number to determine the number of Alaskans that must be employed.

ix If a worker works in more than one classification during a week, the classification in which they spent the most time would be counted for employment preference purposes. If the time is split evenly between two classifications, the worker is counted in both classifications.

If you have difficulty meeting the 90 percent requirement, an approved waiver must be obtained before a non-Alaskan resident is hired who would put the contractor/subcontractor out of compliance (8 AAC 30.081 (e) (f)). The waiver process requires proof of an intensive search for qualified Alaskan workers. To apply for a waiver, contact the nearest Wage and Hour Office for instructions.

Here is an example to apply the 90 percent requirement to four carpenter workers. Multiply four workers by 90% and drop the fraction (.90 X 4 = 3.6 - .6 = 3). The remaining number is the number of Alaskan resident carpenters required to be in compliance in that particular classification for that week.

The penalties for being out of compliance are serious. AS 36.10.100 (a) states "A contractor who violates a provision of this chapter shall have deducted from amounts due to the contractor under the contract the prevailing wages which should have been paid to a displaced resident, and these amounts shall be retained by the contracting agency." If a contractor/subcontractor is found to be out of compliance, penalties accumulate until they come into compliance.

If you have difficulty determining whether a worker is an Alaska resident, you should contact the nearest Wage and Hour Office. Contact Wage and Hour in Anchorage at (907) 269-4900, in Fairbanks at (907) 451-2886, or in Juneau at (907) 465-4842.

Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development Labor Standards & Safety Division Wage and Hour Administration Web site: http://labor.state.ak.us/lss/pamp600.htm

Anchorage Juneau Fairbanks 1251 Muldoon Road, Suite 113 1111 W. 8th Street, Suite 302 Regional State Office Building Anchorage, Alaska 99504-2098 Juneau, Alaska 99801 675 7th Ave., Station J-1 Phone: (907) 269-4900 Phone: (907) 465-4842 Fairbanks, Alaska 99701-4593 Phone: (907) 451-2886 Email: Email: Email: [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

DEBARMENT LIST

AS 36.05.090(b) states that “the state disbursing officer or the local fiscal officer shall distribute to all departments of the state government and to all political subdivisions of the state a list giving the names of persons who have disregarded their obligations to employees.”

A person appearing on the following debarment list and a firm, corporation, partnership, or association in which the person has an interest may not work as a contractor or subcontractor on a public construction contract for the state or a political subdivision of the state for three years from the date of debarment.

Company Name Date of Debarment Debarment Expires

No companies are currently debarred.

xi Laborers' & Mechanics' Minimum Rates of Pay

Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Boilermakers

VAC SAF A0101 Boilermaker (journeyman) 42.97 8.57 14.28 0.75 3.00 0.34 69.91 Bricklayers & Blocklayers **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A0201 Blocklayer 39.03 9.53 8.50 0.55 0.15 0.28 58.04 Bricklayer Marble or Stone Mason Refractory Worker (Firebrick, Plastic, Castable, and Gunite Refractory Applications) Terrazzo Worker Tile Setter L&M na A0202 Tuck Pointer Caulker 39.03 9.53 8.50 0.55 0.15 0.28 58.04 Cleaner (PCC) L&M na A0203 Marble & Tile Finisher 33.27 9.53 8.50 0.55 0.15 0.28 52.28 Terrazzo Finisher L&M na A0204 Torginal Applicator 37.14 9.53 8.50 0.55 0.15 0.28 56.15 Carpenters, Statewide **See note on last page if remote site L&M SAF A0301 Carpenter (journeyman) 36.59 9.78 12.11 0.70 0.10 0.15 59.43 Lather/Drywall/Acoustical Cement Masons, Region I (North of N63 latitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M na N0401 Group I, including: 34.69 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.35 Application of Sealing Compound Application of Underlayment Building, General Cement Mason (journeyman) Concrete Concrete Paving Curb & Gutter, Sidewalk Curing of All Concrete Grouting & Caulking of Tilt-Up Panels

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 1 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Cement Masons, Region I (North of N63 latitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M na N0401 Group I, including: 34.69 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.35 Grouting of All Plates Patching Concrete Screed Pin Setter Spackling/Skim Coating L&M na N0402 Group II, including: 34.69 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.35 Form Setter L&M na N0403 Group III, including: 34.69 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.35 Concrete Saw (self-powered) Curb & Gutter Machine Floor Grinder Pneumatic Power Tools Power Chipping & Bushing Sand Blasting Architectural Finish Screed & Rodding Machine Operator Troweling Machine Operator L&M na N0404 Group IV, including: 34.69 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.35 Application of All Composition Mastic Application of All Epoxy Material Application of All Plastic Material Finish Colored Concrete Gunite Nozzleman Hand Powered Grinder Tunnel Worker L&M na N0405 Group V, including: 34.94 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.60 Plasterer Cement Masons, Region II (South of N63 latitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M na S0401 Group I, including: 34.44 6.91 11.80 0.85 0.10 0.00 54.10 Application of Sealing Compound Application of Underlayment Building, General Cement Mason (journeyman) Concrete Concrete Paving Curb & Gutter, Sidewalk Curing of All Concrete

LEG na A0501 Baker/Cook 24.67 5.37 5.73 0.00 0.05 0.00 35.82 LEG na A0503 General Helper 21.62 5.37 5.73 0.00 0.05 0.00 32.77 Housekeeper Janitor Kitchen Helper LEG na A0504 Head Cook 25.22 5.37 5.73 0.00 0.05 0.00 36.37

LEG na A0505 Head Housekeeper 21.54 5.37 5.38 0.00 0.05 0.00 32.34 Head Kitchen Help Dredgemen **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A0601 Assistant Engineer, including: 37.51 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 57.46 Craneman Electrical Generator Operator (primary pump/power barge/dredge) Engineer Welder L&M na A0602 Assistant Mate (deckhand) 36.35 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 56.30 L&M na A0603 Fireman 36.79 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 56.74 L&M na A0605 Leverman Clamshell 40.04 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 59.99 L&M na A0606 Leverman Hydraulic 38.28 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 58.23 L&M na A0607 Mate & Boatman 37.51 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 57.46 L&M na A0608 Oiler (dredge) 36.79 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 56.74 Electricians

L&M LEG A0701 Inside Cable Splicer 39.87 10.53 12.60 0.85 0.20 0.15 64.20 L&M LEG A0702 Inside Journeyman Wireman, including: 38.12 10.53 12.54 0.85 0.20 0.15 62.39 Communications and Technicians L&M LEG A0703 Power Cable Splicer 50.52 10.53 15.67 0.85 0.20 0.15 77.92 L&M LEG A0704 Tele Com Cable Splicer 47.03 10.53 14.56 0.85 0.20 0.15 73.32 L&M LEG A0705 Power Journeyman Lineman, including: 48.77 10.53 15.61 0.85 0.20 0.15 76.11 Power Equipment Operator Technician L&M LEG A0706 Tele Com Journeyman Lineman, including: 45.28 10.53 14.51 0.85 0.20 0.15 71.52 Technician Tele Com Equipment Operator

L&M LEG A0707 Straight Line Installer - Repairman 45.28 10.53 14.51 0.85 0.20 0.15 71.52 L&M LEG A0708 Powderman 46.77 10.53 15.55 0.85 0.20 0.15 74.05 L&M LEG A0710 Material Handler 25.90 9.89 4.53 0.15 0.15 0.15 40.77 L&M LEG A0712 Tree Trimmer Groundman 25.45 10.53 9.41 0.15 0.15 0.15 45.84 L&M LEG A0713 Journeyman Tree Trimmer 34.12 10.53 9.67 0.15 0.15 0.15 54.77 L&M LEG A0714 Vegetation Control Sprayer 37.57 10.53 9.78 0.15 0.15 0.15 58.33 Elevator Workers

L&M VAC A0802 Elevator Constructor 34.70 11.88 12.71 0.60 0.30 3.16 63.35 L&M VAC A0803 Elevator Constructor Mechanic 49.58 11.88 12.71 0.60 0.30 5.51 80.58 Heat & Frost Insulators/Asbestos Workers **See note on last page if remote site SAF na A0902 Asbestos Abatement-Mechanical Systems 34.88 8.44 9.51 0.60 0.12 0.00 53.55 SAF na A0903 Asbestos Abatement/General Demolition All Systems 34.88 8.44 9.51 0.60 0.12 0.00 53.55 SAF na A0904 Insulator, Group II 34.88 8.44 9.51 0.60 0.12 0.00 53.55 SAF na A0905 Fire Stop 34.88 8.44 9.51 0.60 0.12 0.00 53.55 IronWorkers **See note on last page if remote site L&M IAF A1101 Ironworkers, including: 33.55 7.58 17.00 0.95 0.43 0.10 59.61 Bender Operators Bridge & Structural Machinery Mover Ornamental Reinforcing Rigger Sheeter Signalman Stage Rigger Toxic Haz-Mat Work Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 5 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR IronWorkers **See note on last page if remote site L&M IAF A1101 Ironworkers, including: 33.55 7.58 17.00 0.95 0.43 0.10 59.61 Welder L&M IAF A1102 Helicopter 34.55 7.58 17.00 0.95 0.43 0.10 60.61 Tower (energy producing windmill type towers to include nacelle and blades) L&M IAF A1103 Fence/Barrier Installer 30.05 7.58 16.75 0.95 0.43 0.10 55.86 Guard Rail Installer L&M IAF A1104 Guard Rail Layout Man 30.79 7.58 16.75 0.95 0.43 0.10 56.60 Laborers (The Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG N1201 Group I, including: 29.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 51.77 Asphalt Worker (shovelman, plant crew) Brush Cutter Camp Maintenance Laborer Carpenter Tender or Helper Choke Setter, Hook Tender, Rigger, Signalman Concrete Labor (curb & gutter, chute handler, grouting, curing, screeding) Crusher Plant Laborer Demolition Laborer Ditch Digger Dumpman Environmental Laborer (hazard/toxic waste, oil spill) Fence Installer Fire Watch Laborer Flagman Form Stripper General Laborer Guardrail Laborer, Bridge Rail Installer Hydro-seeder Nozzleman Laborer, Building Landscaper or Planter Laying of Mortarless Decorative Block (retaining walls, flowered decorative block 4 feet or less - highway or landscape work) Material Handler Pneumatic or Power Tools Portable or Chemical Toilet Serviceman Pump Man or Mixer Man Railroad Track Laborer

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Page 6 Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Laborers (The Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG N1201 Group I, including: 29.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 51.77 Sandblast, Pot Tender Saw Tender Slurry Work Stake Hopper Steam Cleaner Operator Steam Point or Water Jet Operator Tank Cleaning Utiliwalk & Utilidor Laborer Watchman (construction projects) Window Cleaner L&M LEG N1202 Group II, including: 30.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 52.77 Burning & Cutting Torch Cement or Lime Dumper or Handler (sack or bulk) Choker Splicer Chucktender (wagon, air-track & hydraulic drills) Concrete Laborer (power buggy, concrete saws, pumpcrete nozzleman, vibratorman) Culvert Pipe Laborer Cured Inplace Pipelayer Environmental Laborer (asbestos, marine work) Foam Gun or Foam Machine Operator Green Cutter (dam work) Gunite Operator Hod Carrier Jackhammer or Pavement Breaker (more than 45 pounds) Laser Instrument Operator Laying of Mortarless Decorative Block (retaining walls, flowered decorative block over 4 feet - highway or landscape work) Mason Tender & Mud Mixer (sewer work) Pilot Car Pipelayer Helper Plasterer, Bricklayer & Cement Finisher Tender Powderman Helper Power Saw Operator Railroad Switch Layout Laborer Sandblaster Scaffold Building & Erecting Sewer Caulker Sewer Plant Maintenance Man Thermal Plastic Applicator Timber Faller, Chainsaw Operator, Filer

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 7 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Laborers (The Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG N1202 Group II, including: 30.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 52.77 Timberman L&M LEG N1203 Group III, including: 31.15 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 53.67 Bit Grinder Camera/Tool/Video Operator Guardrail Machine Operator High Rigger & Tree Topper High Scaler Multiplate Plastic Welding Slurry Seal Squeegee Man Traffic Control Supervisor Welding Certified (in connection with laborer's work) L&M LEG N1204 Group IIIA 34.43 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 56.95 Asphalt Raker, Asphalt Belly Dump Lay Down Drill Doctor (in the field) Driller (including, but not limited to, wagon drills, air-track drills, hydraulic drills) Licensed Powderman Pioneer Drilling & Drilling Off Tugger (all type drills) Pipelayers L&M LEG N1205 Group IV 18.82 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 41.34 Final Building Cleanup Permanent Yard Worker L&M LEG N1206 Group IIIB 35.26 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 57.78 Federally Licensed Powderman (Responsible Person in Charge) Grade Checking (setting or transferring of grade marks, line and grade) Laborers (The area that is south of N63 latitude and west of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG S1201 Group I, including: 29.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 51.77 Asphalt Worker (shovelman, plant crew) Brush Cutter Camp Maintenance Laborer Carpenter Tender or Helper Choke Setter, Hook Tender, Rigger, Signalman Concrete Labor (curb & gutter, chute handler, grouting, curing, screeding) Crusher Plant Laborer

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Page 8 Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Laborers (The area that is south of N63 latitude and west of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG S1201 Group I, including: 29.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 51.77 Demolition Laborer Ditch Digger Dumpman Environmental Laborer (hazard/toxic waste, oil spill) Fence Installer Fire Watch Laborer Flagman Form Stripper General Laborer Guardrail Laborer, Bridge Rail Installer Hydro-seeder Nozzleman Laborer, Building Landscaper or Planter Laying of Mortarless Decorative Block (retaining walls, flowered decorative block 4 feet or less - highway or landscape work) Material Handler Pneumatic or Power Tools Portable or Chemical Toilet Serviceman Pump Man or Mixer Man Railroad Track Laborer Sandblast, Pot Tender Saw Tender Slurry Work Stake Hopper Steam Cleaner Operator Steam Point or Water Jet Operator Tank Cleaning Utiliwalk & Utilidor Laborer Watchman (construction projects) Window Cleaner L&M LEG S1202 Group II, including: 30.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 52.77 Burning & Cutting Torch Cement or Lime Dumper or Handler (sack or bulk) Choker Splicer Chucktender (wagon, air-track & hydraulic drills) Concrete Laborer (power buggy, concrete saws, pumpcrete nozzleman, vibratorman) Culvert Pipe Laborer Cured Inplace Pipelayer Environmental Laborer (asbestos, marine work) Foam Gun or Foam Machine Operator

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 9 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Laborers (The area that is south of N63 latitude and west of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG S1202 Group II, including: 30.25 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 52.77 Green Cutter (dam work) Gunite Operator Hod Carrier Jackhammer or Pavement Breaker (more than 45 pounds) Laser Instrument Operator Laying of Mortarless Decorative Block (retaining walls, flowered decorative block over 4 feet - highway or landscape work) Mason Tender & Mud Mixer (sewer work) Pilot Car Pipelayer Helper Plasterer, Bricklayer & Cement Finisher Tender Powderman Helper Power Saw Operator Railroad Switch Layout Laborer Sandblaster Scaffold Building & Erecting Sewer Caulker Sewer Plant Maintenance Man Thermal Plastic Applicator Timber Faller, Chainsaw Operator, Filer Timberman L&M LEG S1203 Group III, including: 31.15 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 53.67 Bit Grinder Camera/Tool/Video Operator Guardrail Machine Operator High Rigger & Tree Topper High Scaler Multiplate Plastic Welding Slurry Seal Squeegee Man Traffic Control Supervisor Welding Certified (in connection with laborer's work) L&M LEG S1204 Group IIIA 34.43 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 56.95 Asphalt Raker, Asphalt Belly Dump Lay Down Drill Doctor (in the field) Driller (including, but not limited to, wagon drills, air-track drills, hydraulic drills) Licensed Powderman Pioneer Drilling & Drilling Off Tugger (all type drills) Pipelayers

L&M na A1251 Millwright (journeyman) 34.99 9.78 9.76 1.00 0.25 0.15 55.93 L&M na A1252 Millwright Welder 35.58 9.78 9.76 1.00 0.25 0.15 56.52 Painters, Region I (North of N63 latitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M na N1301 Group I, including: 29.85 7.55 11.10 0.83 0.07 0.00 49.40 Brush General Painter Hand Taping Hazardous Material Handler Lead-Based Paint Abatement Roll L&M na N1302 Group II, including: 30.37 7.55 11.10 0.83 0.07 0.00 49.92 Bridge Painter Epoxy Applicator General Drywall Finisher Hand/Spray Texturing Industrial Coatings Specialist Machine/Automatic Taping Pot Tender Sandblasting Specialty Painter Spray Structural Steel Painter Wallpaper/Vinyl Hanger na na N1304 Group IV, including: 36.16 7.55 10.61 0.80 0.05 0.00 55.17 Glazier Storefront/Automatic Door Mechanic

L&M S&L N1501 Journeyman Pipefitter 39.96 7.05 12.70 0.95 1.10 0.00 61.76 Plumber Welder Plumbers, Region II (South of N63 latitude)

L&M na S1501 Journeyman Pipefitter 38.46 8.42 10.82 1.50 0.20 0.00 59.40 Plumber Welder Plumbers, Region IIA (1st Judicial District)

L&M na X1501 Journeyman Pipefitter 36.02 12.22 11.00 2.40 0.24 0.00 61.88 Plumber Welder Power Equipment Operators **See note on last page if remote site

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 13 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Power Equipment Operators **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A1601 Group I, including: 38.28 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 58.23 Asphalt Roller: Breakdown, Intermediate, and Finish Back Filler Barrier Machine (Zipper) Beltcrete with Power Pack & similar conveyors Bending Machine Boat Coxswain Bulldozer Cableways, Highlines & Cablecars Cleaning Machine Coating Machine Concrete Hydro Blaster Cranes (45 tons & under or 150 feet of boom & under (including jib & attachments)) (a) Hydralifts or Transporters, (all track or truck type) (b) Derricks Crushers Deck Winches, Double Drum Ditching or Trenching Machine (16 inch or over) Drag Scraper, Yarder, and similar types Drilling Machines, Core, Cable, Rotary and Exploration Finishing Machine Operator, Concrete Paving, Laser Screed, Sidewalk, Curb & Gutter Machine Helicopters Hover Craft, Flex Craft, Loadmaster, Air Cushion, All-Terrain Vehicle, Rollagon, Bargecable, Nodwell, & Snow Cat Hydro Ax, Feller Buncher & similar Licensed Line & Grade Loaders (2 1/2 yards through 5 yards, including all attachments): (a) Forklifts (with telescopic boom & swing attachment) (b) Front End & Overhead, (2-1/2 yards through 5 yards) (c) Loaders, (with forks or pipe clamp) (d) Loaders, (elevating belt type, Euclid & similar types) Mechanic, Welder, Bodyman, Electrical, Camp & Maintenance Engineer Micro Tunneling Machine Mixers: Mobile type with hoist combination Motor Patrol Grader Mucking Machine: Mole, Tunnel Drill, Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator and/or Shield Operator on Dredges Piledriver Engineer, L.B. Foster, Puller or similar paving breaker Plant Operator (Asphalt & Concrete)

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Page 14 Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Power Equipment Operators **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A1601 Group I, including: 38.28 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 58.23 Power Plant, Turbine Operator 200 k.w & over (power plants or combination of power units over 300 k.w.) Remote Controlled Equipment Scraper (through 40 yards) Service Oiler/Service Engineer Shot Blast Machine Shovels, Backhoes, Excavators with all attachments, and Gradealls (3 yards & under) Sideboom (under 45 tons) Spreaders, Blaw Knox, Cedarapids, Barber Greene, Slurry Machine Sub Grader (Gurries, Reclaimer & similar types) Tack Tractor Truck Mounted Concrete Pump, Conveyor & Creter Unlicensed Off-Road Hauler Wate Kote Machine L&M na A1602 Group IA, including: 40.04 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 59.99 Camera/Tool/Video Operator (Slipline) Certified Welder, Electrical Mechanic, Camp Maintenance Engineer, Mechanic (over 10,000 hours) Cranes (over 45 tons or 150 feet including jib & attachments) (a) Clamshells & Draglines (over 3 yards) (b) Tower Cranes Licensed Water/Waste Water Treatment Operator Loaders (over 5 yards) Motor Patrol Grader, Dozer, Grade Tractor, Roto-Mill/Profiler (finish: when finishing to final grade and/or to hubs, or for asphalt) Power Plants (1000 k.w. & over) Quad Scrapers (over 40 yards) Screed Shovels, Backhoes, Excavators with all attachments (over 3 yards) Sidebooms (over 45 tons) Slip Form Paver, C.M.I. & similar types L&M na A1603 Group II, including: 37.51 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 57.46 Boiler - Fireman Cement Hogs & Concrete Pump Operator Conveyors (except those listed in Group I) Hoists on Steel Erection, Towermobiles & Air Tuggers Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator Licensed Grade Technician

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 15 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Power Equipment Operators **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A1603 Group II, including: 37.51 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 57.46 Loaders (i.e., Elevating Grader & Material Transfer Vehicle) Locomotives, Rod & Geared Engines Mixers Screening, Washing Plant Sideboom (cradling rock drill, regardless of size) Skidder Trenching Machines (under 16 inches) Water/Waste Water Treatment Operator L&M na A1604 Group III, including: 36.79 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 56.74 "A" Frame Trucks, Deck Winches Bombardier (tack or tow rig) Boring Machine Brooms, Power Bump Cutter Compressor Farm Tractor Forklift, Industrial Type Gin Truck or Winch Truck (with poles when used for hoisting) Grade Checker & Stake Hopper Hoists, Air Tuggers, Elevators Loaders: (a) Elevating-Athey, Barber Greene & similar types (b) Forklifts or Lumber Carrier (on construction job sites) (c) Forklifts, (with tower) (d) Overhead & Front End, (under 2-l/2 yards) Locomotives: Dinkey (air, steam, gas & electric) Speeders Mechanics, Light Duty Oil, Blower Distribution Posthole Digger, Mechanical Pot Fireman (power agitated) Power Plant, Turbine Operator, (under 200 k.w.) Pumps, Water Roller (other than Asphalt) Saws, Concrete Skid Hustler Skid Steer (with all attachments) Straightening Machine Tow Tractor L&M na A1605 Group IV, including: 30.58 9.10 9.75 1.00 0.10 0.00 50.53 Crane Assistant Engineer/Rig Oiler

L&M na N1801 Sheet Metal Journeyman 44.93 8.30 10.34 1.32 0.25 0.00 65.14 Air Balancing and duct cleaning of HVAC systems Brazing, soldering or welding of metals Demolition of sheet metal HVAC systems Fabrication and installation of exterior wall sheathing, siding, metal roofing, flashing, decking and architectural sheet metal work Fabrication and installation of heating, ventilation and air conditioning ducts and equipment Fabrication and installation of louvers and hoods Fabrication and installation of sheet metal lagging Fabrication and installation of stainless steel commercial or industrial food service equipment Manufacture, fabrication assembly, installation and alteration of all ferrous and nonferrous metal work Metal lavatory partitions Preparation of drawings taken from architectural and engineering plans required for fabrication and erection of sheet metal work Sheet Metal shelving Sheet Metal venting, chimneys and breaching Skylight installation Sheet Metal Workers, Region II (South of N63 latitude)

L&M na S1801 Sheet Metal Journeyman 39.99 8.30 11.20 1.10 0.33 0.00 60.92 Air Balancing and duct cleaning of HVAC systems Brazing, soldering or welding of metals

L&M na S1801 Sheet Metal Journeyman 39.99 8.30 11.20 1.10 0.33 0.00 60.92 Demolition of sheet metal HVAC systems Fabrication and installation of exterior wall sheathing, siding, metal roofing, flashing, decking and architectural sheet metal work Fabrication and installation of heating, ventilation and air conditioning ducts and equipment Fabrication and installation of louvers and hoods Fabrication and installation of sheet metal lagging Fabrication and installation of stainless steel commercial or industrial food service equipment Manufacture, fabrication assembly, installation and alteration of all ferrous and nonferrous metal work Metal lavatory partitions Preparation of drawings taken from architectural and engineering plans required for fabrication and erection of sheet metal work Sheet Metal shelving Sheet Metal venting, chimneys and breaching Skylight installation Sprinkler Fitters

L&M na A1901 Sprinkler Fitter 42.05 8.42 12.80 0.45 0.25 0.00 63.97 Surveyors **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A2001 Chief of Parties 42.11 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 60.78 L&M na A2002 Party Chief 40.52 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 59.19 L&M na A2003 Line & Grade Technician/Office Technician 39.92 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 58.59 L&M na A2004 Associate Party Chief (including Instrument Person & Head Chain Person) 37.80 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 56.47 L&M na A2005 Stake Hop/Grademan 34.87 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 53.54 L&M na A2006 Chain Person (for crews with more than 2 people) 33.46 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 52.13 Truck Drivers **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A2101 Group I, including: 38.89 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 57.56 Air/Sea Traffic Controllers

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Page 18 Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Truck Drivers **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A2101 Group I, including: 38.89 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 57.56 Ambulance/Fire Truck Driver (EMT certified) Boat Coxswain Captains & Pilots (air & water) Deltas, Commanders, Rollagons, & similar equipment (when pulling sleds, trailers or similar equipment) Dump Trucks (including rockbuggy & trucks with pups) over 40 yards up to & including 60 yards Helicopter Transporter Lowboys, including attached trailers & jeeps, up to & including 12 axles (over 12 axles or 150 tons to be negotiated) Material Coordinator and Purchasing Agent Ready-mix (over 12 yards up to & including 15 yards) (over 15 yards to be negotiated) Semi with Double Box Mixer Tireman, Heavy Duty/Fueler Water Wagon (250 Bbls and above) L&M na A2102 Group 1A including: 40.16 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 58.83 Dump Trucks (including rockbuggy & trucks with pups) over 60 yards up to & including 100 yards (over 100 yards to be negotiated) Jeeps (driver under load) L&M na A2103 Group II, including: 37.63 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 56.30 All Deltas, Commanders, Rollagons, & similar equipment Construction and Material Safety Technician Dump Trucks (including rockbuggy & trucks with pups) over 20 yards up to & including 40 yards Lowboys (including attached trailers & jeeps up to & including 8 axles) Mechanics Partsman Ready-mix (over 7 yards up to & including 12 yards) Stringing Truck Super Vac Truck/Cacasco Truck/Heat Stress Truck Turn-O-Wagon or DW-10 (not self loading) L&M na A2104 Group III, including: 36.81 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 55.48 Batch Trucks (8 yards & up) Dump Trucks (including rockbuggy & trucks with pups) over 10 yards up to & including 20 yards Expeditor (electrical & pipefitting materials) Greaser - Shop Oil Distributor Driver Thermal Plastic Layout Technician

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 19 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Truck Drivers **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A2104 Group III, including: 36.81 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 55.48 Traffic Control Technician Trucks/Jeeps (push or pull) L&M na A2105 Group IV, including: 36.23 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 54.90 Air Cushion or similar type vehicle All Terrain Vehicle Boom Truck/Knuckle Truck (over 5 tons) Buggymobile Bull Lift & Fork Lift, Fork Lift with Power Boom & Swing Attachment (over 5 tons) Bus Operator (over 30 passengers) Combination Truck-Fuel & Grease Compactor (when pulled by rubber tired equipment) Dump Trucks (including Rockbuggy & trucks with pups up to & including 10 yards) Dumpster Expeditor (general) Fire Truck/Ambulance Driver Flat Beds, Dual Rear Axle Foam Distributor Truck Dual Axle Front End Loader with Fork Gin Pole Truck, Winch Truck, Wrecker (truck mounted "A" frame manufactured rating over 5 tons) Grease Truck Hydro Seeder, Dual Axle Hyster Operators (handling bulk aggregate) Loadmaster (air & water operations) Lumber Carrier Ready-mix, (up to & including 7 yards) Rigger (air/water/oilfield) Semi or Truck & Trailer Tireman, Light Duty Track Truck Equipment Vacuum Truck, Truck Vacuum Sweeper Warehouseperson Water Truck, Dual Axle Water Wagon, Semi L&M na A2106 Group V, including: 35.47 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 54.14 Batch Truck (up to & including 7 yards) Boom Truck/Knuckle Truck (up to & including 5 tons) Buffer Truck

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Page 20 Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Truck Drivers **See note on last page if remote site L&M na A2106 Group V, including: 35.47 7.38 9.99 1.20 0.10 0.00 54.14 Bull Lifts & Fork Lifts, Fork Lifts with Power Boom & Swing Attachments (up to & including 5 tons) Bus Operator (up to 30 passengers) Farm Type Rubber Tired Tractor (when material handling or pulling wagons on a construction project) Flat Beds, Single Rear Axle Foam Distributor Truck Single Axle Fuel Handler (station/bulk attendant) Gear/Supply Truck Gin Pole Truck, Winch Truck, Wrecker (truck mounted "A" frame manufactured rating 5 tons & under) Gravel Spreader Box Operator on Truck Hydro Seeders, Single axle Pickups (pilot cars & all light-duty vehicles) Rigger/Swamper Tack Truck Team Drivers (horses, mules, & similar equipment) Water Truck (Below 250 Bbls) Tunnel Workers, Laborers (The Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG N2201 Group I, including: 32.18 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 54.70 Brakeman Mucker Nipper Topman & Bull Gang Tunnel Track Laborer L&M LEG N2202 Group II, including: 33.28 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 55.80 Burning & Cutting Torch Concrete Laborer Jackhammer Laser Instrument Operator Nozzlemen, Pumpcrete or Shotcrete Pipelayer Helper L&M LEG N2203 Group III, including: 34.27 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 56.79 Miner Retimberman L&M LEG N2204 Group IIIA, including: 37.87 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 60.39

Wage benefits key: BHR=basic hourly rate; H&W=health and welfare; IAF=industry advancement fund; LEG=legal fund; L&M=labor/management fund; ONT=overnight; PEN=pension fund; SAF=safety; SUI=supplemental unemployment insurance; S&L=SUI & LEG combined; TRN=training; THR=total hourly rate; VAC=vacation Issue 27, Effective September 1, 2013 Page 21 Class Code Classification of Laborers & Mechanics BHR H&W PEN TRN Other Benefits THR Tunnel Workers, Laborers (The Alaska areas north of N63 latitude and east of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG N2204 Group IIIA, including: 37.87 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 60.39 Asphalt Raker, Asphalt Belly Dump Lay Down Drill Doctor (in the field) Driller (including, but not limited to wagon drills, air-track drills, hydraulic drills) Licensed Powderman Pioneer Drilling & Drilling Off Tugger (all type drills) Pipelayer L&M LEG N2206 Group IIIB, including: 38.79 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 61.31 Federally Licensed Powderman (Responsible Person in Charge) Grade Checking (setting or transferring of grade marks, line and grade) Tunnel Workers, Laborers (The area that is south of N63 latitude and west of W138 longitude) **See note on last page if remote site L&M LEG S2201 Group I, including: 32.18 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 54.70 Brakeman Mucker Nipper Topman & Bull Gang Tunnel Track Laborer L&M LEG S2202 Group II, including: 33.28 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 55.80 Burning & Cutting Torch Concrete Laborer Jackhammer Laser Instrument Operator Nozzlemen, Pumpcrete or Shotcrete Pipelayer Helper L&M LEG S2203 Group III, including: 34.27 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 56.79 Miner Retimberman L&M LEG S2204 Group IIIA, including: 37.87 7.24 13.73 1.20 0.20 0.15 60.39 Asphalt Raker, Asphalt Belly Dump Lay Down Drill Doctor (in the field) Driller (including, but not limited to wagon drills, air-track drills, hydraulic drills) Licensed Powderman Pioneer Drilling & Drilling Off Tugger (all type drills) Pipelayer

* A remote site is isolated and relatively distant from the amenities of civilization, and usually far from the employee's home. As a condition of employment, the workers must eat, sleep, and socialize at the worksite and remain there for extended periods.

** This classification must receive board and lodging under certain conditions. A per diem option of $75 is an alternative to providing meals and lodging. See Page v for an explanation.

*** Work in combination of classifications: Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (working diver, standby diver, and tender) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for a minimum of 8 hours per shift.

FOR

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this day of , 201 , by and between the CITY & BOROUGH OF WRANGELL, P.O. Box 531, Wrangell, Alaska 99929, hereinafter called "OWNER," and , licensed and qualified to do business within the State of Alaska, hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR."

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions contained herein, and attached and incorporated herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1: Scope of Work. The CONTRACTOR shall perform and provide, within the time stipulated, the Contract as herein defined, of which this Agreement is a component part, and everything required to be performed including the providing of all work, labor, services, materials, utility, transportation and other acts necessary to perform the Contract in a workmanlike manner (hereinafter referred to as "Construction"), in connection with:

City & Borough of Wrangell CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS and in strict conformity with the Contract Drawings and Engineering Specifications, including any and all Addenda issued by the OWNER, and with all of the other Contract Documents enumerated in Section 4 hereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Contract."

The work to be paid under this contract shall include the following: ______(as selected for award under the Base Bid and Additive Alternates as shown in the Bid Summary).

Section 2: Construction Time.

(a) The WORK completion schedule is: The OWNER will open the site to the

1 CONTRACTOR concurrently with the Notice to Proceed. The contract completion times shall be in accordance with the following. The Earliest Start Date shall be the date of the Notice to Proceed. The Substantial Completion Date shall be October 31, 2014. The Final Date shall be November 15, 2014 .as defined in the Special Conditions, to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time for completion as specified in these Contract Documents.

Section 3: Contract Amount. As and for full payment, and in consideration of the timely and proper performance of all construction and work called for by the Contract, as defined herein, and performance of all the terms and conditions thereof, the OWNER shall pay the CONTRACTOR in currency of the United States, as follows:

(a) If the Bid Proposal calls for single lump sum price(s), the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR a Total Contract Amount of Dollars ($ )

(b) If the Bid Proposal calls for unit prices, the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR a Total Contract Amount computed from the unit prices set forth in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal and the actual quantities of units furnished. It is understood that the quantities stated are approximate only and are subject to either increase or decrease, and should the quantities of any of the units of work and construction be increased, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the additional work at the unit prices set forth in the Bid Proposal, and should the quantities be decreased, payment will be made based on the actual quantities installed at the unit prices set forth in the Bid Proposal and the CONTRACTOR will make no claim for anticipated profits, or cost recovery for any increase or decrease in the quantities except as specifically provided in the General Conditions. Based upon the unit prices set forth in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal and upon the quantities estimated from the Contract Drawings for bidding purposes, the estimated Total Contract Amount is ($ ).

It is further agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall start all work and construction within ten (10) days after delivery of the OWNER'S Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified in such Notice to Proceed, and shall complete all work and construction in accordance with the construction schedule and time for completion as provided in the Contract Documents.

2 Section 4: Payment Procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment as defined in the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed as provided in the General Conditions. Progress payments will be paid in full in accordance with the General Conditions until ninety (90) percent of the Contract Price has been paid. The remaining ten (10) percent of the Contract Price may be retained, in accordance with applicable Alaska State Statutes, until final inspection, completion, and acceptance of the Project by the OWNER.

Section 5: Liquidated Damages. OWNER and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that the OWNER will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Section 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual damages suffered by the OWNER if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) the CONTRACTOR shall pay the OWNER $1,000.00 for each Calendar Day that expires after the Substantial Completion time specified in Article 2 herein. The amount of liquidated damages specified above is agreed to be a reasonable estimate based on all facts known as of the date of this Agreement.

Section 6: Contract Documents. The Contract, and the component parts of this Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal and the signing of this Agreement, consist of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and are as fully a part thereof as if herein set forth in full, and if not attached, as if attached hereto:

1. This Agreement;

2. Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids;

3. Information for Bidders;

4. Notice of Award;

5. Bid Proposal as accepted;

6. Change Orders;

7. Addendum No(s). ______;

8. Performance Bond;

9. Payment Bond;

10. Notice to Proceed;

11. Written amendments, including Change Orders, if any, to this Agreement signed by both parties entered into after execution of this Agreement.

12. Certificate of Insurance;

13. Notice to Proceed

14. State of Alaska, Department of Labor, Schedule of Laborer's and Mechanic's Minimum Rates of Pay, dated ______as hereafter amended from time to time;

15. General Conditions;

16. Special Conditions consisting of ______(____) pages;

17. Engineering Specifications bearing the title consisting of ______(____) pages.

18. Contract Drawings, consisting of ______(____) pages with each sheet bearing the general title ______.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement the day and year first above written.

OWNER:

CITY & BOROUGH OF WRANGELL

By:______Borough Manager

ATTEST:

______Borough Clerk

Approved as to Form:

By: ______Borough Attorney

Reviewed and Approved as Certified Funds Available to Content

By: ______By: ______

Account No. ______

CONTRACTOR:

______Name of Contractor

By: ______(Signature of authorized officer)

______(Title of person signing)

6 DISTRICT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this _____ day of ______, 201__, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ______and ______to me known to be the ______and the ______of the CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL, a first class city, the entity which executed the above and foregoing instrument; who on oath stated that they were duly authorized to execute said instrument and affix the corporate seal thereto on behalf of said entity; who acknowledged to me that they signed and sealed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in the certificate first above written.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires:______

(Seal)

7 CORPORATE CERTIFICATE

I, certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as in the foregoing instrument; that , who signed said instrument on behalf of said Corporation, was then President of said corporation; that said instrument was duly signed for in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporate powers.

(Corporate Seal) (Signature)

CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this ____ day of ______, 201__, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of ______, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ______and ______(Name) (Name) known to be the President and Secretary of______, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of ______, the corporation which executed the above and foregoing instrument, and who on oath stated he(she)(they) were duly authorized to execute said instrument and affix the corporate seal thereto on behalf of said corporation, and that the seal affixed thereto is the corporate seal thereof, and acknowledged that he(she)(they) signed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said corporation for the purposes therein mentioned.

WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires:______(Seal)

8 INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this ____ day of ______, 201__, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ______to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she/they signed and sealed the same freely and voluntarily for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this _____ day of ______, 201__, before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared ______known to me to be (one of) the partner(s) of the partnership that executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that such partnership executed the same.

DATED: ______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

9 (Seal)

10 CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. _____

OWNER: City and Borough of Wrangell CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT: CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

For period from ______to ______. In accordance with the attached schedule, the CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount as follows:

Original Contract Sum $______

Change Orders $______

Total Contract to Date $______

Total Completed to Date $______

Less Previous Payments $______

Amount this Payment $______

Less ___% Retainage $______

Due this Request $______

CONTRACTOR'S Certification:

The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that (a) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Requests for Payment numbered 1 through ______inclusive; and (b) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Request for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further certifies, represents and agrees that there are no claims for additional work or other claims not put in writing prior to this date.

DATED: ______, 201__ Contractor:______

By: ______

Payment of the above amount due this Request is recommended.

DATED: ______, 201__ Project Manager, R&M Engineering-Ketchikan, Inc.

By: ______

CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. _____

OWNER: City and Borough of Wrangell CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT: CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

Payment of the above amount due this Request is approved

DATED: ______, 201__ Project Manager, City and Borough of Wrangell

By: ______

DATED: ______, 201__ Administrator, ______

By: ______

OWNER X CHANGE ORDER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR X FIELD OTHER

PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NO: Cassiar Street and Utility Improvements City & Borough of Wrangell, Alaska INITIATION DATE: P.O. Box 531, Wrangell, Alaska 99929

TO CONTRACTOR:

THE CONTRACT IS CHANGED AS FOLLOWS:

TOTAL CHANGE TO CONTRACT THIS CHANGE ORDER:

Not valid until signed by the Owner and Contractor.

The original Contract Sum was: Net change by previously authorized Change Orders: The contract Sum prior to the Change Order was: $ - The contract Sum will be (increased) (-decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order: $ - The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be: $ - The Contract Time will be (increased) (-decreased) (unchanged) by: THE NEW CONTRACT DATE IS:

CONTRACTOR OWNER City & Borough of Wrangell P.O. Box 531, Wrangell, Alaska 99929

BY DATE BY DATE

RELEASE, WAIVER AND DISCHARGE OF ALL CLAIMS AND LIENS

This Certificate and Affidavit is made this ____ day of ______, 201__, by - ______("Releasor"), the Contractor under that certain Agreement for the performing and/or furnishing of work, labor, service, materials and/or equipment in connection with the Agreement and “Project” known as Cassiar Street Roadway and Utilities Improvement Project.

For and in consideration of the total sum of ______Dollars ($______), and other good and valuable consideration, which sum is acknowledged as being the FINAL AND TOTAL AMOUNT due or alleged to be due or owing from the City and Borough of Wrangell (hereinafter referred to as "Releasee"), the receipt and payment of which sum is hereby acknowledged, the Releasor for and on behalf of itself and all parties claiming any interest in or through it, and for its successors and assigns, does hereby waive, release and discharge the Releasee from any and all causes of action, suits, debts, accounts, bonds, contracts, promises, damages, liens, encumbrances, judgment, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or equity which against the Releasee, jointly or separately Releasor ever had, now has, or might hereinafter have, relating directly or indirectly to the aforesaid Agreement and/or Project.

The Releasor further hereby agrees to appear and defend and to indemnify and hold the Releasee harmless from any and all damages, costs, expenses, demands, suits, liens and legal fees, directly or indirectly relating to any claim for compensation by any other party for work, labor, service, materials and/or equipment which directly or indirectly relates to that which was performed or should have been performed by the Releasor, and from and against any claim relating to any work, labor, services, materials and/or equipment allegedly performed, supplied, or provided by the Releasor.

The Releasor further hereby represents, certifies and warrants that it has fully paid for any and all work, labor, services, materials and/or equipment provided to it in connection with the Contract and/or the Project. The Releasor hereby grants to the Releasee and its authorized representatives the right to review and audit any and all books and records of the Releasor at any time for verification of such payments.

Page 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Release, Waiver and Discharge of Claims and Liens has been executed this ______day of ______,201__, at______.

______Releasor

By: ______

Title: ______

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ____ day of ______, 201__.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires ______

CORPORATE CERTIFICATE

I, ______certify (name) that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Releasor in the foregoing Release; that ______, who signed said Release on behalf of said corporation, was then ______of said Corporation; (title) that said Release was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporate powers.

______(Signature)

[Corporate Seal]

Page 2 CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires:______

(Seal)

Page 3 INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ______) ) ss. ______)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this ____ day of ______, 201__, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of ______, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ______to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she/they signed and sealed the same freely and voluntarily for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ______My Commission Expires: ______

PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this ____ day of ______, 201__, before me, a notary public, personally appeared ______known to me to be one of the partners of the partnership that executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that such partnership executed the same.

DATED: ______

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA (Seal) My Commission Expires: ______

Page 4 STATEMENT CONCERNING CLAIMS

The Contractor under that certain contract dated ______, 201____, by and between ______(Contractor) and the CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL (Owner) for work and services for CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS states, represents and warrants that Contractor has fully completed all work and services included in the Contract and all authorized change orders thereto, and has fully paid for all labor, services, materials, equipment, supervision, taxes, use of equipment, and all other costs and expenses of the Project and the contract and that there are no disputes, claims or liens against the Owner, the Contractor, or any subcontractor of Contractor, and that the Contractor will have no claims against the Owner of any kind whatsoever arising from or growing out of the Contract or the Project except as follows:

Claimant Description of Claim Amount

______(Contractor)

By:______

STATE OF ______) ) ss. ______)

______, being first duly sworn, on oath deposes and states, that he is the ______of the aforesaid Contractor, that he makes this affidavit for and on its behalf and is authorized so to do, that he has read the foregoing Statement Concerning Claims and has personal knowledge of the facts contained therein and acknowledges said Statement Concerning Claims to be the free and voluntary act and deed of the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining final payment under the agreement described herein, that he was authorized to execute the same for and on behalf of the Contractor and that said Statement Concerning Claims is true and correct. ______

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN to before me this ____ day of ______, 201__. ______NOTARY PUBLIC in and for State of ______, residing at ______. My Commission expires:______

CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL

Non-Collusion Affidavit

, first being duly sworn, on her/his oath says that the bid above submitted is a genuine and not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or behalf of any person not herein named, and he further says that the said bidder had not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding; and that said bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to self advantage over any other bidder or bidders.

Contractor

Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______day of ______, 201__.

______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______

(Seal)

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Section 1: DEFINITIONS.

(a) ACT OF GOD shall mean an earthquake, flood, cyclone or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. A rain, windstorm, high water or other natural phenomenon of unusual intensity for a specific locality, but which might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general locality, shall not be construed as an Act of God.

(b) ADDENDA shall mean written modifications of the Contract Documents which may be issued by the Owner to holders of Contract Documents prior to opening Proposals.

(c) BIDDER shall mean any person, partnership, firm or corporation that submits a Bid Proposal and Bid Bond, if required, to the Owner.

(d) CHANGE ORDER shall mean a written supplemental agreement executed by the Owner and the Contractor to modify the Contract at the time of or after its execution.

(e) CONSTRUCTION shall mean:

1. All management, superintendence, labor, materials, use of equipment and tools, transportation and other facilities or services necessary to complete the Contract.

2. If the Contract includes the furnishing of manufactured equipment, "Construction" shall also include all management, superintendence, labor, materials, equipment components, tools, inspection, testing transportation and other facilities and services necessary to design, manufacture, fabricate, assemble, deliver and install equipment and complete the Contract.

3. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Construction" shall also include delivery to the location of the job site all management, superintendence, labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation and other facilities and services necessary to complete the Contract.

(f) CONTRACT shall mean the whole understanding between the Owner and the Contractor covering the furnishing of the construction and payment therefor and described or encompassed in the Contract Documents, including any addenda or change orders.

(g) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall mean the documents enumerated in the agreement which form the Contract.

(h) CONTRACT DRAWING shall mean a diagrammatic or pictorial description of the construction to be furnished, or copies thereof, which is included as a part of the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda and Change Orders to the Contract. Contract Drawings shall include Proposal Drawings issued to Bidders to delineate the scope of the construction and Construction Drawings issued to the Contractor during construction to further describe the details of the Project design.

(i) CONTRACTOR shall mean the person, partnership or corporation whose Bid Proposal has been accepted by the Owner and who has furnished suitable Performance Bond and Payment Bond, Insurance Certificate or Insurance Policies, Lump Sum Bid Breakdown and executed the Agreement.

1 (j) ENGINEER shall mean the duly authorized employee of the Owner or an engineer, architect or other consultant contracted to the Owner and authorized to perform the engineering or contract administration functions contemplated herein.

(k) ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS shall mean written descriptions, including performance, of the construction to be furnished which are part of the Contract Documents.

(l) ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION shall mean a written interpretation of the Contract issued by the Engineer for the guidance of the Contractor.

(m) OR EQUAL shall mean construction items or materials substantially equal to that specified in the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the quality and suitability of proposed substitutions.

(n) OWNER shall mean the City and Borough of Wrangell whose address is P.O. Box 561, Wrangell, Alaska 99929.

(o) PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS shall mean the form of Performance Bond and the form of Payment Bond included in the Contract Documents which shall be furnished by the Contractor and its Surety as assurance to the Owner that the Contractor will furnish, pay for, and warrant the construction and perform all the requirements of the Contract.

(p) PROJECT shall mean the improvements and/or facility to be completed in whole or in part through the performance of the Contract.

(q) BID PROPOSAL shall mean a Bidder's offer to the Owner to contract for and undertake furnishing the construction for one (l) or more Bid Schedules.

(r) SHOP DRAWING shall mean a diagrammatic, pictorial or written description of the details of proposed materials, equipment components, construction, adjustment or operation, except drawings containing proprietary information, prepared by the Contractor or a Subcontractor and submitted for the review of the Engineer to demonstrate that the construction when completed will meet the requirements of the Contract.

(s) SUBCONTRACTOR shall mean an independent person, partnership or corporation, other than an employee of the Contractor, supplying to and under agreement with the Contractor or any Subcontractor of the Contractor, any construction or equipment in connection with the Contract.

(t) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION shall mean that degree of completion of the construction necessary for the Project to function and operate at its intended location and for its intended use. Written approval of administrative authorities having jurisdiction approving occupancy by Owner for intended use must be submitted by Contractor as a condition of any determination of Substantial Completion.

(u) SURETY shall mean a corporation executing a Bid Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond or other bond payable to the Owner.

(v) UNITS OF CONSTRUCTION.

1. "Basic Unit of Construction" shall mean an elementary part of the total construction which includes like materials and labor, is repetitive in nature, and is readily and economically measurable, i.e., "cu. yd. of concrete in place," "lin. ft. of pipe installed," or "lb. of reinforcing steel furnished."

2. "Integrated Unit of Construction" shall mean a part of the total construction which combines various quantities of unlike materials, equipment and labor into a separate piece of construction where the component materials, equipment and labor are not in themselves readily and economically measurable, i.e., "road bridge complete" includes excavation, concrete, bridge work, backfill, etc.

2 (w) UNIT PRICE shall mean the amount bid by the Contractor for furnishing one (1) unit of construction, the quantities being subject to adjustment within the limits specified in the Contract Documents.

(x) WRITTEN NOTICE shall mean a handwritten or typewritten communication delivered in person, or sent to the individual, or to a partner of the partnership, or to an officer of the corporation, which is the Contractor, at the address set forth in the Contractor's Bid Proposal or, if to the Owner, addressed to the City and Borough of Wrangell, P.O. Box561, Wrangell, Alaska 99929, or such other address as may be specified for such purpose in writing by the Contractor or Owner.

Section 2: REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

(a) Any material specified by reference to number, symbol or title of a specific standard such as a code, commercial standard, Federal Specification, trade association standard, or other similar standard, shall comply with the requirements of the issue in effect on the date of the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids unless a specific issue is indicated in the special conditions or Engineering Specifications.

(b) Those applicable provisions of and such specifications which are referred to as provided in (a) above, except as modified in the Engineering Specifications, shall have full force and effect as though included in the Engineering Specifications.

(c) The following is a general list of abbreviations which may appear on the Contract Drawings or in the Engineering Specifications.

AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AAN American Association of Nurserymen AAR Association of American Railroads AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AEIC Associated Edison Illuminating Companies AGC Associated General Contractors of America AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AIA American Institute of Architects AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARA American Railway Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASE Code American Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association

3 CSI Construction Specification Institute DCDMA Diamond Core Drill Manufacturers' Association DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturers' Association EEI Edison Electric Institute EIA Electronic Industries Association EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers' Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration Fed.Spec. Federal Specifications FSS Federal Specifications and Standards General Services Administration F.S. Std.Specs. Forest Service Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges, E,-7720-100, 1979, Forest Service U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20013 ICC Interstate Commerce Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers' Association JIC Joint Industrial Council NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Tile Council of America TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. USASI United States of America Standards Institute WCLA West Coast Lumbermen's Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association

Section 3: SUBCONTRACTS.

(a) The Contractor shall perform with its own organization not less than one-third (1/3) of the total monetary amount of the Contract and shall not sublet to any one (1) Subcontractor more than one-half (1/2) of the total monetary amount of the Contract without the previous written consent of the Owner. After execution of the Contract and prior to the beginning of operations on a subcontract, the Contractor may, if approved by the Owner through execution of a Change Order, employ a different Subcontractor than was offered in the Contractor's Bid Proposal. In this event the Total Contract Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the reduction, if any, in the cost to the Contractor as a result of the change of Subcontractor. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner the detailed bids of both Subcon- tractors before execution of the Change Order.

(b) The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts, errors and omissions of Subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them. The Contractor shall include all applicable provisions of these Contract Documents in all subcontracts for construction to be performed under this Contract.

(c) Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the Owner. The Owner's consent to or approval of any Subcontractor under the Contract shall not

4 relieve the Contractor of its obligations under the Contract and no such consent or approval shall be deemed to waive or modify any provisions of the Contract.

Section 4: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS.

(a) Within ten (10) days after the Contractor receives the Notice of Award, and prior to the execution of the Contract by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and also a Labor and Materials Payment Bond, on the forms included in the Contract Documents, with a corporate Surety satisfactory to the Owner, which bonds shall insure the full and faithful performance of the Contract, including payment of all obligations arising thereunder, and each bond shall be in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract amount unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions.

(b) The Surety on such Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond shall be a duly licensed surety corporation authorized to do business in the State of Alaska and shall be named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act.

(c) Failure to timely provide the bonds on the required bond forms and as required herein shall be grounds for the Owner rescinding the award and awarding to another bidder or rejecting all bids. The Contractor in such event forfeits the Contractor's bid security.

Section 5: EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION. If, in the opinion of the Owner, and the Contractor is so advised, certain emergency construction must be done immediately to safeguard life or property or to protect completed construction, or the building or site where work is to be performed, the Contractor shall proceed at once with such emergency construction. The omission or failure of the Owner to form such an opinion or to advise the Contractor shall not excuse the Contractor from any obligation to safeguard life or property or to protect completed construction, or the buildings or site where work is to be performed. If such emergency construction is within the scope of the Con- tract, or is to protect completed construction, and is not caused by the negligence or acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors, the Contractor shall be paid as provided in the Contract. If such emergency construction is outside the scope of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a written proposal within ten (10) days after commencement of the emergency construction and the construction shall be paid for as a change in construction; provided, however, the Owner shall have no obligation to compensate the Contractor for emergency construction required because of the Contractor's negligence or acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, representatives, subcontractors, or other persons for whose acts the Contractor is liable or responsible. Failure to submit such a proposal within the specified time shall constitute waiver of any claim based upon such emergency construction.

Section 6: CONTRACTOR'S DEFAULT.

(a) If the Contractor becomes insolvent, is adjudged bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver, assignee or other liquidating officer is appointed for the Contractor, or if the Contractor fails to prosecute the work according to the Construction Schedule, or otherwise, or persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply satisfactory superintendence, satisfactory numbers of properly skilled workmen or satisfactory construction or fails to make payment to employees or Subcontractors or payment for materials or equipment when due, or violates any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is in violation of any provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be in default under the Contract, and if such default continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof is served by the Owner upon the Contractor, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, including termination, may declare the Contractor to be in default under the Contract by written notice thereof served upon the Contractor and its Surety.

(b) In the event of such declaration of default, the Surety shall have the obligation immediately to remedy the default or to undertake performance of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract; provided, however, that if the Surety does not remedy the default or does not undertake such performance within fifteen (15) days from the date of service of such declaration of default, the Owner may, but shall not be required to take possession of the construction

5 and of all the Contractor's equipment, tools and materials used in connection therewith and complete the construction by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. In such event, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the construction is completed. If the unpaid balance of the total contract amount exceeds the cost to the Owner of completing the Contract, including reasonable compensation for additional administrative, engineering and legal costs of the Owner, and any damages incurred by the Owner by reason of such default, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If the cost to the Owner of completing the Contract, including reasonable compensation for additional administrative, engineering and legal costs of the Owner, exceeds such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall immediately pay the excess to the Owner. The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the Owner, including termination for default.

Section 7: LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

(a) For each and every calendar day that any portion of the work and construction is not completed after the Construction Time fixed for completion in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay the Owner, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, such amount per calendar day as is specified in the Special Conditions.

(b) Because the difficulty in computing the actual damages which will result from failure to complete the construction on time, the said amount of liquidated damages is hereby estimated, agreed upon and determined in advance by the parties hereto as a reasonable evaluation of the actual damages which the Owner will suffer for each and every day during which the completion of the construction is delayed beyond the Construction Time herein fixed.

(c) Such monies due the Contractor, or to become due the Contractor at or after the Construction Time fixed in the Contract Documents, for all or any part of the construction, as may be necessary to pay said liquidated damages, may be retained by the Owner, and if such amounts are not sufficient to pay such liquidated damages, the Contractor shall immediately pay the deficiency to the Owner. Such deductions or amounts retained by the Owner shall not in any degree release the Contractor from further obligation and liability with respect to fulfilling the entire Contract.

(d) Nothing herein shall be construed to preclude claims by the Owner for damages caused by Contractor errors, omissions, or negligence unrelated to time delay in completing the construction on time.

Section 8: CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. (a) Written notice of any condition or event for which a claim is subsequently to be made by the Contractor shall be made to the Owner in writing within two (2) days after the first observance of such condition or event. A written claim for damages or additional compensation setting forth in full detail the labor, material and other costs and the total amount of the claim and the reasons therefor, shall be given to the Owner by the Contractor, with a copy to the Engineer, within fifteen (15) days after the first notice of such condition or event and if such condition or event continues, a similar written claim shall be presented every thirty (30) days thereafter. The Contractor expressly agrees that failure to give such notice of such condition or event and to present such detailed claims within the times specified shall constitute a binding waiver of any claim based upon such condition or event. Knowledge of the condition or event on the part of the Owner shall not affect the requirements for such written notice and written claims within the specified times.

(b) The Contractor shall not cause a delay of construction during any dispute. If the Owner orders a modification of the Contract by issuing a Change Order which becomes a subject of dispute or if any interpretation of the Contract Documents, or Engineer's Instructions, becomes a subject of dispute, the Contractor, upon written notice from the Owner, shall proceed with the construction as modified by the disputed Change Order during the period required to resolve the dispute.

(c) Claims for additional payment for delay in the construction caused by any act or omission of the Owner shall be limited to damages, if any, sustained during the time reasonably required for the Contractor to discharge its employees and to move equipment to another construction project location which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is suitable for operations by such equipment. In no event shall such time exceed two (2) weeks for each such occurrence.

6 Section 9: CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS AFTER TERMINATION, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR DECLARATION OF CONTRACTOR'S DEFAULT.

(a) When in the opinion of the Engineer the Contract is substantially completed, the Owner will send to the Contractor, by registered or certified United States mail, a written Opinion of Substantial Completion. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Opinion of Substantial Completion, and also in the event of a declared default of the Contractor or termination of the Contract before substantial completion, the Contractor shall give the Owner written notice of any claim it intends to make against the Owner arising out of or in relation to the Contract; provided, that written notice of a claim based upon an event which occurs after receipt by the Contractor of the Opinion of Substantial Completion may be so given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the event upon which the claim is based but in no event later than thirty (30) days after Owner has given Notice of Acceptance of the Construction. The notice of claim shall state the amount claimed and shall specify in detail the nature, grounds and manner of computation of the amount of the claim. The fact that the Contractor has given any notice or presented any claim required by any other provision of the Contract shall not relieve it from giving the notice required by this section of the Contract nor shall giving the notice required by this section relieve the Contractor from the effect of failure to give any notice or present any claim as required by any other paragraph or section of the Contract.

(b) Within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice of claim, the Owner will give the Contractor written notice that the claim is allowed or rejected or allowed in part and rejected in part. Any claim or part thereof so allowed shall constitute an acknowledged obligation of the Owner under the Contract payable in due course. Failure to give such written notice of allowance or rejection within sixty (60) days after the Owner receives the notice of claim shall constitute rejection thereof in full. The Contractor shall not start suit on any claim until the Owner has rejected the claim in whole or in part or has been accorded sixty (60) days in which to allow or reject the claim as above provided.

(c) The parties hereto expressly agree that the Contractor shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice that the claim has been rejected in whole or in part, or ninety (90) days after the notice of claim is received by the Owner in case no notice of rejection is given, to bring suit against the Owner in the appropriate court sitting in the City of Ketchikan, First Judicial District, State of Alaska, and that otherwise, the claim, except the portion thereof allowed by the Owner, shall be forever barred. No suit shall be brought against the Owner on any claim arising out of or in connection with the Contract unless the requirements of this section applicable to the Contractor have been strictly complied with.

Section 10: ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of or encumber this Contract, or any rights thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition shall be null and void and of no force or effect. No assignment of the Contract or funds due under the Contract by the Contractor with the consent of the Owner shall be valid unless it contains a provision that the funds to be paid to the assignee under the assignment are subject to all the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.

Section 11: WAIVER OR MODIFICATION. The failure of either party to the Contract to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver or relinquishment of any such terms or provisions, but the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. The making of any payment by the Owner to the Contractor, with or without knowledge of any default or breach of the Contract, shall not be deemed to be a waiver as to any default or breach of any term or provision of the Contract Documents. No waiver or modification of any term or provision of the Contract Documents shall be claimed by the Contractor unless the same be made by Change Order, and no such waiver or modification shall constitute a waiver or modification of any other term or provision.

Section 12: SEVERABILITY AND HEADINGS.

(a) If any part of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, any provision, paragraph, clause, phrase or words, is found to be in conflict with applicable law, such part shall be inoperative, null and void insofar as it is in conflict with said law, but the remainder shall be given full force and effect.

(b) The descriptive headings of the various parts, sections, paragraphs, and other portions of the Contract Documents have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents.

Section 13: INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the intent of the Contract Documents is to include all plant, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, management, superintendence, Contractor's design and detailing, work, labor, transportation, fuel, power, water and all other utilities and services necessary for furnishing all of the construction required for the proper performance of the Contract.

(b) Except as may be otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the intent of the Contract Documents is to specify and set forth a complete and operating unit or system ready for use regardless of whether or not every detail has been set forth in the Contract Documents. Any omission of details from the Contract Documents shall not be construed to mean that they are to be omitted by the Contractor or to affect in any way the completeness of the construction. The cost of such details shall be included in the prices in the Bid Proposal.

Section 14: DISCREPANCIES IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

(a) If at any time the Contractor discovers that there is possible error, omission or discrepancy in any of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. The Engineer shall promptly review the alleged error, omission or discrepancy and issue an Engineer's Instruction or the Owner may issue a Change Order. Any work done after such discovery and until receipt of an Engineer's Instruction or execution of a Change Order shall be at the Contractor's expense.

(b) To avoid any disputes which might arise as to the meaning of any engineering requirements in the Contract Documents or to any alleged error, omission or discrepancy therein, the Engineer's opinion as to the true intent and meaning, and the Engineer's interpretation thereof, shall be first obtained before any legal action is taken. All dimensions shall be taken from numerical figures on the Contract Drawings and no dimensions scaled from such drawings are valid. If dimensions are apparently missing from the Contract Drawings, work shall be suspended on that portion of the construction until the Owner has been notified and has made the necessary dimensions available via an Engineer's Instruction or on a Contract Drawing.

(c) Should any discrepancies or conflicting provisions among the various Contract Documents be discovered, precedence is hereby established in the following order:

1. Change Orders 2. Agreement 3. Addenda 4. Special Conditions 5. General Conditions 6. Engineering Specifications 7. Contract Drawings 8. Construction Schedule 9. Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids 10. Information for Bidders 11. Performance and Payment Bonds 12. Bid Proposal as Accepted.

Section 15: DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS.

(a) The Owner has prepared designs and Contract Documents and may from time to time issue additional information during the term of the Contract, by means of Engineer's Instructions, Construction Drawings or otherwise,

8 to add detail to the Contract Documents. All such Instructions, Drawings and additional information shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and shall be developments thereof.

(b) All construction shall be furnished in accordance with the Contract Documents and to the dimensions fixed thereby. The Owner reserves the right to make reasonable revisions in dimensions and relocations of construction; provided, however, that such revisions or relocations are made prior to construction of any item to be revised or relocated. If such revisions and relocations result in no additional cost to the Contractor, such revisions or relocations shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.

Section 16: SHOP DRAWINGS.

(a) The Contractor shall prepare or secure, and submit to the Owner for review, not as a check of details but for the purpose of determining whether or not the general method of fabrication, quality of materials and equipment and detailing are in accordance with the Contract Documents, are suitable for instruction of operating personnel and for maintenance, such nonproprietary Shop Drawings as are necessary in the opinion of the Engineer for such purposes. Such Shop Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, general arrangement, outline, connection and external detail drawings and instruction, operation and maintenance booklets. Two reproducible prints and one contact print of each Shop Drawing shall be submitted to the Owner. Four (4) copies of all catalog cuts serving as Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner over and above the number of copies the Contractor wants returned following Owner's review.

(b) The review of Shop Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility which it has under the Contract Documents, including but not limited to quality, quantity, performance characteristics, dimensions, adequate details, schedules and satisfactory coordination of all materials and equipment components. The Contractor shall submit such Shop Drawings with such promptness as to cause no delay in its own operations or that of its Subcontractors. Shop Drawings shall be checked by the Contractor to determine that they do not deviate from the Contract Documents, and if they do, such Shop Drawings shall be accompanied by a written notice to the Engineer stating in detail the nature of and the reasons for any proposed deviations. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in such sequence as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to give them adequate review.

(c) The Engineer's review will be completed within a reasonable time after receipt by the Engineer of each Shop Drawing in proper sequence with markings as follows:

(1) Reviewed. Indicates Shop Drawing has been reviewed and appears to conform with the intent of the design concept. The Contractor shall make further distribution of the Shop Drawing and may proceed with fabrication shown on the Shop Drawing.

(2) Resubmit. Indicates Shop Drawing or part thereof does not appear to conform with the design concept. The Owner's comments will be noted on the Shop Drawing or in a separate letter. The Contractor shall recheck, make necessary revisions and resubmit for Owner's review.

(3) Reference. Indicates Shop Drawing gives information that is incidental to construction described in the Contract Documents and is for general information only.

(d) All Shop Drawings and data shall be concise and legible. Detailed information about the various components involved shall be clearly identified with the component designation. Shop Drawings shall include, as applicable, equipment outlines and dimensions, foundation requirements and wiring diagrams giving complete information for the installation and erection, maintenance and repair, or for identification of parts for ordering replacements on each item to be furnished under the Contract.

(e) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner three (3) sets of final Shop Drawings, showing all changes and revisions and shall furnish one (1) full-size black-on-white positive mylar transparency to the Owner.

Section 17: CONTRACTOR'S COPIES OF DRAWINGS. The Contractor will be supplied by the Owner without charge, not more than ten (10) sets of Contract Drawings. Additional copies of Contract Drawings, if desired by the Contractor, will be furnished by the Owner at cost. The Contractor shall keep at least one (1) record copy of all

9 Contract Documents, including Plans, Shop Drawings, Modifications, etc., at the construction site in good condition in a weather tight enclosure to show all changes, revisions, and "as-built" notations made during the construction process. These are to be available to the Engineer and shall be delivered to him for the Owner upon completion of the project.

Section 18: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall furnish and fully pay for all construction prior to acceptance by the Owner. All materials and equipment incorporated in the completed construction shall be new and not previously used. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide satisfactory evidence of the kind and quality of materials and equipment to be furnished and that such have been paid for.

(b) If materials or equipment are specified in the Special Conditions to be furnished by the Owner, they shall be conclusively deemed acceptable for the purpose designed if received in satisfactory condition. The Contractor may continue to use such materials or equipment until otherwise directed; provided, however, that if the Contractor discovers any defect in materials or equipment furnished by the Owner, it shall immediately notify the Owner and the Engineer in writing and shall cease to use such defective items pending receipt of written instructions from the Owner or the Engineer.

(c) If materials or equipment are specified in the Special Conditions to be furnished by the Owner, they shall be received by the Contractor f.o.b. the point of delivery specified in the Special Conditions, and in the absence of such specification, receipt by the Contractor shall be f.o.b. the plant of the supplier of the materials or equipment to be so furnished. The Contractor shall receive, load and unload, transport, store and properly protect from damage or loss all such materials or equipment and the Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage after receipt of materials or equipment and until final acceptance of the construction by the Owner. The Contractor shall immediately report to the Owner and the Engineer in writing in the form and manner prescribed by the Engineer the receipt of Owner-furnished materials and equipment.

Section 19: WORKMANSHIP. All construction shall be such that its several component parts function as a workable system, with all accessories necessary for its proper operation, and the construction shall be furnished with all components tested, properly adjusted, and in operation. The construction shall be furnished in conformance with the normally accepted standard practice of the trade so as to contribute to maximum efficiency of operation, accessibility and appearance and minimum cost of operation, maintenance and construction of future alterations and additions. It shall also be so furnished that the completed construction will conform and adjust to and operate in a coordinated manner with the existing installation, if any.

Section 20: COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, whenever in the Contract Documents any material, equipment, method or process is indicated or specified without reservation, by patent or proprietary name, by name of the manufacturer or by catalog number, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and for facilitating the description of the material, equipment, method or process desired, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal." In such event the Contractor may offer to furnish another material, equipment, method or process which shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so indicated or specified. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the equality of such material, equipment, method or process offered in substitution.

(b) Offers of substitution for items described in the Contract Documents will be considered only upon the written request of the Contractor, and no requests for such substitutions will be acknowledged or considered from suppliers, distributors, manufacturers or subcontractors or any other source. Requests for approval of a substitution shall be by submitting Shop Drawings, where applicable, and shall be accompanied by documentary evidence of equality in the form of descriptive literature, samples, records of performance, certified copies of tests by independent recognized laboratories, and differences in prices and delivery, if any, in the form of certified quotations from suppliers of both the specified material, equipment, method or process and the proposed substitute.

(c) Such offers of substitution of materials or equipment shall include data to substantiate that the "or equal" product meets the following criteria applicable to the item submitted:

(1) The change is adaptable to the design, (2) the functional performance will be equal to or better than the item specified, (3) where the appearance affects the end product, the appearance of the item will be as good as or better than the item specified, (4) the maintenance cost for the product or item will be equal to or less than the item specified, (5) the quality of materials used and the level of construction of the item will be as good or better than the item specified, (6) the net price of the item will be within the same price range as the item specified and (7) installation cost of the item specified will be equal to or less than that of the item specified.

Section 21: VALUE ENGINEERING. (a) The Contractor may submit alternate construction details for consideration where these will result in reduced project cost without loss of essential function. Such alternates shall be in the form of written value engineering proposals indicating the nature of recommended revisions and the Contractor's proposed credit to the Owner.

(b) A value engineering proposal shall constitute a binding offer by and on the Contractor and may not be withdrawn. However, if not accepted within the time limits described in (c) below, the proposal shall become void. The terms and credits of the proposal may be changed by mutual agreement between the Owner and Contractor, or may be accepted without further modification by the Owner.

(c) The value engineering proposal shall be in sufficient detail to permit a reasonably complete evaluation of the costs and technical changes involved. Proposals shall be addressed to the Owner's Engineer, who shall respond within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt regarding functional acceptability or completeness of the proposal. In the event no response is made within this time period, the proposal shall be considered rejected. The judgment of the Owner's engineer shall be final regarding acceptability of Contractor's proposal.

(d) If a proposal is accepted, the Contract shall be amended by Change Order to reflect the modifications and the Contract amount shall be decreased by negotiated or offered credit amount.

Section 22: SOIL AND/OR SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS. Any data regarding soil and/or subsurface conditions which may be shown in the Construction Drawings, Engineering Specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, is not to be taken as a representation, but is based on limited information and is at best only an opinion; consequently, such data cannot and shall not be considered precise or complete and there is no guarantee or representation as to its completeness, accuracy, or precision and the Owner shall not be liable therefor. All Bidders and/or Contractors shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the site and subsurface conditions at all locations on this project by their own independent investigation, including soils or other tests, and the nature of such condition shall be determined and ascertained by Bidders and Contractors on their own by independent investigations and to their own satisfaction.

Section 23: STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. If any materials or equipment are stored, they shall be stored so as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness. Materials and equipment shall be placed on platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover and heated adequately to prevent condensation or freezing. Stored materials and equipment shall be located so as to facilitate observation. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to or loss of the materials or equipment that occurs until written acceptance by the Owner.

Section 24: MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. All instructions and directions of the manufacturer of material and equipment furnished to the Contractor shall be followed unless specified to the contrary. The Contractor shall obtain and furnish to the Engineer prior to use of materials or installation of equipment five (5) copies of all instructions and directions of the manufacturer of such materials and equipment.

Section 25: DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.

(a) The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials and equipment and correct all construction which in the opinion of the Engineer is defective in workmanship or materials or fails to conform to the Contract, or the manufacturer's specifications or technical data, whether incorporated in the work or not, and the

11 Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute its own construction in accordance with the Contract and without cost or expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all construction of other contractors or the Owner's building or site, destroyed or damaged by such removal and replacement.

(b) If the Contractor does not remove construction which in the opinion of the Engineer is defective or fails to conform to the Contract, within a reasonable time, which shall be fixed by written notice from the Owner, the Owner may remove and store the materials and cause the correction of such construction at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal and storage within ten (10) days after delivery of a notice of the cost of such removal and storage, the Owner may give written notice to the Contractor and ten (10) days after such notice the Owner may dispose of the material. Costs arising from such removal, storage or disposal of materials and correction of the construction shall be paid by the Contractor and may be deducted from any payment due the Contractor. The provisions of this section shall not impose any duty or responsibility on the Owner or Engineer to advise or inform Contractor of any materials or work considered to be defective and failure to do so shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of defective materials or work by the Engineer or by the Owner.

(c) All work such as pipes, wires, conduits, insulation and any other items designated by the Engineer shall be inspected prior to the work being covered.

All work requiring inspection that is covered prior to inspection by the Engineer shall be uncovered for inspection as requested by the Engineer and recovered at no cost to the Owner.

Section 26: WARRANTIES.

(a) The Contractor warrants to the Owner that the construction to be provided under the Contract shall be fit for the purpose specified when operated in accordance with generally accepted operating practices; shall be new and free from any defects in material, workmanship, and title; shall meet all specifications, including those relating to performance, contained or incorporated by reference in the Contract; and that the technical direction of installation will be performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance with generally accepted professional standards.

(b) The foregoing warranties (except as to title) shall apply to defects or deficiencies occurring within a period of one (1) year from final acceptance of the Project by the Owner. If, however, during the above one (1) year warranty period the construction is not available for operation due to a failure to meet such warranties, such time of unavailability shall not be counted as part of the warranty period. The conditions of any field tests shall be mutually agreed upon, and the Contractor shall be notified of and may be represented at all tests that may be made.

(c) If the construction furnished does not meet the warranties specified above, assuming normal and proper use and maintenance, the Owner shall promptly notify the Contractor and make the construction available for correction. The Contractor shall thereupon correct all defects, including nonconformance with the Engineering Specifications, at its expense, either by repairing or replacing any defective or damaged parts of the construction furnished under the Contract. All of the costs of labor, materials and equipment associated with such repair or replacement of the construction, including removal, loading and unloading, transportation to and from the repair site and reinstallation, shall be borne by the Contractor.

(d) Any repaired or replacement construction furnished under the aforesaid warranty shall also carry warranties for one (1) year on the same terms as set forth above from the date of its repair or replacement.

(e) The Contractor shall obtain written warranties from its Subcontractors and suppliers of material and equipment where such warranties are specifically required by the Special Conditions and shall deliver the original warranties to the Owner.

(f) Neither the final payment, nor any other provision of the Contract, nor partial or entire use of the construction by the Owner shall relieve the Contractor of liability with respect to the warranties referred to in the Contract or any other warranties express or implied.

(g) In the event the Contractor fails to accomplish the warranty work as required herein, the Owner may

12 proceed to accomplish the same and the Contractor, and its Surety, shall be jointly and severally liable to the Owner for all costs and expenses in relation thereto.

Section 27: PATENTS AND ROYALTIES.

(a) The Contractor shall pay the costs of all royalties, permits, licenses or other fees necessary for the performance of the Contract.

(b) The Contractor warrants that the construction furnished hereunder, and any part thereof, shall be delivered free of any rightful claim of any third party for infringement of any patent. If notified promptly in writing and given authority and information, the Contractor shall appear and defend or may settle, at its expense, any suit or proceeding against the Owner so far as it is based on a claimed patent infringement which would result in a breach of this warranty and the Contractor shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein against the Owner due to such breach. In the event the construction or any part thereof is held to constitute such an infringement and the use of said construction or part is enjoined, the Contractor shall, at its expense and option, either procure for the Owner the right to continue using said construction or part, or replace same with non-infringing construction, or part, or modify same so it becomes non-infringing. (c) The preceding subparagraph shall not apply to any construction or part manufactured to the Owner's design, or to the use of any construction furnished hereunder in conjunction with any other product in a combination not furnished by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract. As to any such construction, part, or use of such combination, the Contractor shall have no liability for patent infringement.

Section 28: LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

(a) The Contractor shall give all notices required by law and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the conduct of the construction. The Contractor shall be liable for all violations of the law in connection with construction furnished by the Contractor.

(b) If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at a variance with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing and all necessary changes shall be made by Engineer's Instructions or Change Order. If the Contractor performs any work knowing or that the Contractor should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without giving such notice to the Owner, the Contractor shall bear all costs of required changes and be liable to the Owner for all damages arising therefrom.

Section 29: PERMITS.

(a) Permits, licenses and easements of a temporary nature which are necessary only for and during the construction, shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, except those permits, licenses or easements of a temporary nature which are stated in the Special Conditions to be provided by the Owner.

(b) Permits, licenses, and easements of a permanent nature, which are necessary to be maintained after acceptance of construction, shall be secured and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions.

Section 30: HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNITY. The Contractor specifically obligates itself to the Owner in the following respects, to-wit:

(a) To indemnify and appear and defend and hold harmless the Owner, its elected and appointed officials and employees, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred, whether or not suit is filed, and for injuries to or theft of property, including loss of use, injuries to persons, including death, and from any and all other claims, suits or liability, caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, or any of its officers, agents, employees, representatives, servants or subcontractors, or anyone employed by them, or for whose acts Contractor may be liable, in the performance or nonperformance of the

13 work or construction, or of any of the terms and/or conditions of the Contract, or caused by or resulting from any act or omission of Contractor, or any of Contractor's employees, agents, representatives, licensees, contractors or representatives.

(b) To appear, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims, judgments, liens, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense, including defense costs, court costs and attorneys' fees, whether direct or indirect, by reason of casualties to the construction whether completed or not, including loss of use thereof.

Section 31: INSURANCE.

(a) Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until all of the insurance required under this section has been obtained and Contractor has filed the certificates of insurance and copies of insurance policies with the Owner as required by the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved the same, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the insurance required has been so obtained.

(b) General Liability Insurance.

(1) Coverage. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain General Liability Insurance covering bodily injuries, including death at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by any person or persons, and covering damages to property, including loss of use thereof, arising out of or in consequence of the performance of the Contract or the work or construction, whether such injuries to persons or damages to property are due or are claimed to be due to operations of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or any of their officers, employees, servants, partners, agents or representatives. The Owner shall be named as an additional insured on all such policies.

(2) Insurance Amounts. Such General Liability Insurance shall be in the amounts set forth on the form of Certificate of Insurance included in the Contract Documents and required herein to be filed with the Owner.

(3) Insurance Period. Such General Liability Insurance shall be maintained in effect at all times until final acceptance by the Owner of all of the completed construction, and products liability and completed operations liability for at least two (2) years thereafter.

(4) Insurance Form. Such General Liability Insurance shall indemnify and defend the Contractor, its subcontractors and the Owner, as an additional named insured, and all of their officers, employees, servants, partners, agents and representatives from and against any and all claims, judgments, liens, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense, including defense costs, court costs and attorneys' fees, whether direct or indirect, by reason of liability imposed by law or by contract upon said parties, including Operations/Premises Liability, Independent Contractor's Protective Liability/Owner's Protective Liability, Completed Operations and Products Liability, Broad Form Blanket Contractual Liability, Owner, Non-owned, and Hired Vehicles and Equipment, and Broad Form Property Damage, including explosion, collapse and underground damage and loss of use. Such General Liability Insurance shall be provided on a comprehensive bodily injury and property damage liability form satisfactory to the Owner and shall name the Owner as an additional insured and shall cover and include Contractor's contractual indemnity of Owner. The coverage shall not include an unfunded self-insured retention. A Certificate of Insurance certifying such insurance policies have been issued to the Contractor shall be filed with the Owner in the amount and form and as required herein.

(1) Insurance Requirements. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall purchase and maintain industrial accident or worker's compensation insurance issued by an insurance company authorized to write such insurance in the State of Alaska covering bodily injuries, including death at any time resulting therefrom, suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any employee of the Contractor or its subcontractors by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract.

(2) Insurance Amount. The amount and type of such industrial accident or worker's compensation

14 insurance shall be that required by law for all employees employed under the Contract who may come within the protection of such laws, and as required by the Certificate of Insurance required under (e) below.

(3) Insurance Period. Such industrial accident and worker's compensation insurance shall be maintained in effect until final acceptance of the completed work and construction.

(4) Failure to Maintain Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it fails to maintain proper worker's compensation insurance coverage, the State and the Owner may pursue any remedies provided by AS 23.30.045, terminate the Contract without liability, and/or take or pursue any other remedies otherwise provided by law.

(d) Builder's All Risk: BUILDER’S RISK DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT.

(e) Comprehensive Automobile Liability.

(1) Insurance Requirements. Comprehensive Automobile Liability shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, non-owned, or hired. Coverage for hired motor vehicles should include endorsement covering liability assumed under this Agreement.

15 (e) Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall deposit with the Owner not later than submittal of the signed Agreement and required bonds, Certificates of Insurance from its insurance companies certifying to the coverage of all of the insurance required in this section in the form, and in the amounts set forth on the form of Certificate of Insurance set forth in the Contract Documents, and as required herein, and shall furnish copies of all insurance policies at any time upon request of the Owner.

(f) Cancellation of Insurance.

(1) The Contractor shall not cause any insurance policy to be canceled or permit any policy to lapse or reduce the amount of such insurance during the period of the Contract. All insurance policies shall include a provision to the effect that the insurance policy shall not be subject to cancellation, lapse, or to a reduction in the amount of insurance until written notice has been first delivered to the Owner by the insuring company stating the date that such cancellation, lapse, or reduction shall be effective, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice to the Owner.

(2) When a renewal of the policy is approaching, Contractor shall deposit evidence of renewal not less than twenty (20) days before expiration of the term of the policy.

(3) The Owner shall have the right to require Contractor provide verification, including the right to inspect Contractor's records at reasonable times, to confirm the insurance called for herein is in force. If the Contractor fails to provide verification of full coverage of all the insurance required by the Contract Documents, at all times, Owner may, without liability, direct the Contractor cease any further operations, and remove all personnel and equipment from the project site until all such insurance is verified as being in full force and effect, or may, without liability, deem such failure to verify full coverage as a material breach and default and terminate the Contract without liability.

(g) Waiver of Subrogation. Each of the policies of insurance required herein shall contain a clause or endorsement pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right to recovery against the Owner.

(h) Insurance Companies. Unless such requirement is waived by the Owner in writing, all insurance companies issuing any insurance required in this section shall be member insurers included and covered under the Alaska Insurance Guarantee Association Act (Alaska Statutes, Section 21.80.010, et seq.).

Section 32: WAGE RATES.

(a) Contractor shall pay not less than the minimum wage per hour for each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics as set forth in the State of Alaska, Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, pamphlet entitled "Laborers' and Mechanics' Minimum Rates of Pay," a copy of which is included as part of these Contract Documents, and in the event the rates are amended at any time during the period of this Contract, Contractor shall adjust the rates paid in such manner as to at all times be not less than the then current prevailing wage rate schedule issued by the State of Alaska. Contractor shall in addition thereto comply with all other applicable provisions of Alaska Statutes, Title 36, Chapter 5 [Wages and Hours of Labor]. Contractor further expressly acknowledges and agrees that prior to bidding on this Contract and the Project, and at the time of submitting its bid and entering into the Contract, it has obtained and fully informed itself of the current wage rate schedule and Contractor by entering into this Contract, assumes full and sole responsibility to keep itself fully informed as to any changes made in the current wage scale required to be paid and will adjust and pay the prevailing wage rates, as such are modified from time to time, at all times during the performance of the Contract.

(b) The Contractor shall submit to the State of Alaska, Department of Labor, a certified payroll on a form suitable to the Department of Labor each week as required by law, with copies thereof to the Owner if requested, and submit to the Owner an executed Minimum Wage Affidavit with each pay request and at the end of the project. The affidavit shall be in the form included in the Contract documents.

(1) that the Contractor, and his subcontractors, shall pay all employees unconditionally and not less than once a week;

(2) that wages shall not be less than those stated in the most current Minimum Wage Schedule published by the State Department of Labor regardless of the contractual relationship between the Contractor or subcontractors and laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors;

(3) that the scale of wages to be paid shall be posted by the Contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the work;

(4) that the Owner is authorized to withhold so much of the accrued payments as is necessary to pay to laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors employed by the Contractor or subcontractors the difference between:

(a) the rates of wages required by the Contract to be paid laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors on the work, and

(b) the rates of wages in fact received by laborers, mechanics or field surveyors.

(d) If it is found that a laborer, mechanic, or field surveyor employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor has been or is being paid a rate of wages less than the rate of wages required by the Contract to be paid, the Owner may, by written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the work or the part of the work for which there is a failure to pay the required wages and to prosecute the work to completion by contract or otherwise, and the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable to the Owner for all costs and expense incurred thereby and for any excess costs in completing the work. (AS 36.05.070).

Section 33: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION.

(a) Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure the applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this subsection.

(b) Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

(c) Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers and with which it has a collective- bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or worker's representative of Contractor commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.

(d) Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended by Executive Order No. 11375 of October 13, 1967, and the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.

(e) Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders.

17 (f) The Contractor will include the provisions paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section in every contract, and will require the inclusion of these provisions in every subcontract entered into by any of its subcontractors, so that such provisions will be binding upon each Subcontractor, as the case may be. For the purpose of including such provisions in any construction, maintenance, or service contract or subcontract, as required hereby, the term "Contractor" and the term "Subcontractor" may be changed to reflect appropriately the name or designation of the parties of such contract or subcontract.

(g) The Contractor agrees that he will fully cooperate with the office or agency of the State of Alaska which seeks to deal with the problem of unlawful or invidious discrimination, and with all other State efforts to guarantee fair employment practices under this Contract, and said Contractor will comply promptly with all requests and directions from the State Commission of Human Rights or any of its officers or against relating to prevention of discriminatory employment practice.

(h) Full cooperation as expressed in the foregoing clause (g) shall include, but not be limited to, being a witness in any proceeding involving questions of unlawful or invidious discrimination if such is deemed necessary by any official or agency of the State of Alaska, permitting employees of said Contractor to be witnesses or complainants in any proceeding involving questions of unlawful or invidious discrimination, if such is deemed necessary by any official or agency of the State of Alaska, or the Owner, participating in meetings, submitting periodic reports on the equal employment aspects of present and future employment, assisting in inspection of relevant facilities, and promptly complying with all State directives deemed essential by any office or agency of the State of Alaska, or the Owner, to insure compliance with all Federal and State laws, regulations, and policies pertaining to the prevention of discriminatory employment practices.

(i) Failure to perform any of the above agreements pertaining to equal employment opportunities shall be deemed a material breach of the Contract and sufficient grounds for termination thereof for cause.

Section 34: EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL RESIDENTS.

Contractor shall, to the extent required by law, comply with the employment preference provisions of Alaska Statutes 36.10.010 et seq.

Section 35: NOTICE TO PROCEED.

Within ten (10) days after submittal by the Contractor of all required documents, and the execution of the Contract by the Owner, written Notice to Proceed will be given by the Owner to the Contractor. Unless otherwise specified in the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall begin construction immediately upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall continue regularly thereafter, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Owner, with such work force, materials and equipment as to assure construction progress in accordance with the construction schedule, if any, and that construction is complete within the construction time stated in the Contract Documents.

Section 36: TIME.

All times and time limits stated in the Contract Documents shall be of the essence of the Contract. All references to days shall mean calendar days and the time within which acts are to be done shall be computed by excluding the first and including the last day, and if the last day is a Sunday or legal holiday where the act is to be performed, the act shall be completed on the next business day.

Section 37: CONSTRUCTION TIME.

The Contractor agrees to achieve Substantial Completion as called for in the Contract within the number of days, or by the date specified, for completion of Construction set forth in the Agreement, or in the event that the time for completion is extended by Change Order as provided herein, then within the additional days by which the time is so extended. All changes in Construction Time shall be made only by Change Orders to the Contract. Contractor further agrees to complete the work so that it is ready for final payment in accordance with Section 48.

18 Section 38: CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE.

(a) A Construction Schedule, if required, shall be as required by the Special Conditions or Division 1 in the form of either a time bar diagram showing certain of the various operations necessary to complete the construction, including the starting and completion date of each operation shown, or the Construction Schedule shall be prepared by the critical path method and shall set forth a network analysis, which shall consist of an arrow diagram, tabulation of activities, estimated time and starting and completion date of each activity and an indication of the critical path.

(b) In the event progress payments are provided for and authorized in the Special Conditions, the Contractor's Requests for Payment will be considered and payments will be approved by the Owner on the basis of the Contractor's actual progress in relation to the dates shown in the Construction Schedule for completion of various parts of the operations. If the actual progress fails to meet the Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall increase its work force and equipment at its own expense as required to bring the actual progress of the operations into conformance with the Construction Schedule.

(c) During the course of construction the Contractor shall enter on the Construction Schedule its estimate of progress at the end of each calendar month, or at such more frequent intervals as directed by the Engineer, and shall deliver to the Owner two (2) copies thereof with each submittal of the Contractor's Request for Payment. Requests for payment will not be processed unless and until accompanied by a current Construction Schedule.

Section 39: CHANGES IN CONSTRUCTION.

(a) If the Contractor claims that the Engineer's Instructions or additional requirements of the Owner, by drawings or otherwise, entitle the Contractor to additional payment or extension of time under the Contract, or both, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a written proposal of changes in Total Contract Amount and Construction Time within ten (10) days after the receipt of such instructions or requirements and before proceeding to execute the changes. Failure of the Contractor to deliver such a proposal shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any claim for additional payment or extension of time. If the Owner and the Contractor are in agreement as to changes in Total Contract Amount and Construction Time, a Change Order to the Contract will be issued for approval and execution by the Owner and Contractor.

(b) By proper action of its governing body and without invalidating the Contract, the Owner may order changes in the Contract Documents requiring changes in the construction, order changes in the quantities of the unit price items or make other changes in the Contract provided such changes are within the general scope of the Contract. No official, employee, agent or representative of the Owner, with the exception of the governing body empowered to accept and authorize execution of the Contract, shall have power to authorize any change in the Contract. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, before proceeding with any change, except a change which is an emergency in the opinion of the Owner, to determine that the execution of a Change Order has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner by its governing body.

(c) When a change in construction is ordered by the Owner, a Change Order shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor; except that the Contractor hereby agrees that changes in the construction for which the Special Conditions or other provisions of the Contract provides that the Contractor is to be reimbursed on the basis of cost plus certain allowances may be made by the Owner, and the Contractor hereby accepts such Change Orders.

(d) When a change in quantities is ordered by the Owner, a Change Order shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor; except that the Contractor hereby agrees to (1) increases of quantities of unit price items of basic units of construction not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the bid quantities unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, (2) increases in quantities of unit price items of integrated units of construction in the aggregate not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the Total Contract Amount, (3) changes in work or quantities for which the Contract provides that the Contractor is to be reimbursed on the basis of cost plus certain allowances, and (4) reductions of quantities of unit price items of basic or integrated units of construction of any amount may be made by the Owner, and the Contractor hereby accepts such Change Orders.

19 (e) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of the exact time of commencing any change in the construction or change in quantities where payment is on the basis of cost plus certain allowances and shall keep the Engineer fully informed at all times of the progress of said change and the materials, equipment, and labor involved. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written report of the progress and costs incident to such change on the day following the day during which said change was being carried on. Failure to do so shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for additional compensation for such changes by the Contractor.

Section 40: EXTENSION OF TIME.

(a) Should the completion of the construction required under the Contract be delayed beyond the time herein specified for completion, the Owner may grant the Contractor additional time for completion by executing a Change Order modifying the Construction Time and Construction Schedule. If the failure of the Contractor to complete the construction within said specified time results from unavoidable delay as hereinafter defined, the Construction Time shall be extended by the number of days lost as a result of the unavoidable delay, provided, however, that the Constructor shall make a claim to the Owner in writing for such extension of time as herein provided. In considering applications for extension of time, the Engineer will classify delays according to the following definitions:

(l) Unavoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the construction shall include all delays which result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of reasonable care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its Subcontractors. Delay in completion due to contract modifications ordered by the Owner, unforeseeable delays in the completion of the construction of other contractors employed by the Owner, floods, fire, labor strikes, war, the public enemy and Acts of God will be considered unavoidable delays, insofar as they necessarily interfere with the Contractor's completion of the construction. DELAY DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS, WILL NOT BE REGARDED AS UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS AS THE CONTRACTOR MUST PLAN ITS CONSTRUCTION WITH PRUDENT ALLOWANCE FOR SUCH CONDITIONS AND IN PARTICULAR, AS SUCH CONDITIONS EXIST IN WRANGELL, ALASKA, AND ENVIRONS.

(2) Avoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the construction shall include all delays which in the opinion of the Engineer could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its Subcontractors. Delays in the prosecution of parts of the construction which may in themselves be unavoidable but do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of other parts of the construction nor the completion of the whole construction within the time herein specified; reasonable loss of time resulting from the necessity of submitting Shop Drawings to the Owner for review and from the making of surveys, measurements, and observations; and such interruptions as may occur in the prosecution of the work on account of the reasonable interference of other contractors employed by the Owner which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole construction within the time agreed upon and delays due to adverse weather conditions, shall constitute avoidable delays within the meaning of the Contract.

(b) Claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner no later than five (5) days after occurrence of the event causing the delay. In the event of continuing cause of delay, only one (l) claim shall be necessary. Contractor agrees that failure to make such claim within the time specified shall constitute a binding waiver of such claim.

(c) No claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish Construction Drawings until ten (10) days after written request for such drawings has been made by the Contractor to the Owner. There may be some Construction Drawings which cannot be made until certain work has been done by the Contractor. Request for such Construction Drawings shall not be effective, so as to start the running of the ten (10) day period, until the Contractor's work has advanced to the point which will enable and require such Construction Drawings to be made.

Section 41: OWNER'S USE OF CONSTRUCTION. (a) The Owner shall have the right to take possession of, use and collect revenues from any completed, partially completed, satisfactory or unsatisfactory portions of the construction after the time for completion of the entire construction has expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any construction not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

(b) The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra compensation for or extension of time due to costs to the Contractor arising from the use of any portion of the construction by the Owner.

Section 42: PAYMENT OF THE CONTRACT AMOUNT.

(a) The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the timely, proper and complete performance of the Contract a sum of money as follows:

(1) Total of Lump Sum Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is a lump sum price, or the total of lump sum prices, such amounts; or

(2) Total of Unit Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is computed from the actual measured quantities in the completed construction at the unit prices for construction listed in the Bid Schedule of the Contractor's Bid Proposal, such amounts; or

(3) Total of Lump Sum Plus Unit Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is a combination of (1) and (2) above, the total of such amounts;

provided, said sum of money is further properly adjusted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract.

(b) The making of any payment to the Contractor under the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligations thereunder. The Contractor is obligated to complete the Contract in its entirety and to deliver to the Owner such completed construction as is specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall be obligated to repair, replace, restore, or rebuild any fully or partially completed construction required to be provided under the Contract until the Contract is fully performed and the Owner gives final acceptance in writing of the work, except that the Contractor's warranty and bonds shall remain in force for the period provided herein and the Contract Documents.

Section 43: PAYMENT FOR CHANGES.

(a) Payment for increases of quantities of unit price items of integrated units of construction which in the aggregate do not exceed twenty-five (25%) percent of the Total Contract Amount, and for increases of quantities of unit price items of basic units of construction which do not exceed twenty-five (25%) percent of the bid quantities, and for all quantities of basic and integrated units of construction less that the bid quantities, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, shall be made at the unit prices in the Bid Schedule in the Contractor's Bid Proposal.

(b) Payment for all changes in lump sum items and for that part of the changes in quantities which are increases of quantities of unit price items in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the bid quantities for basic units of construction or in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Total Contract Amount for integrated units of construction shall, at the option of the Owner, be determined in one of the following ways:

(1) by Contractor's proposal and Owner's acceptance of reasonable unit prices, or

(2) by Contractor's proposal and Owner's acceptance of reasonable lump sum prices, or

(3) by payment to the Contractor on a cost basis plus certain allowances as follows:

Percentage Allowance for Items for which payment will be Overhead and profit in made on a cost plus basis addition to net costs Labor 15% Materials 10% Equipment 10%

To the sum of the costs and mark-ups provided for in this Article, one percent shall be added as compensation for

21 bonding. (a) Labor. For all labor, including such foreman supervision as may be necessary, the Contractor shall be paid the payroll cost of such labor and supervision, but not exceeding the current prevailing rates of wages in the locality where the work is performed, applicable health and welfare benefits, social security, unemployment compensation, and other occupational taxes, for each hour that labor and foreman supervision are actually engaged upon such construction, plus that portion of the cost prorated on the basis of time worked, of travel time, subsistence, and other labor benefits which are an obligation of the Contractor under the contractor-union labor agreement, if any, applicable to the Project.

(b) Materials and Equipment. For all materials and equipment incorporated in the completed construction, the Contractor shall be paid its actual invoice cost, including actual freight and express charges, less all offered or available discounts, regardless of whether or not they may have been taken.

The Contractor shall furnish as evidence of all charges for materials and equipment, valid copies of vendor's invoices, including freight and express bills. For such materials as may be furnished from the Contractor's stocks for which an invoice is not available, the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying to its actual cost of such materials.

In the event that the Contractor's cost of such materials and equipment furnished is excessive in the opinion of the Engineer, or if the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of its costs, the Owner reserves the right to establish the cost of all or a part of such materials delivered to the location of the Project at the lowest current wholesale prices less all applicable discounts at which said materials and equipment are available to the Contractor in the quantities required.

The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as it deems advisable, and the Contractor shall receive no payment for costs or allowances on such materials.

(1) Contractor-Owned Equipment. For Contractor-owned equipment, including machine-power tools, which is necessary or desirable for the construction in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall receive the rental rates in the current edition and appropriate volume of the "Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment" published by Dataquest, Inc., 1980 Ridder Park Drive, San Jose, California 95131, (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Book") and as modified by the Special Conditions, for the time that said equipment is in use on such construction, excluding therefrom all time that such equipment is inoperative because of malfunction or breakdown. Such rates shall be the monthly, weekly, daily or hourly rates applicable to the total period the equipment is in use on the project, whichever is lowest and results in the least total amount.

For equipment not listed in the Blue Book, the contractor shall receive a rental rate as agreed upon before such work is begun. If agreement cannot be reached, the City reserves the right to establish a rate based on similar equipment in the Blue Book on prevailing commercial rates in the area.

When Contractor-owned equipment is ordered by the Owner to be held at standby, the equipment rental will be paid at one-half (1/2) of the said rate; except, no percentage allowance shall be paid for equipment on ordered standby.

The said equipment rental rates are the maximum rates allowable for equipment of modern design in good working condition and shall include and be full compensation for depreciation, investment costs, and furnishing all fuel, oil, lubrication, repairs, maintenance, insurance and incidental expenses, and all other costs except labor for operation thereof. Individual pieces of equipment having a purchase price of Six Hundred Dollars ($600.00) or less will be considered to be tools or small equipment, and no rental will be allowed on such tools or small equipment.

In the event the equipment is not at the Project site and the Engineer determines that such equipment would not have been required other than for the changed construction, and it is necessary to obtain such

22 equipment exclusively for such changed construction, the actual costs of moving such equipment to and from the Project site will be paid to the Contractor from the nearest point such equipment is available, plus rental time during movement of the equipment at fifty percent (50%) of said rental rates.

(2) Equipment Furnished by Others. If Contractor-owned equipment is not available and equipment is rented from outside sources, payment will be made on the basis of actual invoice cost, except that when the equipment is ordered standby no percentage allowances will be made. Use of non-owned equipment at rates higher than those established by the "Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment," and as modified by the Special Conditions will not be allowed, except upon prior written approval of the Owner.

(d) Payment in Full. The compensation as herein provided, including the percentage allowance, shall be payment in full for all construction furnished hereunder and all expenses of every nature, kind and description, including, but not limited to, social security, unemployment compensation, occupational taxes and any other federal, state or local taxes, premiums on public liability and property damage insurance, use of small tools and equipment for which no separate payment is allowed, overhead expense and profit.

It is understood that labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished by the CONTRACTOR or by the Subcontractor on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the allowance specified herein shall be applied to the labor, materials, and equipment costs of the Subcontractor, to which the CONTRACTOR may add 5 percent of the Subcontractor's total cost for the extra work. Regardless of the number of hierarchical tiers of Subcontractors, the 5 percent increase above the Subcontractor's total cost which includes the allowances for overhead and profit specified herein may be applied one time only.

The Contractor's cost records pertaining to work paid for hereunder shall be open to inspection and audit by representatives of the Owner during the period of the Contract and for not less than one (1) year after the acceptance of all construction. Where payment for labor, materials or use of equipment is based on the cost thereof to a Subcontractor or material supplier to the Contractor, the Contractor expressly warrants that the cost records of such Subcontractor or material supplier shall be open to inspection and audit by representatives of the Owner on the same terms and conditions as the cost records of the Contractor. If an audit is to be started more than sixty (60) days after the acceptance of all construction under the Contract, the Contractor will be given reasonable notice of the time when such audit is to begin.

(e) List of Construction Equipment. Within fifteen (15) days after Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a list of construction equipment to be used in the Construction together with applicable Blue Book rental rates. For construction equipment for which Blue Book rental rates are not available, the Contractor shall provide its fully documented and established rental rates for such equipment under similar usage. Such rental rates shall become effective when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish copies of fuel, oil, lubrication and normal maintenance of construction equipment applicable to the project location.

Section 44: PAYMENT FOR UNCORRECTED CONSTRUCTION. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is inexpedient, impractical or otherwise not in the best interests of the Owner, to correct construction which has been damaged, which is faulty, or which has not been furnished in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall have the right in its sole discretion, to accept such work and an equitable reduction in the Total Contract Amount shall be made.

Section 45: PROGRESS PAYMENTS.

(a) Partial payments of the Total Contract Amount, if such progress payments are to be allowed or made, will be made as specified in the Special Conditions. No progress payment will be allowed unless provided for in the Special Conditions.

23 (b) In the event progress payments are provided for in the Special Conditions, the Contractor may, unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, submit to the Engineer, not later than the tenth (10th) day of each calendar month, two (2) copies of a Contractor's Request for Payment for construction completed during the previous calendar month. Such Contractor's Request for Payment shall be in the form provided in the Special Conditions. With each Contractor's Request for Payment, the Contractor shall, if required, submit satisfactory evidence of payment for materials and labor, including payments to Subcontractors, made during the previous month. Each Contractor's Request for Payment shall be computed from construction completed on all items listed in the Bid Proposal less the amounts retained as provided in the Special Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, including any claims or offsets asserted against the Contractor, including any asserted by the Owner, and less all previously approved Contractor's Requests for Payment. Partial payment may be made for partially completed construction to the extent completed in the opinion of the Engineer.

(c) Partial payments on account of changes in construction may be made periodically in the same manner as partial payments on the Total Contract Amount.

(d) Within twenty-one (21) days after proper submission of Contractor's Request for Payment by the Contractor, the Engineer will:

(1) recommend approval of the Contractor's Request for Payment submitted, or

(2) recommend approval of such other amount, if any, as is due the Contractor, in the opinion of the Engineer, informing the Contractor of the amount recommended, if any.

(e) The recommended Contractor's Request for Payment will be submitted to the Owner by the Engineer, and the Owner may authorize a partial payment to the Contractor, on the basis of the recommended Contractor's Request for Payment, but the Owner will withhold a retained amount as specified in the Special Conditions and such other amounts as are recommended by the Engineer or allowed to be retained by the Owner, including any claims or offsets asserted against the Contractor.

Section 46: PAYMENTS WITHHELD.

(a) In addition to the amount retained as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may withhold such amounts from any payment as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner for protection from loss on account of

(1) defective work not remedied;

(2) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;

(3) failure of the Contractor to make proper and full payments promptly to its own employees or to the Subcontractors for materials or labor within a reasonable time after the Contractor has received the material or labor for incorporation into the construction;

(4) a reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed by another contractor for the balance then unpaid;

(5) damage to the Owner, its buildings, structures, or property, to another contractor or subcontractor, or any other person, caused or contributed to by the Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, representatives, subcontractors, or persons for whom Contractor is responsible;

(6) bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency of, or the pendency of such proceedings against the Contractor;

(7) costs of the Owner for engineering tests, inspection costs, or other work, costs or expenses, to be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents;

(8) unsatisfactory prosecution of the work, or failure of the Contractor to complete any part of the construction in accordance with the Construction Schedule or the Contract;

(9) credits refused by the Contractor for construction deleted; or

(10) errors in previous partial payments, or claims by the Owner against the Contractor.

Section 47: TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. (a) The performance of work under this Contract may be terminated by the Owner in accordance with this clause in whole, or from time to time in part, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which performance of work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

(b) After receipt of a Notice of Termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall:

(1) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the Notice of Termination;

(2) Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the Contract as is not terminated;

(3) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the Notice of Termination;

(4) Assign to the Owner, in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed by the Owner, all of the right, title, and interest of the Contractor under the orders and subcontracts so terminated. In which case the Owner shall have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts;

(5) Settle in good faith all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the approval or ratification of the Owner to the extent Owner may require, which approval or ratification shall be final for all the purposes of this clause;

(6) Transfer title to the Owner, and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Owner, (i) the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies, and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the Notice of Termination, and (ii) the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information, and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner;

(7) Use his best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at the price or prices directed or authorized by the Owner, any property of the types referred to in (6) above: Provided, however, that the Contractor (i) shall not be required to extend credit to any purchaser, and (ii) may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed and at a price or prices approved by the Owner; and provided further, that the proceeds of any such transfer of disposition shall be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the Owner to the Con- tractor under this Contract or shall otherwise be credited to the price or cost of the work covered by this Contract or paid in such other manner as the Owner may direct;

(8) Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the Notice of Termination; and

(9) Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to this Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire an interest.

(c) After receipt of a Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner his termination claim, in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Owner. Such claim shall be submitted promptly but in no event later than sixty (60) days from the effective date of termination, unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor made in writing within such sixty (60) day period or authorized extension thereof. However, if the Owner determines that the facts justify such action, he may receive and act upon any such termination claim at any time after such one-year period or extension thereof. Upon failure of the Contractor to submit his termination claim within the time allowed, the Owner may determine, on the basis of information available to the Owner, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall thereupon pay to the Contractor the amount so determined.

(d) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c), the Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant to this clause, which amount or amounts may include a reasonable allowance for profit on work done: Provided, that such agreed amount or amounts, exclusive of settlement costs, shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated, and any claims or offsets against the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, or otherwise, by the Owner or other persons. The Contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. Nothing in paragraph (e) of this clause, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict, or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to paragraph (d).

(e) In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in paragraph (d) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined as follows:

(1) With respect to all contract work performed prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination, the total (without duplication of any items) of:

(i) The cost of such work;

(ii) The cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination of work under subcontracts or orders as provided in paragraph (b)(5) above, exclusive of the amounts paid or payable on account of supplies or materials delivered or services furnished by the Subcontractor prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination of work under this Contract, which amounts shall be included in the cost on account of which payment is made under (i) above; and

(iii) A sum, as profit on (i) above, determined by the Owner to be fair and reasonable: Provided, however, that if it appears that the Contractor would have sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed, no profit shall be included or allowed under this subdivision (iii) and appropriate adjustment shall be made reducing the amount of the settlement to reflect the indicated rate of loss; and

(2) The reasonable cost of the preservation and protection of property incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(9); and any other reasonable cost incidental to termination of work under this contract, including expense incidental to the determination of the amount due to the Contractor as the result of the termination of work under this contract.

The total sum to be paid to the Contractor under (1) above shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated, and any claims or offsets by the Owner. Except for normal spoilage, and except to the extent that the Owner shall have otherwise expressly assumed the risk of loss, there shall be excluded from the amounts payable to the Contractor under

26 (1) above, the fair value, as determined by the Owner, of property which is destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged so as to become undeliverable to the Owner, or to a buyer pursuant to paragraph (b)(7).

(f) The Contractor shall have the right to dispute under Section 71 [Remedies] from any determination made by the Owner under paragraphs (c) or (e) above, except that, if the Contractor has failed to submit his claim within the time provided in paragraph (c) above and has failed to request extension of such time, he shall have no such right of appeal. In any case where the Owner has made a determination of the amount due under paragraphs (c) or (e) above, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor the following: (1) if there is no right of appeal hereunder or if no timely appeal has been taken, the amount so determined by the Owner or (2) if a proceeding is initiated under Section 71 [Remedies], the amount finally determined in such proceeding.

(g) In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this clause there shall be deducted (1) all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract, (2) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract, and (3) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of any materials, supplies, or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner.

(h) If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Owner a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the Contract relating to the continued portion of the Contract (the portion not terminated by the Notice of Termination), and such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; however, nothing contained herein shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the Contract when said Contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion.

Section 48: ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT.

(a) When the Contractor has completed the construction in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all construction has operated satisfactorily for not less than fifteen (15) days after completion, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Contractor's Final Request for Payment; Statement Concerning Claims; Release, Waiver and Discharge of Claims and Liens on the forms included in the Contract Documents; and such other completed documents as may be required by the Owner for the release of any monies held.

(b) The Contractor's Final Request for Payment shall be prepared on the basis of the Contract, including all authorized Change Orders, but not inclusive of proposals or claims of the Contractor which have not been accepted by executed Change Order. The Contractor's Final Request for Payment shall constitute a complete waiver and release of any and all claims by the Contractor except for unsettled claims that have been properly and timely filed as provided in the Contract and as are expressly and specifically stated and set forth in the Contractor's Statement Concerning Claims on the form for such included in the Special Conditions.

(c) The Statement Concerning Claims shall warrant that the Contractor has fully completed the performance of the Contract and the construction included in the Contract and has fully paid for all labor, materials, equipment, services, taxes and all other costs and expenses of every nature and kind whatsoever resulting from the Contract, except for any itemized payments due but not yet made as set forth in the statement of claims. If any dispute exists between the Contractor and any person, firm or corporation to which the Contractor might be obligated in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall state the name of claimant and amount and general nature of the claim against the Contractor. Such Statement Concerning Claims shall also state the amount and nature of all present and future claims that the Contractor may have against the Owner relative to the Contract in addition to the Contractor's Final Request for Payment.(d) After receipt of a properly completed Statement Concerning Claims and Contractor's Final Request for Payment, the Engineer will, within a reasonable time, make a recommendation to the Owner relative to acceptance of the construction. Such a recommendation shall not constitute a recommendation of acceptance of construction not furnished in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor's Final Request for Payment will be reviewed in the same manner as any other Contractor's Request for Payment.

27 (e) Upon receipt of the Statement Concerning Claims, and a Release and Waiver of Claims and Liens, in the form included in the Contract Documents, recommended Contractor's Final Request for Payment, any other documents necessary for the release of monies held, and the Engineer's recommendation relative to acceptance of the construction, the Owner will, within a reasonable time, take action on the Contractor's Final Request for Payment and on acceptance of the construction. Such action shall be subject to the conditions of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, legal and contractual rights of the Owner, required warranties, and correction of faulty construction after final payment. The Owner shall have the right to retain from any payment then due the Contractor, so long as any bills or claims remain unsettled and outstanding, including any asserted by the Owner, a sum sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner to provide for the payment of the same. It is also understood and agreed that, in case of any breach by the Contractor of the provisions hereof, the Owner may retain from any payment or payments, which may become due hereunder, a sum sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner, to compensate for all damages occasioned by such breach, including in such damages any damages arising out of delay on the part of the Contractor.

(f) The acceptance of construction will be evidenced by a Notice of Acceptance of Construction in writing signed by a duly authorized official of the Owner in the manner provided for written notices. No other act of the Owner shall constitute acceptance of the construction.

(g) Thirty (30) days after the Owner has accepted the construction, as above provided, the Contractor may submit a Request for Payment of the Retained Amount; provided, however, that the Owner may also retain such additional amounts and for such lengths of time as may be required by law or by the Special Conditions. If any liens remain unsatisfied after Payment of the Retained Amount is made, the Contractor shall immediately reimburse the Owner such amounts as the Owner may have been compelled to pay in discharging such liens including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.

Section 49: CONSTRUCTION FURNISHED PRIOR TO NOTICE TO PROCEED. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract, the Owner shall not be obligated to accept or to pay for any construction furnished by the Contractor, prior to delivery of a written Notice to Proceed whether or not the Owner has knowledge of the furnishing of such construction.

Section 50: SALES AND SIMILAR TAXES. The Contractor shall timely pay all federal, state, and local sales, excise or other taxes or assessments incurred or required to be collected or paid by the Contractor.

Section 51: CREDIT. In the event construction is deleted or modified or specified material, equipment, method or process substituted so as to effect a reduction in cost, the Owner shall be entitled to a credit in an equitable amount.

Section 52: OWNER'S OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall schedule all construction so as not to interfere with the operations of the Owner. Where such interference is essential to prosecution of the construction special arrangements shall be made and the written consent of the Owner as to time and method obtained forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the construction.

Section 53: OVERTIME INSPECTION. In the event the Contractor elects to work on a Saturday, Sunday, a holiday, or longer than an eight-hour work shift on a regular working day, such work shall be considered as overtime work. On all such overtime work an Inspector, and a survey crew, if required, will be present, unless determined not necessary by the Owner. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs to the Owner for employees of the Owner, consultants, or government agencies required to work overtime hours.

The Contractor authorizes the Owner to deduct all such costs from any amounts due, or to become due the Contractor.

Overtime due to special construction problems, such as concrete finishing, asphalt rolling, making live sewer hookups, alleviating traffic problems, etc., will not be charged if the Engineer determines that the waiver of reimbursement of overtime charges is justified and deemed to be in the best interests of the City.

28 Section 54: OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION. The Owner reserves the right to furnish in connection with the Project, construction which is not included in the Contract either by the Owner's forces or by the forces of other contractors.

Section 55: OTHER CONTRACTS.

(a) The Contractor shall ascertain to its own satisfaction the scope of the Project and the nature of any other contracts that have been or may be entered into by the Owner in the prosecution of the Project, to the end that the Contractor may perform the Contract in coordination with such other contracts, if any. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as granting to the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the Project site. The Contractor shall not cause any unreasonable hindrance or delay to any other contractor working on the Project. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the performance of the Contract is likely to be interfered with by the simultaneous performance of some other contract or contracts to which the Owner is a party or by the Owner's own forces, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, decide which contractors shall cease a part of or all of their construction temporarily and which contractor shall continue, or whether the construction under all contracts can be coordinated so that all contractors may proceed simultaneously. The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays or damages suffered or extra costs incurred by the Contractor resulting directly or indirectly from the performance, failure to perform or attempted performance by any other contractor of any other contract.

(b) The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their construction at the Project site and shall properly connect and coordinate its construction with theirs. If another contractor or contractors are working in the same area, with equal rights and privileges, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make whatever arrangements with said other contractors as are necessary for the proper execution and coordination of the construction.

(c) If any part of the Contractor's construction depends upon the construction of any other contractor for proper execution or results, the Contractor shall inspect the other contractor's construction and, at least ten (10) days prior to the time the Contractor begins construction on such part, report to the Engineer in writing any defects in such other contractor's construction that renders it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure on the part of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's construction as fit and proper for the reception of the Contractor's construction, except as to defects which may subsequently develop in the other contractor's construction.

(d) The Contractor agrees to save the Owner and the Engineer harmless from any claim, suit or demand of any other contractor by reason of the failure of the Contractor to conform with the Construction Schedule or construction time.

Section 56: LANDS BY OWNER. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Owner will provide the lands upon which the construction under the Contract is to be furnished, together with the right-of-access to such lands. The Contractor shall confine its equipment, storage of materials, and construction operations to such limits as may be directed by the Owner, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with its materials; provided, however, such discretion by the Owner shall not impose upon the Owner any duty or responsibility for the safety or loss or damage to any equipment, materials, other property or project safety, all of such to remain the responsibility of Contractor.

Section 57: LANDS BY CONTRACTOR. The Contractor shall provide at its own expense and with no cost or liability to the Owner, any additional land and access thereto, not shown or described in the Contract Documents as provided by the Owner that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials. The Contractor shall confine its equipment, storage of materials and operation of its workmen to those areas described in the Contract Documents and such additional areas as it provides at its own expense.

Section 58: EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among its employees and shall not employ or continue to employ on the Project anyone not skilled in the work assigned to it or any person unsatisfactory to the Owner. All employees who perform any work shall be properly licensed, and shall be the holders of all certificates of fitness, and permits as may be required by law.

Section 59: PROJECT SAFETY.

(a) The Contractor shall exercise all precautions for the safety of its employees and of the general public and of the Owner's employees and property, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and municipal safety laws, building and construction codes, and the safety rules and other regulations of the Owner, including, but not limited to, the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or applicable state statutes in lieu thereof. The Contractor shall also comply with the recommendations in the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America" insofar as applicable, unless such recommendations are incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. Monthly reports of all lost-time accidents shall be promptly submitted to and shall include such data as are requested by the Owner.

(b) The Contractor shall enforce all instructions of the Owner regarding signs, advertising, fires, danger signals, barricades, and smoking, and shall require all persons employed in the construction to comply with all building, post or institutional regulations while on the premises. The Contractor shall require all employees to be familiar with and comply with the Owner's safety regulations. The Contractor shall not permit any part of any structure to be loaded with a weight exceeding its maximum allowable loading or that will otherwise jeopardize its safety.

(c) Existing traffic and street name signs which will interfere with construction shall be removed by the Contractor and stored in a safe place. These signs shall not be removed until the Engineer has so directed and until the necessary measures have been taken to safeguard traffic after the signs have been removed. Preservation and maintenance of the signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor will reset all such signs in their permanent location at no cost to the Owner.

(d) The Contractor shall provide adequate signs, barricades, signal lights and watchmen and take all necessary precautions for the protection of the construction and the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by satisfactory signal lights which shall be kept lighted from sunset to sunrise. Barricades shall be constructed, painted, and placed in accordance with the manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by the United States Department of Transportation.

(e) The Contractor shall at all times so conduct its work as to ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the Project, and to ensure the protection of persons and property in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with the permission of the Owner and the proper governmental authority. Emergency traffic such as police, fire and disaster units, shall be provided reasonable access at all times. The Contractor shall be liable for any damages which may result from his failure to provide such reasonable access.

(f) When work is being performed below the standards required herein, or other applicable standards, or when the Engineer or Owner believes the condition endangers the safety of the general public, employees of the Project, or any property, including the buildings or property of the Owner, the Engineer may immediately issue a written stop-work order describing the substandard work and deliver the same to the Contractor. The Contractor shall cease work and not resume work on the stopped portion of the project until acceptable remedial action has been taken. Such protective measures shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor of any obligation or liability arising under the Contract and shall be at no cost, expense, or liability, for stopping the work of otherwise, to the Owner.

Section 60: INSTRUMENT SURVEYS.

(a) The Owner will furnish the instrument surveys necessary to establish certain bench marks, base lines and property boundaries specifically noted on the Contract Drawings and such construction surveys, if any, as are specifically required to be provided by the Owner in the Special Conditions. From the information provided by the Owner, the Contractor shall develop and make such additional detailed surveys as are needed for construction, such as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines and elevations.

(b) All bench marks, base lines, and property boundaries,

30 as originally established by the Owner, shall thereafter be maintained by the Contractor who shall be responsible for keeping their accuracy and who shall pay to the Owner the reasonable cost to the Owner of re-establishing them if they are disturbed. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least ten (10) days in advance of the time the Contractor will commence work on any parts of the construction requiring surveys to be furnished by the Owner.

(c) The Contractor shall provide reasonable and necessary opportunities and facilities to the Engineer for setting points and making measurements during construction.

Section 61: PROTECTION OF PROPERTY.

(a) The Contractor shall continuously maintain full and adequate protection of all its construction, the Owner's buildings and other property and the adjacent public and private property from damage, injury, or loss arising from, or in relation to, the construction. The Contractor shall promptly pay for any damage, injury or loss resulting from the act or omission of Contractor or the lack of adequate protection, and upon the failure to do so the Owner shall be entitled to withhold and pay from any amounts otherwise due the Contractor, or from any retainage, any such claim for damages or pursue any other remedy, including suspension or termination of the Contract without liability.

(b) The Contractor shall not enter upon public or private property for any purpose without obtaining permission from the proper public authority or private property owner. In the event of construction on state highways, city or public roads, or any public right-of-way, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the authority having jurisdiction thereover before beginning construction and to ascertain that the schedule of operations proposed is satisfactory to the authority.

(c) Wherever construction under the Contract is undertaken on easements or rights-of-way over private property, or public easements, rights-of-way, or franchise, all construction operations shall be confined to the limits of such easement, right-of-way or franchise and be completed so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage.

(d) Construction across public or private property shall be carried out in one (l) continuous operation with immediate restoration and cleanup of the construction area. If the Contractor should fail to perform such construction, restoration and cleanup continuously, the Owner may give the Contractor a written notice to do so. In the event of failure by the Contractor to complete such construction, restoration and cleanup within five (5) days after receipt of such notice, the Owner may complete the same to the extent the Owner deems advisable. The cost of all labor, material, supervision and other expenses incurred by the Owner in so doing shall be paid by the Contractor to the Owner and may be deducted from any payments due the Contractor under the Contract.

(e) The Contractor shall protect and maintain all underground or above-ground utilities and structures affected by the construction and all lawns, shrubs, trees, fences, and other improvements on property crossed by or adjacent to its operations, and all damage shall be repaired and restored by the Contractor at its expense in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor will be responsible for all damage caused by its construction to roads, highways, ditches, walls, bridges, culverts, utilities, barricades, lights or other property, whether such damage be at the Project site or elsewhere and the Contractor shall repair or replace at its own expense all such damage in a satisfactory manner.

(f) It is expressly understood that the Contractor shall restore, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, all property, whether public or private, the use of which is obtained by easement, permit or right-of-way, to a condition at least equal to its original condition. Before beginning construction the Contractor shall file with the Engineer properly identified and dated photographs of such property as may be designated on the Contract Drawings or described in the Special Conditions.

Section 62: CUTTING AND PATCHING. The Contractor shall at its own expense do all necessary cutting and patching of its construction that may be required in order to properly receive the construction of other contractors on the project or as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall restore all such cut or patched construction to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. The cost resulting from replacement of defective cutting and patching construction shall be borne by the Contractor.

31 Section 63: CLEANUP. At the time of termination or suspension for an extended period of all or any portion of the construction, or at completion but before final acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor at its own expense shall remove from the Owner's property and from all public and private property, all of its equipment and such unused materials as the Owner has made no payment for, temporary structures, rubbish and waste materials resulting from its operations and leave the Project site in a neat and orderly fashion satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the construction maintain the site in as neat and orderly a condition as construction operations will permit. In the event the Contractor fails to do so, in addition to any other remedy, including declaring the Contractor in default, the Owner may remove and store such equipment and unused materials and dispose of rubbish and waste at the expense of the Contractor. The cost of such removal, storage and disposal may be deducted from any payment due the Contractor.

Section 64: SANITARY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain temporary toilet facilities of a type, number and location satisfactory to the Owner and all public authorities having jurisdiction, for all workmen employed for the Project. The Contractor shall maintain the same in a sanitary condition from the beginning of the construction until completion and shall then remove the temporary toilet facilities and disinfect the premises.

Section 65: INDEX OF ACCOUNTS. Prior to final payment, or at any other time if requested by Owner to evaluate any claim, or potential claim by the Contractor, and at the option of the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a complete accounting of the actual costs of labor, material, and other charges, and certified copies of all invoices for materials and payrolls for all labor incorporated into the Project.

Section 66: EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS.

(a) The Contractor shall remove such existing improvements on the Project site as may be necessary for the performance of the construction and, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, shall rebuild the existing improvements in as good a condition as found; provided that existing improvements which interfere with the performance of the construction shall be maintained by the Contractor until their removal is authorized or directed by the Owner.

(b) The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and do all things required to avoid interference with the maintenance and operation of power, telegraph, telephone, water, sewer, gas and other utility lines, properties, and facilities of every kind, all in a manner satisfactory to the owners and operators thereof.

(c) If construction under the Contract crosses highways, railroads, streets, or other utilities under the jurisdiction of the state, borough, cities, federal government, or other public body, public utility, or private entity, the Contractor shall secure written permission from the proper authority before executing such construction. A copy of this written permission shall be filed with the Owner before any construction is started. The Contractor shall furnish a written release from the proper authority before final acceptance of the construction by the Owner.

(d) Existing utilities indicated anywhere on the Contract Drawings have been plotted from information currently available to the Engineer. The source of information generally consists of construction records and other data obtained verbally from officials associated with the particular utility. The data is shown on the Contract Drawings for whatever benefit the Contractor may derive, and unless specific instructions or data concerning certain utilities are set forth in the Special Conditions, the data shown on the Contract Drawings shall not necessarily be considered precise or complete, and the Owner and the Engineer make no guarantee as to completeness, precision or dimensions, and that other aboveground or underground utilities or facilities not shown on the Contract Drawings may be encountered during the course of construction. In any case, minor lines, such as water, gas and sewer may not be indicated. This shall in no way relieve the Contractor from its responsibility for maintenance of existing utilities and performance of the Contract. Under no circumstances will errors or omissions in location of existing utilities or improvements, whether they be visible from the surface, buried or otherwise obscured, be considered as a basis for additional compensation to the Contractor.

(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to existing utilities and facilities during construction and shall restore all damaged facilities to their original condition to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Owner of the utilities and facilities at no cost to the Owner.

Section 67: INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; NO AUTHORITY TO BIND OWNER. The Contractor is an independent Contractor and is not, and shall not be construed to be a partner, joint venturer, employee or agent of the Owner and shall not, and is not authorized to, enter into or make any contracts, agreements, or enter into any other understanding with any other person, corporation, partnership, joint venturer, or other entity, in the name of the Own- er.

Section 68: NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed to give any person other than the Owner and the Contractor any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Contract, but it shall be held to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Owner and the Contractor.

Section 69: CONTRACTOR QUALIFIED. The Contractor expressly represents and warrants it is the holder of all professional, business or other licenses or permits and is qualified and capable of performing all of the work covered or called for by the Contract and is presently ready, able and willing to undertake and perform all of such work and services, and supply all necessary materials, in a good, safe, and workmanlike manner, at the times, in the manner, and pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions, and for the compensation and payments provided for in the Contract.

Section 70: ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Contract, and any schedules, appendices or exhibits attached thereto set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between the parties hereto, and there are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between them other than as herein set forth. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, no contemporaneous or subsequent agreement, understanding, alteration, amendment, change or addition thereto, or any schedule, appendix, exhibit or attachment thereto shall be binding upon the parties hereto. This Contract constitutes a final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between the parties.

Section 71: LAW APPLICABLE. The laws of the State of Alaska shall govern the construction, validity, performance and enforcement of this Contract. Venue as to any action, claim, or proceeding arising out of, or based upon this Contract, including, but not limited to, any action for declaratory or injunctive relief, shall be the appropriate court sitting in the City of Ketchikan, First Judicial District, Alaska.

Section 72: REMEDIES. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Contract, all disputes, claims, counterclaims, and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof will be decided in a court of competent jurisdiction.

33 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

The General Conditions are supplemented and/or amended by the following Special Conditions:

Section 1: PAYMENTS

(a) Retainage

Progress payments will be paid in full in accordance with the General Conditions until 90% of the Contract Price has been paid. The remaining 10% of the Contract Price amount may be withheld until:

i. final inspection has been made; ii. completion of the project; and iii. acceptance of the project by the OWNER.

Partial payments shall not be construed as an acceptance or approval of any part of the work covered thereby, and they shall in no manner relieve the Contractor of responsibility for defective workmanship or material.

The estimates upon which partial payments are based are not represented to be accurate estimates, and all quantities shown therein are subject to correction in the final estimate. If the Contractor uses such estimates as a basis for making payment to subcontractors, he does so at his own risk, and he shall bear all loss that may result.

The making of partial payments under the Contract, either before or after the date set for completion of the work, shall not operate to invalidate any of the provisions of the Contract or release the surety.

At the time payment is made for any materials which have been stored at or near the site, the ownership of such materials shall be vest in the Owner, and they shall remain in storage until used on the work, however, the Contractor shall have the continuing duty and responsibility to protect all such items and any loss or damage thereto shall be at the cost and expense of, and shall be paid by the Contractor. Such materials shall not be used on other work.

1 (b) Advances on Material

For materials delivered and held in storage upon the work (or near the site of the work if approved by the Engineer), allowances will be made in the partial payments to the Contractor. These allowances shall be in amounts not exceeding one hundred percent (100%) of the net cost to the Contractor of the material f.o.b. the work, and from such allowances there shall be retained the percentages regularly provided for in connection with partial payments.

At the option of the Engineer, no allowance for materials shall be made on any partial payment or estimate unless the total allowable value for all materials on hand is at least one thousand dollars ($1,000) and no allowance shall be made upon any single class of material the value of which is not at least five hundred dollars ($500). The inventory of materials for which advances are requested shall be kept to a reasonable size as approved by the Engineer. No allowance shall be made upon fuels, supplies, forms, lumber, falsework, or other materials, or on temporary structures of any kind, which will not become an integral part of the finished construction.

As a basis for determining the amount of advances on material, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer such invoices, freight bills, and other information concerning the materials in question, as the Engineer may request.

Should there be reasonable evidence, in the opinion of the Engineer, that the Contractor is not making prompt payment for materials on hand, allowances for material on hand will be omitted from partial payment.

Materials not required by the unit or lump sum prices named in the Bid Proposal but delivered to the work at the order of the Engineer but left unused due to changes in plans, shall, if the materials are not practicably returnable for credit, be purchased from the Contractor by the Owner at their actual cost (without percentage allowance for profit), and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. d) Final Payment

Final estimate and final request for payment shall be made as provided in Section 48 of the General Conditions.

(e) Suspension of Payments

No partial or final payment shall be made as long as any order made by the Engineer to the Contractor in accordance with the specifications or Contract Documents remains uncomplied with.

(f) Correction of Work after Final Payment

Neither payment of all or any portion of the contract price, final acceptance, notice of acceptance of construction, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship.

(g) Payments

Payments under the Contract shall be paid in cash (check) by the Owner unless otherwise provided.

(h) Final Payment - Certificate of Compliance

No final payment shall be made until the Contractor shall file with the Engineer, prior to acceptance of the work, a Certification of Compliance in form substantially as follows: "I (we) hereby certify that all work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents for the above work, and that:

a. Not less than the prevailing rates of wages as ascertained by the governing body of the contracting agency has been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this work;

b. There have been no unauthorized substitutions of subcontractors; nor have any subcontracts been entered into without the names of the subcontractors having been submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of such subcontracted work; c. No subcontract was assigned or transferred or performed by any

3 subcontractor other than the original subcontractor, without prior notice having been submitted to the Engineer together with the names of all subcontractors;

d. All claims for material and labor and other service performed in connection with these specifications have been paid;

e. All monies due to the State Industrial Accident Fund, the State Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund, the State Tax Commission, Hospital Associations, and/or others have been paid;

f. No asbestos containing materials have been incorporated in the project and the project is "asbestos-free".

(i) Final Release

Before the Owner pays the Contractor the final payment for the work, the Contractor shall sign and deliver to the Owner a statement of claims and final release sworn to under oath and duly notarized on the form included in these contract documents.

Section 2: FORMS

The form of Contractor's Request for Payment, the Statement of Claims, and the Final Release, that shall be required and used shall be on the forms set forth and included in these contract documents.

Section 3: ARCHAEOLOGICAL REMAINS

Pursuant to AS 41.35 Construction shall be halted if archaeological remains are uncovered in order to permit archaeological survey. The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the State Archaeologist, Department of Natural Resources, if archaeological remains are found. The Owner will then address and resolve the matter.

Section 4: LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

Pursuant to Section 7 of the General Conditions, liquidated damages for failure to complete all work called for under the Contract Documents by the time required to

complete such work, as specified in Section 2 (Construction time) of the Agreement and Section 5 of these Special Conditions, are fixed at One Thousand Dollars ($1000.00) per calendar day.

Section 5: CONSTRUCTION TIME

The contractor Shall be substantially complete by October 1st ,2014 including installation of asphalt cement and the project shall be fully complete including punch list items by November 1st , 2014.

Section 6: OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS

Water and Sewer pipe and fittings have been purchased by the owner as supplies for the contractor to complete this project. A detailed list is attached. It is the contractors responsibility to determine if additional fitting or valves may be required.

Cassiar Street Roadway and Utilities Improvements City Purchased Materials List ITEM Units EST. QTY 8" HPDE LF 1900 1" Water Service Assembly EA 16 Fire Hydrant Assembly EA 4 8"x8"x8" FLG HDPE Tee EA 3 8"x8"x6" FLG HDPE Tee EA 5 8" flg x flg Gate Valve EA 6 6" flg x flg Gate Valve EA 2 Valve Box EA 8 8" SDR 35 Sewer Pipe LF 1200 8"x8"x6" SDR 35 GASKETED TWIN SEAL Wye EA 32 6" SDR 35 GASKETED TWIN SEAL 45 degree bend EA 32

The contractor shall be allowed to inventory the existing materials purchased for this project by appointment only.

Section 7: ROAD CLOSURES

Road closures to comply with section 01010.107 “CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE. Additionally the contractor shall coordinate with the City and Borough of Wrangell’s emergency response agencies to ensure access to the residences located at the end of the road at all times. The contactor shall submit a road closure / emergency access plan to the City and Borough of Wrangell for approval prior to beginning construction. Note a potential emergency access road has

been identified on the plan set starting at station 9+00 and ending at station 11+50. If the contactor chooses this to serve as an access road during the construction it will be the contractors responsibility to obtain a construction access agreement with the property holders.

Section 8: CITY OF WRANGELL QUARRY USE PLAN

The City and Borough of Wrangell (CBW) owns a parcel on Zimovia Highway (in the vicinity of Heritage Harbor) that contains an existing quarry into an exposure of rock. Contractor may utilize the City and Borough of Wrangell quarry for City & Borough owned projects, according to the following guidelines.

Requirements for Use of CBW Quarry:

1. Currently the site exhibits: a) timber and soil exposed at the top of the quarry faces, which will eventually require development to access additional rock; b) a lack of pit floor space and an adequate quantity of benches to facilitate equipment access to certain areas for drilling and blasting. Unfavorable site conditions should be remedied through the blasting design and oversight recommendations in the management plan.

2. The CBW will charge a royalty at the rate of 10% of the quantity extracted by the Contractor. The 10% royalty shall consist of drilling, blasting, and stockpiling within the quarry 10% of the total quantity removed from the quarry. Royalty rates are very different than commodity market prices. Royalty gives the buyer the right to extract a resource and involves minimal investment by the CBW, where oversight and management costs and responsibilities are left to the Contractor.

3. An approved and comprehensive mining and management plan shall be designed and implemented to maximize the resource production, improve safety and stability during active uses, and facilitate reclamation of the site. The Contractor’s plan shall be approved by the CBW prior to mobilizing equipment into the quarry pit.

4. Clearing and leveling of additional area may be necessary to accommodate processing and stockpiling of the resource, including rock of various gradations, overburden, and timber.

5. There is very limited access and pit floor space within the CBW’s quarry property (see attached map/layout of the quarry property). Contractors must be able to utilize the quarry within the CBW’s property limits; otherwise it is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the adjacent land owner in order to use their property for the purpose of extraction, processing, and staging.

Section 9: Alaska Labor Standards, Reporting, and Prevailing Water Rate Determination

State of Alaska, AS 36.05, Department of Labor, Laborers' and Mechanics' Minimum Rates of Pay, AS 36.05.010, and AS 36.05.050, Wage and Hour Administration Pamphlet No.600, the latest edition published by the State of Alaska, Department of Labor inclusive, are made a part of this contract by reference.

The CONTRACTOR is responsible for contacting the Alaska Department of Labor to determine compliance with current regulations.

Required Reporting During Contract (to be provided by every CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor):

A. Certified Payrolls must be submitted every two weeks. Before the second Friday, each CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor must file Certified Payrolls with Statements of Compliance for the previous two weeks. If there was no activity for that pay period, indicate "No Activity." Indicate "Start" on your first payroll, and "Final" on your last payroll for this Project. Send to:

Wage and Hour Section Labor Ruby McMurren , Law Compliance Division Alaska Project Manager Department of Labor P.O. Box City and Borough of Wrangell 020630 and P.O. Box 531 Juneau, AK 99802-0630 Wrangell, AK 99929 (907) 465-4842 T 907.874.3494 I F 907.874.2699 Email wrgpm@wrangell.

B. Within 10 Days of "Notice of Award/Notice to Proceed" make a list of all Subcontractors. Include their name, address, phone, estimated subcontract amount, and estimated start and finish dates. Send to:

Project Manager Wage and Hour Section Labor Ruby McMurren, City and Borough of Wrangell Law Compliance Division Alaska P.O. Box 531 Department of Labor Wrangell, AK 99929 and P.O. Box 020630 T 907.874.3494 / F 907.874.2699 Juneau, AK 99802-0630 Email [email protected] (907) 465-4839/4842

SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORK

1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Work included in this contract is as follows:

The Cassiar portion of this project includes 8” HDPE water main, 8” SDR 35 PVC sanitary main, water service connections and sanitary service laterals, common excavation, storm water laterals, 18” CPP storm main, installing curb and gutter and asphalt paving.

The potable water portion of this project will include connecting to the existing water mains on the above mentioned streets and replacing the old outdated utility mains. The service stubs will be installed to connect to the existing houses once the water mains are tested and approved.

The sewer portion of this project will include replacing existing sewer manhole on Cassiar Street and connecting to the existing sanitary mains running down the Bevier and McCormick Streets.

B. Contractor's duties:

1. Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:

a. Labor, materials and equipment. b. Tools, construction equipment and machinery. c. Water, heat, and other utilities required for construction. d. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of work.

2. Pay legally required sales, consumer, and use taxes.

3. Secure and pay for, as necessary for proper execution and completion of Work and as applicable at the time of receipt of bids:

a. Permits. b. Government fees. c. Licenses.

4. Give required notices.

5. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of public authorities which bear on performance

01010 - 1 of Work.

6. Promptly submit written notice to Owner of observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements. It is not Contractor's responsibility to make certain that drawings and specifications comply with codes and regulations.

7. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. Do not employ on Work:

a. Unfit persons. b. Persons not skilled in assigned task.

1.02 CONTRACT DRAWINGS

Detailed plans for this project are shown on the drawings which bear the general title:

CITY AND BOROUGH OF WRANGELL ALASKA

CASSIAR STREET ROADWAY AND UTILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

1.03 SITE OF THE WORK

A. The site of the WORK is located in Wrangell, Alaska. Cassiar Street runs parallel to Church Street to the east.

1.04 BEGINNING AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK

A. The sequencing time frames are the essence of the contract. In accordance with the provisions of Section 2 of the AGREEMENT, the CONTRACTOR shall begin the WORK on the date specified in the written Notice to Proceed from the OWNER, and shall complete all the WORK in accordance with the following schedule:

EARLIEST START (DATE) SUBSTANTIAL DESCRIPTION (ITEM) COMPLETION (DATE)

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION NOTICE TO PROCEED (NTP) October 31, 2014

FINAL November 15, 2014 COMPLETION

1.05 CONTRACT METHOD

01010 - 2 A. The WORK hereunder will be constructed under a unit-price Contract.

1.06 WORK by Others

A. Interference With WORK On Utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the OWNER or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.

1.07 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE

A. The CONTRACTOR's use of the Project site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER for final staging areas.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall have access to the project site from Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. and on Saturdays between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. There shall be no work conducted on Sundays.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for safe pedestrian access to residents along the project corridor at all times.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for safe pedestrian and vehicle access to all residents along the project corridor at those when work is not allowed according to 1.07- B and any other time when, in the judgment of the ENGINEER, closure is not required to perform the work.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall limit the closures to the minimum extents required by the work.

END OF SECTION

01010 - 3 SECTION 01011

GENERAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

1.01 PROJECT COORDINATION

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate all work to be performed under this contract. This coordination shall encompass all work to be performed by the Contractor, his subcontractors, the Owner and any public agencies and utilities which may be involved.

1.02 ACCESS TO THE WORK

Access to the work shall be provided as may be required by the Owner or his representative. Also, the Contractor shall provide access to the work for representatives of the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation for inspection of the progress of the work, the methods of construction and for any inspection required by the officials of the State of Alaska.

1.03 OVERTIME INSPECTION

Section does not apply.

1.04 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT

The Contractor shall at all times have a competent superintendent at the job site who shall be acceptable to the Owner and capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and who shall have authority to receive instructions from the Owner. The superintendent shall have full authority to execute the orders or directions of the Owner without delay and to supply promptly such materials, tools' plant, equipment and labor as may be required regardless of whether or not work is to be performed by the Contractor's own forces or those of a subcontractor. The fact that an approved subcontractor is performing any portion of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of this requirement.

1.05 TRESPASS

The Contractor will be solely responsible for any trespass upon adjacent property or injury thereto resulting from or in connection with his operations. He will be liable for any claims that may be made on account of trespass or the deposit of debris of any kind upon private property.

1.06 WORK AREA RESTRICTIONS

Contractor will keep community advised of work schedule and type of work activities.

01011 - 1 Work shall be performed to minimize disruption to pedestrians and vehicles.

END OF SECTION

01011 - 2 SECTION 01025

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1. GENERAL

1.01 CONTENTS

This section deals with the measurement and payment provisions of the project and gives a general description of the various bid items.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Unit Prices: Section 01026

2. MEASUREMENT

2.01 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEASUREMENT

The Owner's Representative shall make all measurements, and determine all quantities and amounts of work done under the Contract. At the time measurements are made for quantity determinations, the Contractor or his or her authorized assistant shall be present to verify such measurements. From quantity figures so ascertained, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to prepare a monthly periodical estimate of the work accomplished to date. This estimate shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative for his or her review and check not later than the twentieth day of each month. The form of such monthly estimates to be subject to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

DESCRIPTION OF TALLY METHOD FOR PAYMENT QUANTITIES:

Final Payments and quantities will be determined by a surveyed neat line quantities truck counts will only be employed to estimate quantities for progress payments only.

When items are specified to be paid for by the cubic yard, ton, or truck count, the following tally system will be used:

All trucks to be employed on this work shall be measured by the Owner’s Representative to determine the capacity of each truck. The Contractor shall verify any such measurements. Trucks shall not haul quantities in excess of state legal load limits. Each truck shall be clearly numbered with no duplication numbers. Duplicate tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered on the project. The tickets shall bear at least the following information:

01025 - 1 Truck Number. Quantity delivered in cubic yards or tons as applicable. Driver's name and date. Location of delivery. By street and stationing on each street. Place for receipting by the Owner’s Representative.

It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to the Owner’s Representative on the project for each truckload of material delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on a basis of said tally tickets.

When the bid item stipulates quantities by weight they shall be weighed on scales that are in accordance with the requirements of the state highway department for similar use. Certified weight bills shall be furnished.

If this method is impracticable, or if the bid item stipulates payment by cubic yards, then the weight of the material delivered shall be computed from the volume of material delivered on the basis of one cubic yard of crushed or backfill gravel weighing 2,800 pounds and one cubic yard of crushed rock weighing 2,600 pounds.

2.2 PAYMENT FOR LUMP SUM ITEMS

A. Measurement shall be for work actually complete. B. Work is listed in the Schedule of Values, Section 01370. C. For Payment for Material on site, see the General Conditions.

2.3 PAYMENT FOR UNIT PRICE ITEMS

A. Payments to be made to the Contractor will be made as set forth in the General Conditions according to the unit price schedule in Section 01160 provided, however, that partial payments for work performed but not completed may be made in accordance with following schedules: 1. Water Mains, Sanitary Sewers and Force Mains: a. Materials on Project - 90% of cost of pipe and appurtenances as described below not to exceed 50% of the unit price for pipe in place. b. Excavation Completed,- 80% of unit price for pipe in place less Pipe in Place, back-amount paid under item a. filled and compacted c. Testing Completed - 10% of unit price for pipe in place. d. Cleanup Completed - 10% of unit price for pipe in place. B. Cleanup as the term is used in this Section shall include those items that are included as a part of the bid item being considered. Other restoration items for which a bid item is included in the bid form such as paving and crushed surfacing items do not need to be completed for payment of the clean-up portion of the bid

01025 - 2 items discussed in this section. C. If, in the opinion of the Engineers, there develops a condition of: Failure on the part of the Contractor to coordinate all phases of the work and pursue a proper sequence of operations, particularly with regard to testing, cleanup and road restoration, it will constitute cause to cease this method of partial payment. Payment in that case would only be made upon satisfactory completion of all phases of the work involved in each respective bid item. D. Material paid for water lines shall be limited to pipe, valves 6 inches and larger, hydrants and cast iron fittings. E. Material paid for sanitary sewer shall be limited to the sewer pipe. Cost of material for fittings and other appurtenances shall not be paid separately. F. Material paid for sewer force mains shall be limited to pipe and cast iron fittings. G. Contractor shall provide suitable evidence of cost of material and payment for material prior to submittal for payment. H. Material shall be secured and properly protected by the Contractor and remains his responsibility. If the material is damaged, lost, stolen or used for other purposes the Contractor shall notify the Owner and promptly refund the applicable portion of the partial payment, if so requested by the Owner. I. Partial payments for work performed but not completed as outlined herein shall be computed prior to calculation of any retainage provided in the Contract.

2.4 TEMPLATE QUANTITIES

Where pay limit dimensions are shown on the Contract drawings for excavation, repaving, bedding, or other work the quantity to be measured for payment shall be the lesser of actual quantities furnished, or computed quantities to pay limit lines.

3. PAYMENT

3.1 PAYMENT FOR ON-SITE MATERIALS

Payment for Material on site may be made at invoice amount including freight only for materials landed in Wrangell.

END OF SECTION

01025 - 3 SECTION 01026

UNIT PRICES

1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Measurement and Payment: Section 01025.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS

A. The bid items described herein are applicable where the bid item is listed in the Bid Form unless otherwise provided in the contract documents. Payment will be made only for items listed in the proposal. All other items required for the work shall be considered as incidental to the construction.

Incidental work includes, but is not limited to: demolition; survey layout; temporary maintenance of utilities; testing.

B. Unless specifically stated otherwise in this section, the unit prices bid shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to furnish and install each item.

1.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES

A. The estimated quantities shown in the bid forms are estimates only, being given only as the basis for the comparison of bids, and the Owner does not warrant, expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith. The right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work, or to make changes in the work required as may be deemed necessary is reserved by the Owner as provided elsewhere in these Specifications. The basis of payment will be the actual unit bid items of work performed and measured in accordance with the contract.

Pipeline quantity estimates included on the bid forms are based on horizontal distances plus an allowance for slope.

Rock excavation estimates included on the bid forms are based upon the template pay limits shown on the contract drawings, with rock surface at the pipe centerline projected from and assumed equal to the rock surface elevation, of the nearest probe, test pit, or boring, and assumed to vary linearly between data points. Actual elevations may vary considerably from assumed.

01026 - 1 Borrow quantity estimates included on the bid forms are based upon template pay limits for trench excavation less pipe, bedding, pavement, and base course.

Estimated foundation gravel quantities are based on an arbitrary volume approximately equal to the area of the trench bottom times an assumed depth of six inches.

B. Certain bid items may be included in the Contract Proposal to establish a unit price should the use of those items become necessary during construction. Allowance will not be made for loss of anticipated profits or additional compensation should the use of these items be deemed unnecessary.

2. INDIVIDUAL BID ITEMS

1) MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION

Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including but not limited to those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment and supplies to and from the project site; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site, and after completion of work.

Mobilization and Demobilization shall not be measured for payment but shall be paid on a lump sum basis. The original contract amount bid for mobilization shall not be adjusted, regardless of the fact that the contractor may have, for any reason, shut down the work on the project or moved equipment away from the project and then back again.

Partial payments will be made as the work progresses as follows: When 5% of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, 50 % of the amount bid for mobilization will be paid.

When 50% of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, 85% of the amount bid for mobilization will be paid. Upon completion of all work on the project, 95% of the amount bid for mobilization will be paid.

Payment of the remaining 5% of the bid amount for mobilization shall be made upon completion of final project punch list.

It shall be understood that the Contractor's mobilization expense (otherwise chargeable to individual items) is compensated for in full and that no adjustments shall be made in the contract price for mobilization due to underruns or overruns in quantity.

01026 - 2 2) Construction Surveying

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to provide accurate horizontal and vertical construction staking for all proposed water mains, water services, sanitary mains, sanitary services, storm drains, retaining walls, ect.

Payment for this time shall be on a lump sum basis, complete and on site.

3) Traffic Control and Signage

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to provide traffic control, flagging, and signage, complete, in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Millennium Edition (MUTCD) and contract drawings and specifications.

Also included is any temporary signage, pedestrian control, fencing, and barricading needed to ensure the complete safety and welfare of the general public. Repair or replacement of existing signage damaged during construction is also included.

Payment for this time shall be on a lump sum basis, complete and on site.

4) Removal of Asbestos Concrete Pipe

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to remove and dispose of the existing Asbestos Concrete Pipe within Cassiar Street.

Payment quantities for this item shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot removed.

5) Removal of Ductile Iron Pipe

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to remove and dispose of the existing ductile iron water main within Cassiar Street.

Payment quantities for this item shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot removed.

6) Removal of Sanitary Sewer Main

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to remove and dispose of the existing Sanitary Sewer Main within Cassiar Street.

01026 - 3 Payment quantities for this item shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot removed.

7) Removal of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manhole

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to remove and dispose of the existing sanitary sewer manhole within Cassiar Street.

Payment quantities for this item shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per each basis.

8) Water Conduit

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the water mains as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes providing and installing all defections, tees, and crosses, pipe bedding, trenching, performing hydrostatic pressure test, chlorination, testing, and concrete encasement.

Note: The City and Borough of Wrangell has previously purchased a portion of materials for this project. The Contractor shall review the list of City & Borough of Wrangell-provided materials and shall be responsible for providing the balance of materials required to complete the project. Bidders are directed to the list of City-supplied materials in the Special Conditions. required to complete the project. Bidders are directed to the list of City-supplied materials in the Special Conditions.

Payment quantities for water conduit shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot installed.

9) Connect to Existing Water Main

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install water main connections to existing water lines as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, deflections, joints, tees, couplers, removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for water connections shall be per connection.

10) Fire Hydrant Installation

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install fire hydrants as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes providing the fire hydrant assembly, pipe bedding, trenching, deflections, joints,

01026 - 4 tees, couplers, removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for fire hydrant installation shall be per fire hydrant installed.

11) Water Service Connections

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install HDPE water services to existing water service at the edge of right of way as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, deflections, joints, tees, couplers, removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench, and connection to the existing water service to the prospective building.

Payment quantities for water service connections shall be per connection.

12) Gate Valves

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install gate valves and valve boxes as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, deflections, joints, tees, couplers, removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

01026 - 5

Payment quantities for gate valves installation shall be per valve installed.

13) Sewer Conduit

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the sanitary sewer mains as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, performing television inspections, performing deflection testing, and concrete encasement, removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for sewer installation shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot installed.

14) Sewer Laterals

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install sewer service connections as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe, pipe bedding, trenching, and connecting to existing service lines at the ROW, and removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for sewer service installation shall be per service installed.

15) 48” Sanitary Sewer Manhole

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the sanitary sewer manholes as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, making pipe connections to manholes,

01026 - 6 grouting.

Payment quantities for sewer manhole installation shall be per manhole installed.

16) Sanitary Sewer Cleanout

Payment quantities for sewer cleanout installation shall be per cleanout installed.

17) Insulation Board 2” Thickness

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the insulation board to a 2” thickness as shown in the contract drawings.

Payment quantities for insulation board shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per square foot installed.

18) Common Excavation

This work includes furnishing all equipment, and labor to remove the existing material out the road way and shoulders as shown in the contract drawings.

Payment quantities for Common shall be determined by the Contractor supplied neat line cross sections and shall be paid per cubic foot removed.

19) Solid Rock Excavation

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to remove bedrock as required, including within the utility trench’s by mechanical means only as shown in the contract drawings.

Payment quantities for Solid Rock Excavation shall be determined by the Contractor supplied neat line cross sections and shall be paid per cubic yard removed.

20) 4” Minus Backfill

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to place and compact the 4” minus backfill material within utility trenches if the existing

01026 - 7 material removed from the utility trenches is deemed unsuitable by the Owner’s representative as shown in the contract documents.

Payment quantities for 4” Minus Backfill shall be determined by the Contractor supplied neat line cross sections and shall be paid per cubic foot removed.

21) D1 Surfacing

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to place and compact the D1 Surfacing material as shown in the contract documents.

Payment quantities for D1 Surfacing shall be determined by the determined by the Contractor supplied neat line cross sections and shall be paid per cubic foot.

22) Asphalt Concrete

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to place and compact the Asphalt Concrete material as shown in the contract documents.

Payment quantities for Asphalt Concrete shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and be paid per square foot of 2” thick material.

23) Curb and Gutter

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the Curb and gutter as shown in the contract documents.

Payment quantities for curb and gutter shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot installed.

24) Storm Drainage Structures

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the storm drainage structures as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, making pipe connections to manholes, grouting.

Payment quantities for storm drainage structures installation shall be per each installed.

25) Storm Conduit

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install the storm sewer mains as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe bedding, trenching, removal and disposal of all unsuitable

01026 - 8 materials excavated form trench, and removal and disposal of all existing storm pipes within the trenching area.

Payment quantities for storm sewer mains installation shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per linear foot installed.

26) Storm Laterals

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to install storm service connections and connect them to the existing roof drain lines on the existing houses as shown in the contract drawings. This bid item also includes pipe, pipe bedding, trenching, and connecting to existing service lines at the ROW, and removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for storm lateral installation shall be per each installed.

27) Wood Stairways

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to repair or replace and existing wood stairways affected by the construction of the new road to their original state. This bid item also includes pipe, pipe bedding, trenching, and connecting to existing service lines at the ROW, and removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for Wood Stairways installation shall be per each installed

28) Concrete Driveways

This work includes furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor to repair or replace any existing concrete driveways affected by the construction of the new road to their original state. This bid item also includes pipe, pipe bedding, trenching, and connecting to existing service lines at the ROW, and removal and disposal of all unsuitable materials excavated form trench.

Payment quantities for Concrete Driveway installation shall be determined by the Owner’s representative and shall be paid per square foot installed.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

01026 - 9 SECTION 01043

JOBSITE ADMINISTRATION

1.01 INSPECTION BY OWNER

Inspection and construction contract administration for this project will be performed by the Owner through designated authorized employees or by contract with a consultant.

1.02 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE

The Owner shall designate an authorized employee or consultant to act as the Owner's Representative at the time of Notice to Proceed. The Owner's Representative shall be responsible for daily coordination with the Contractor, and for furnishing instructions to Contractor's field superintendent regarding the location and nature of desired improvements.

He or she shall also monitor equipment and workmen at the site, review Contractor quantity estimates and communicate with Contractor regarding Owner authorizations and instructions regarding mobilization, demobilization, and adjustments to the scope of work.

The Owner's Representative may be assisted by one or more inspectors, surveyors, or technical support staff.

1.03 AUTHORITY OF INSPECTORS

A. Where the term "inspectors" is used in this section, it shall mean the Owner's Representative, inspectors, surveyors, or technical support staff.

B. Inspectors may be on the job to keep the Owner informed as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being done; to keep the records; act as liaison between the Contractor and the Owner; also to call the attention of the Contractor to any deviations from the Contract Documents.

C. Inspectors may reject or accept materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work.

D. Since inspectors cannot control how the material is used, the responsibility for its safety and proper use will be the Contractor's. Until the job is finally completed, the Contractor might do work that changes or modifies work previously done and even though at any given time a piece of work might be well done and acceptable in quality, the responsibility for keeping it in that condition until the job is completed is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. For this reason, it is impossible to accept, finally, any portion of a project until the project as a whole is acceptable and control of said project is withdrawn from the Contractor by final

01043 - 1 official written acceptance by the Owner. E. Any personal assistance or suggestions which an inspector or the Owner's Representative may give the Contractor will not be construed as the basis of any assumption of responsibility in any manner, financial or otherwise, by the inspector, the Owner, or the Owner's Representative.

F. The presence or absence of an inspector on any job will be at the sole discretion of the Owner, and such presence, or absence, of an inspector will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to obtain the construction results specified in the Contract Documents.

G. The inspector will not be authorized to approve or accept any portion of the work or to issue instructions contrary to the Contract Documents. Such approvals, acceptances, or instructions, when given, must be in writing and signed by the Owner. The inspector will have authority to reject defective material, however, the failure of the inspector to reject defective material or any other work involving deviations from the Contract Documents will not constitute acceptance of such work.

H. Nothing in this subsection shall in any way be so construed as to require or to place responsibility for, the method, manner or supervision of the or supervision of the work under this Contract on the inspector, the Owner, or the Owner's Representative. Such responsibility rests solely with the Contractor.

1.04 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS

The neglect or failure on the part of Owner to condemn or reject substandard material or work shall not imply an acceptance of the materials or work.

1.05 SCHEDULING

After receipt of Notice to Proceed, but prior to equipment mobilization, Contractor's superintendent shall walk the job with the Owner's Representative, at which time Owner's work priorities shall be discussed and a mobilization and initial work schedule established. The Contractor's Superintendent shall meet daily with the Owner's Representative to discuss job progress, establish types of work to be accomplished, and request any necessary authorizations or instructions.

END OF SECTION

01043 - 2 SECTION 01050

FIELD ENGINEERING

1. GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The intent of this section is to delineate the responsibility for different aspects of the construction surveying associated with the work.

1.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS

A. The location of the improvements are shown relative to existing street centerlines, monumentation for which is a matter of public record. Plats and/or existing street plans may be examined in Ketchikan at the office of R&M Engineering-Ketchikan, Inc.

All elevations shown on the plans are referenced to Mean Lower Low Water tide datum, benchmarks for which are also of record.

B. All survey and layout work shall be performed by the Contractor as part of the work. The Contractor shall transfer lines and grades from existing control to his own work at his own expense.

1.03 RECORDS

Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

In accordance with the requirements of section 01341, submit the following project data:

1. On request of the Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.

2. Submit survey tie data in the form of sketches with information as indicated in paragraph 2.01, below.

3. All information necessary for as-built plan production from actual measurements and observations made by the CONTRACTOR’s own work force, including subcontractors.

01050 - 1 2. EXECUTION

2.01 SURVEY TIES

The Contractor shall provide horizontal "as-built" survey ties consisting of not less than three measured distances from points of reference not more than 100 feet away for the following items constructed as part of this project:

1. New curb and valve boxes

2. Buried wyes, tees, and abrupt alignment change locations for sanitary sewers and storm drains.

3. Location of connection to existing water, sewer, and storm drain.

The minimum angle between adjacent ties shall be 30 degrees. In addition to horizontal tie data, the Contractor shall measure the depth to top of pipe or fitting for items 2 and 3, above. Depth shall be relative to pavement, plus or minus .1 foot.

For marine pipelines, contractor shall provide as-built coordinates and depth at each angle point.

3.0 CONSTRUCTION

A. All surveying involving property lines or monuments shall be done by, or under the direction of, a Registered Land Surveyor licensed to practice in the State of Alaska.

B. The OWNER will supply information relative to the approximate locations of monuments and corners, but final responsibility for locations, referencing, and restoration shall rest with the CONTRACTOR.

C. In the event the CONTRACTOR does not replace the survey monuments and property corners disturbed by the CONTRACTOR's operations, the OWNER may, after first notifying the CONTRACTOR, replace the monuments in question and the cost of such replacements shall be deducted from payments to the CONTRACTOR.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a copy of all surveyors’ notes, if requested by the ENGINEER, prior to each Pay Request, which payment for Item 2702.1, Construction Surveying, is increased from the previous Pay Request.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a copy of all surveyors’ notes, prior to the request for final payment, and include the information on the

01050 - 2 record drawings.

F. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain all information necessary for as-built plan production from actual measurements and observations made by the CONTRACTOR’s own work force, including subcontractors, and submit this information to the ENGINEER.

G. The CONTRACTOR shall use competent, qualified personnel and suitable equipment for the layout work required and shall furnish all stakes, templates, straightedges and other devices necessary for establishing, checking and maintaining the required points, lines and grades.

H. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all staking necessary to delineate clearing and/or grubbing limits; all cross sections necessary for determination of excavation, embankment, including preliminary, intermediate and/or re-measure cross sections as may be required; all slope staking; all staking and routine monitoring of settlement monitoring devices; all staking of culverts and drainage structures, including the necessary checking to establish the proper location and grade to best fit the conditions on site; the setting of such finishing stakes as may be required; the staking of right-of-way; the staking, referencing and other actions as may be required to preserve or restore land monuments and property corners; and all other staking necessary to complete the project.

I. The CONTRACTOR’s field books shall be available for inspection by the ENGINEER at any time.

J. The ENGINEER may randomly spot-check the CONTRACTOR’s surveys, staking, and computations at the ENGINEER’s discretion. After the survey, or staking, has been completed, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER with a minimum of 72 hours notice prior to performing any work, and shall furnish the appropriate data as required to allow for such random spot-checking. The OWNER assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the work.

K. The ENGINEER may make minor adjustments in grades and locations of improvements based on the staking information provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust the grade stakes as required to accommodate minor changes at no additional cost to the OWNER.

END OF SECTION

01050 - 3 SECTION 01220

PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND MEETINGS

1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Summary of Work: Section 01010

B. Job Site Administration: Section 01043

1.02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

Within ten days after the effective date of the Agreement, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review:

Construction Schedule A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Project Data submittals

All work performed by the Contractor shall be scheduled and monitored using appropriate scheduling techniques. The Contractor shall utilize this schedule in the preparation for and the execution of the work (including the activities of all contractor employees and equipment, subcontractors, equipment vendors, suppliers, etc.).

The schedule shall be developed by the Contractor or their scheduling consultant. The schedule shall be developed and updated by personnel with expertise and experience in construction scheduling. The Contractor shall determine all the information necessary for development of a schedule which accurately demonstrates the Contractor's plan for execution and completion of all work and for updating of the schedule in accordance with the requirements of this section.

The Contractor shall furnish a preliminary example of the scheduling system to be employed. The Owner’s Representative will review the scheduling system and upon determining compliance with these specifications will approve the system. All modifications and additions required by the Owner’s Representative shall be incorporated and provided by the Contractor.

The construction schedule shall:

A. Be plotted to a calendar day based horizontal time scale.

B. Clearly display the specific start and completion date of every activity in the schedule and the critical path of activities. C. Show the order and interdependence of the Contractor's planned activities.

01220 - 1

D. Identify phases or major areas of construction by logically grouping activities.

E. Indicate all required actions of Owner or Engineer affecting progress or completion date.

F. Include appropriate float time throughout the construction period.

G. Indicate all effects on and interruptions to the existing operations of the existing facilities.

H. Include estimated dollar value of work completed for each one month period.

The construction schedule shall be revised by the Contractor monthly to reflect the following:

A. Change in sequence and/or duration of any work item.

B. Delay in completion of any work item or sequence of work items.

C. All change orders and other contract modifications.

Three (3) copies of the initial and revised schedules shall be provided to the Owner’s Representative immediately after completion by the Contractor.

In the event construction schedules are used as the basis for computing delay and impact costs, or time extensions for contract changes or claims, all "float" shall be considered as vested in the Owner.

1.03 MEETINGS

PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

Within 20 days after the effective date of the Agreement, but before the Contractor starts work at the site, a preconstruction conference shall be held in Wrangell at the City Hall.

ATTENDANCE 1. The Contractor shall be represented at the conference by the following:

a. Job site superintendent b. Project Manager (if other than job site superintendent) c. Partner, Owner, or Corporate Officer responsible for execution of contract agreements (if other than project manager or job site superintendent) d. Subcontractor superintendents for subcontracts in excess of $100,000. This requirement does not apply to equipment suppliers.

01220 - 2

2. The conference shall also be attended by the Owner, Engineer, and other parties as appropriate. Unless previously submitted to the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall bring one copy each of the following: a. Plan of Operation. b. Project Overview Bar Chart Schedule. c. Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time. d. Shop Drawing/Sample/Substitute or “Or Equal” submittal schedule. e. Name and telephone number of CONTRACTOR’s Project Supervisor. f. Schedule of Values

3. The Owner or Engineer shall take minutes of the meeting, and distribute them to attendees. AGENDA

At a minimum, the following items shall be reviewed and discussed at the Preconstruction Conference.

(1) Introductions. Identify participants, affiliation, responsibility, mailing addresses, voice and facsimile telephone numbers. (2) Review status of construction transmittals, e.g., construction drawings. (3) Communication Procedures (4) Shop Drawing, Project Data Submittal Procedures (5) Payment Procedures (6) Schedule of Values (7) Contractor's Schedule and Work Sequence (8) Use of Premises (9) Progress Meetings (10) Project Records (11) Field Office Arrangements (12) Discrepancies in Contract Documents (13) Regulatory Requirements (14) Authority of Inspectors (15) School bus scheduling

The Conference shall be followed by a joint inspection of the site by Owner, Engineer, and Contractor.

PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Contractor shall attend progress meetings weekly or at other mutually agreed times. B. Hold Called Meetings as progress of work dictates. C. Location of meetings: In Wrangell as designated during preconstruction conference.

01220 - 3 D. Attendance:

1. Owner / Owner’s Representative 2. Contractor. 3. Other Contractors (if any). 4. Subcontractors as pertinent to agenda. 5. Safety Representative (Optional). 6. Representatives of Governmental or other Regulatory Agencies.

E. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approve minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review work progress since last meeting. 3. Note field observations, problems and decisions. 4. Identify problems which impede planned progress. 5. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule. 6. Revise Construction Schedule as indicated. 7. Plan progress during next work period. 8. Coordinate projected progress with other Contractors. 9. Maintaining of quality and work standards. 10. Review changes proposed by Owner for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule. b. Effect on Completion Date. 11. Complete other current business.

END OF SECTION

01220 - 4 SECTION 01340

PROJECT DATA SUBMITTALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. Whenever submittals are required hereunder, all such submittals by the CONTRACTOR shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.

B. Within 14 days after the date of commencement as stated in the Notice of Award/Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items to the ENGINEER for review:

1. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing, Sample and proposed Substitutes or “Or- Equal” submittals. 2. A list of all permits and licenses the CONTRACTOR shall obtain indicating the agency required to grant the permit and the expected date of submittal for the permit and the required date for receipt of the permit. 3. A complete progress schedule for all phases of the project. 4. All required Material Safety Data Sheets. 5. A staging and traffic maintenance plan, as required. 6. A plan for temporary erosion control and pollution control, as required. 7. A letter designating the CONTRACTOR’s Superintendent, defining that person’s responsibility and authority, and providing a specimen of his signature. 8. A letter designating the CONTRACTOR’s safety representative and the person’s responsibility and authority. 9. A Schedule of Values.

1.2 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

A. Wherever called for in the Contract Documents, or where required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER, for review, 4 copies of each shop drawing submittal unless otherwise indicated. Electronic submittal transmission may be allowed if approved in advance by the ENGINEER. The term “ Shop Drawings” as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, shop drawings, fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs, operating instructions, catalog sheets, data sheets, and similar items.

B. All Shop Drawing Submittals shall be accompanied by the ENGINEER’s standard submittal transmittal form. The form may be obtained in quantity from the ENGINEER. Any submittal not accompanied by such a form, or where all applicable items on the form are not completed, will be returned for resubmittal.

C. Normally, a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of a submittal of various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer’s “package” or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or package as a whole. A multiple-page submittal shall be collated into sets, and each set shall be stapled or bound, as appropriate, prior to transmittal to the ENGINEER.

D. Except as otherwise provided herein, the ENGINEER will return prints of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR with its comments noted thereon, within 21 calendar days following their receipt by the ENGINEER. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal item. The OWNER reserves the right to withhold monies due to the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER review beyond the second submittal. The ENGINEER’s maximum review period for each submittal including all re-submittals will be 14 days per submission. In other words, for a submittal that requires two re-submittals before it is complete, the maximum review period for that submittal could be 63 Days.

01340 - 1

E. If 3 copies (or a single electronic transmission) of a submittal are returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

F. If 3 copies (or a single electronic transmission) of a submittal are returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal is not required.

G. If one copy (or a single electronic transmission) of the submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “AMEND-RESUBMIT,” the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the ENGINEER.

H. If one copy (or a single electronic transmission) of the submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “REJECTED-RESUBMIT,” the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the ENGINEER.

I. Fabrication of an item may be commenced only after the ENGINEER has reviewed the pertinent submittal and returned copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED.” Corrections indicated on submittal shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as the basis for changes to the Contract requirements. Only a change order can alter the contract price, time, or requirements.

J. All CONTRACTOR shop drawing submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR, prior to submission to the ENGINEER. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR, as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. In the case of shop drawings, each sheet shall be so dated, signed, and certified. No consideration for review by the ENGINEER of any CONTRACTOR submittal will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the ENGINEER, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

K. The ENGINEER’s review of CONTRACTOR shop drawing submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all responsibility and risk for any misfits due to any errors in CONTRACTOR submittals. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details.

1.3 SAMPLES SUBMITTAL

A. Whenever in the Specifications samples are required, the CONTRACTOR shall submit not less than 3 samples of each item or material to the ENGINEER for acceptance at no additional cost to the OWNER.

B. Samples, as required herein, shall be submitted for acceptance a minimum of 21 days prior to ordering such material for delivery to the job site, and shall be submitted in an orderly sequence so that dependent materials or equipment can be assembled and reviewed without causing delays in the WORK.

C. All samples shall be individually and indelibly labeled or tagged, indicating thereon all specified physical characteristics and Supplier’s names for identification and submitted to the ENGINEER for acceptance. Upon receiving acceptance of the ENGINEER, one set of the samples will be stamped and dated by the ENGINEER and returned to the CONTRACTOR, and one set of samples will be retained by the ENGINEER, and one set of samples shall remain at the job site until completion of the WORK.

D. Unless clearly stated otherwise, it is assumed that all colors and textures of specified items presented in sample submittal are from the manufacturer’s standard colors and standard materials, products, or equipment lines. If the samples represent non-standard colors, materials, products or equipment lines, and their selection will require an increase in contract time or price, the CONTRACTOR will clearly indicate this on the transmittal page of the

01340 - 2 submittal.

1.4 TECHNICAL MANUAL SUBMITTAL

A. Using the outline provided in the Equipment Maintenance Summary Sheet (copy of which may be obtained from the ENGINEER), the CONTRACTOR shall include in the technical manuals for each item of mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment, the following:

1. Complete operating instructions, including location of controls, special tools or other equipment required, related instrumentation, and other equipment needed for operation. 2. Lubrication schedules, including the lubricant SAE grade and type, temperature range of lubricants, and including frequency of required lubrication. 3. Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. 4. Parts lists, by generic title and identification number, complete, with exploded views of each assembly. 5. Disassembly and reassembly instructions. 6. Name and location of nearest supplier and spare parts warehouse. 7. Recommended troubleshooting and startup procedures. 8. Reproducible prints of the record drawings, including diagrams and schematics, as required under the electrical and instrumentation portions of these Specifications. 9. Tabulation of proper settings for all pressure relief valves, (low/high) pressure switches and other related equipment protection devices. 10. Detailed test procedures to determine performance efficiency of equipment. 11. List of all electrical relay settings including alarm and contact settings.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER 5 identical sets of technical manuals. Each set shall consist of one or more volumes, each of which shall be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, loose-leaf vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches. A table of contents shall be provided which indicates all equipment in the technical manuals.

C. All technical manuals shall be submitted in final form to the ENGINEER not later than the 75 percent of construction completion date. All discrepancies found by the ENGINEER in the technical manuals shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR within 30 days from the date of written notification by the ENGINEER.

D. Incomplete or unacceptable technical manuals at the 75 percent construction completion point shall constitute sufficient justification to withhold payment for work completed beyond that period.

1.5 SPARE PARTS LIST SUBMITTAL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER 5 identical sets of spare parts information for all mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment. The spare parts list shall include the current list price of each spare part. The spare parts list shall be limited to those spare parts which each manufacturer recommends be maintained by the OWNER in inventory at the plant site. Each manufacturer or supplier shall indicate the name, address, and telephone number of its nearest outlet of spare parts to facilitate the OWNER in ordering. The CONTRACTOR shall cross-reference all spare parts lists to the equipment numbers designated in the Contract Documents. The spare parts lists shall be bound in standard size, 3-ring, loose leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binders suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches.

1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall keep and maintain, at the job site, one record set of Drawings. On these, it shall mark all Project conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original contract Drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to indicate, fully, the WORK as actually constructed. These master record drawings, of the CONTRACTOR’s representation of as-built conditions, including

01340 - 3 all revisions made necessary by addenda, change orders, and the like shall be maintained up- to-date during the progress of the WORK.

B. In the case of those drawings which depict the detail requirement for equipment to be assembled and wired in the factory, such as motor control centers and the like, the record drawings shall be updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by Change Order Drawings or final Shop Drawings, and by including appropriate reference information describing the Change Orders by number and the Shop Drawings by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers.

C. Record Drawings shall be accessible to the ENGINEER at all times during the construction period and shall be delivered to the ENGINEER on the 20th working day of every third month after the month in which the Notice to Proceed is given as well as upon completion of the WORK.

D. Final payment will not be acted upon until the CONTRACTOR-prepared record drawings have been delivered to the ENGINEER.

1.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES

A. The progress schedule shall be in Bar Chart or Critical Path Method (CPM) form, as required by the ENGINEER.

B. The progress schedule shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry out the WORK and the contemplated date on which the CONTRACTOR and their subcontractors will start and finish each of the salient features of the work, including any scheduled periods of shutdown. The schedule shall also indicate any anticipated periods of multiple-shift work.

C. Upon substantial changes to the CONTRACTOR’s progress schedule of work or upon request of the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a revised progress schedule(s) in the form required. Such revised schedule(s) shall conform with the Contract Time and take into account delays which may have been encountered in the performance of the WORK. In submitting a revised schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall state specifically the reason for the revision and the adjustments made in his schedule or methods of operation to ensure the completion of all the WORK within the Contract Time.

1.8 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES OR “OR-EQUAL” ITEM SUBMITTAL

A. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. If the name is followed by the words “or-equal” indicating that a substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by the ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by the CONTRACTOR to allow the ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named, subject to the following requirements:

1. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute material or equipment shall be upon the CONTRACTOR.

2. The ENGINEER will be the sole judge as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute material or equipment and the ENGINEER’s decision shall be final. 3. The ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR, to furnish at the CONTRACTOR’s expense, additional data about the proposed substitute. 4. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. 5. Acceptance by the ENGINEER of a substitute item proposed by the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract documents and for adequacy of the substitute item. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for resultant changes and all additional costs

01340 - 4 which the accepted substitution requires in the CONTRACTOR’s work, the work of its subcontractors and of other contractors, and shall effect such changes without cost to the OWNER. This shall include the cost for redesign and claims of other contractor affected by the resulting change.

B. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following:

1. If the CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall make written application to the ENGINEER on the “Substitution Request Form” for acceptance thereof. 2. Unless otherwise provided by law or authorized in writing by the ENGINEER, the “Substitution Request Form(s)” shall be submitted within the 21-day period after Notice of Award. 3. Wherever a proposed substitute material or equipment has not been submitted within said 21-day period, or wherever the submission of a proposed substitute material or equipment has been judged to be unacceptable by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide material or equipment named in the Contract Documents. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall certify that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. 5. The ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. In no case will this reasonable time period be less than 30 days. 6. As applicable, no shop drawing submittals will be made for a substitute item nor will any substitute item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the ENGINEER’s prior written acceptance of the CONTRACTOR’s “Substitution Request Form” which will be evidenced by a Change Order. 7. The ENGINEER will record the time required by the ENGINEER in evaluating substitutions proposed by the CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not the ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for the charges of the ENGINEER for evaluating each proposed substitute.

C. The CONTRACTOR’s application using the “Substitution Request Forms” shall contain the following statements and/or information which shall be considered by the ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitution:

1. The evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice the CONTRACTOR’s achievement of substantial completion on time. 2. Whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the WORK will require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitute. 3. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the WORK is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. 4. All variations of the proposed substitute for that specified will be identified. 5. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service and its estimated cost will be indicated. 6. Itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including cost of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change.

1.9 MATERIAL CERTIFICATON SUBMITTAL

A. The ENGINEER may permit the use, prior to sampling, inspection and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer’s material certifications stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the Contract. The certification shall be signed by the manufacturer, and will specifically reference the material’s compliance with the AASHTO, ASTM and/or CBJ Standards specified in the applicable Contract Documents.

B. Material Certifications shall be submitted to the engineer prior to incorporating the item into the WORK.

C. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of material certifications may be sampled,

01340 - 5 inspected and/or tested at any time, and if found not in conformity with these Specifications, will be subject to rejection whether in place or not.

END OF SECTION

01340 - 6 SECTION 01400

QUALITY CONTROL

1.0 GENERAL SAMPLING AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS

All of the work, under this contract, shall be fully tested in accordance with the specifications. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials for the testing of the materials he or she proposes to employ.

It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain and pay for the services of an approved testing laboratory which shall take all samples and perform all tests as stipulated, necessary for initial verification that the materials to be utilized in the construction do conform to the various specifications. The Contractor shall furnish two certified copies of the results of all tests to the Owner’s Representative and one to the Engineer.

2.0 INITIAL TESTING

All sampling and testing necessary to determine results of construction techniques and procedures shall be performed by the qualified laboratory retained by the Contractor. Such sampling and testing shall be as necessary to provide compliance with the requirements of the specifications and shall include the tests listed in the specifications and any and all additional tests which may be required or requested by the Engineer and/or Owner.

3.0 SUBSEQUENT TESTING

All sampling and testing necessary to determine results of construction and procedures shall be performed by the qualified laboratory retained by the Owner. Such sampling and testing shall be as necessary to determine compliance with the requirements of the specifications and shall specifically include the tests listed in the specifications and any and all additional tests which may be necessary to properly identify components and control the work.

4.0 OPERATIONAL TESTING It is the intent of the Owner to have a complete and operable system. All of the work shall be fully tested and inspected in accordance with the specifications.

A. PAYMENT

No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and/or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and/or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit price bid.

END OF SECTION

01400 - 1 SECTION 01410

TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

1.GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Quality Control: Section 01400.

B. Testing Requirements: Various Sections.

1.2 BIOLOGICAL TESTING

A. Biological tests required for disinfection of domestic water systems shall be by a laboratory approved by the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation.

1.3 THE OWNER SHALL SUPPLY SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY FOR:

A. Concrete: Mix design, consistency, air content, yield, compressive test cylinder casting and compression testing per Section 03300.

B. Asphalt: Testing per section 02550

C. Mortar: Consistency, mix design, compressive test cylinder casting and compression testing, per Section 03600.

C. Other materials and/or workmanship tests where specified in Divisions 2 through 16.

1.4 THE CONTRATOR SHALL PROVIDE TESTING SERVICES FOR:

B. Asphalt: Testing per section 02550

1.5 LIMITATION

A. Employment of a testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract.

01410 - 1

2. QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY

2.1 STANDARDS

A. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction."

B. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection; with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by inspection.

C. Testing Equipment:

1. Calibrated at maximum 12-month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards.

Submit copy of certificate of calibration, made by accredited calibration agency.

3. LABORATORY DUTIES

3.1 AUTHORITY AND LIMITATION

A. Cooperate with Owner, Engineer and Contractor.

B. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.

C. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction:

1. Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified.

2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

D. Promptly notify Resident Project Representative, and Contractor, of irregularities or deficiencies of Work which are observed during performance of services.

E. Promptly submit 2 copies of report of inspections and tests to Resident Project Representative and one copy to the Engineer, in addition to those required by the Contractor including:

01410 - 2 1. Date issued.

2. Project Title and Number.

3. Testing Laboratory name and address.

4. Name and signature of Inspector.

5. Date of inspection of sampling.

6. Record of temperature and weather.

7. Date of test.

8. Identification of product and specification section.

9. Location in project.

10. Type of inspection or test.

11. Results of Test.

12. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents.

F. Perform additional services as required.

G. Laboratory is not authorized to:

1.Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on, requirements of Contract Documents.

2.Approve or accept any portion of work.

4. RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 CONTRACTOR

A.Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work, comply with Manufacturer's requirements.

B.Provide laboratory with representative samples of materials to be tested in required quantities.

C.Furnish copies of mill test reports.

D.Furnish casual labor and facilities:

01410 - 3 1.To provide access to work to be tested.

2.To obtain and handle samples at the site.

3.To facilitate inspections and tests.

4.For laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.

E.Notify Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for his or her assignment of personal and scheduling of tests.

Laboratory Tests: Where such inspection and testing are to be conducted by an independent laboratory or agency, the sample or samples of materials to be tested shall be selected by such laboratory or agency, or the Resident Project Representative or the Engineer, and shipped to the laboratory by the Contractor at his or her expense

END OF SECTION

01410 - 4 SECTION 01500

TEMPORARY FACILITIES

1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Temporary Water: Section 01515.

1.02 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED

A. Water for construction, fire protection and all field offices.

B. All gates, barricades, fences, handrails, guardrails, and security required by the Contract or by laws and regulations. Contractor shall maintain pedestrian access. Such access shall include temporary wood sidewalks where necessary. All pedestrian walkways shall be kept clean with sweeping and/or washing.

C. Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers and complying with all codes and regulations.

D. Shelter and drying facilities for workmen.

E. Guards, masks, shields, protective clothing, rain gear, and other equipment required by law, ordinance, labor contracts, OSHA and other regulations for the maintenance of health and safety.

F. First Aid Kits and equipment required by law and regulations.

G. At the close of the Contract the Contractor shall:

1. Pay all utility bills.

2. Remove all electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone, water, offices and any other temporary service equipment that may remain.

3. Arrange for transfer of electrical, and water accounts to the Owner's name.

END OF SECTION

01500 - 1 SECTION 01515

TEMPORARY WATER

1. GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM The Contractor shall make arrangements for and provide all necessary facilities for water supply at his or her own expense, unless otherwise provided.

1.2 COSTS A. Pay costs of temporary water services, including costs of installations, maintenance and removal of facilities.

A. Water for filling, testing and flushing of the new pipelines will be available from the existing water distribution system at no cost to the Contractor after obtaining prior permission from the Owner.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS Materials may be new or used but must be adequate for purpose required, sanitary and must not violate requirements of applicable codes.

2. EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The City and Borough of Wrangell’s Public Works Department shall be contacted to determine if sufficient water is available at the particular time before any use. Rate of use shall be restricted to limits set by Public Works.

B. Flushing overnight or excessive wasting will not be permitted.

C. The Contractor shall not operate active hydrants or main valves. Only City personnel and the fire department are authorized to operate pressurized fire hydrants or valve isolating the work from active water mains.

2. REMOVAL

Completely remove temporary materials and equipment upon completion of construction. END OF SECTION

01515 - 1 SECTION 01545

PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF WORK AND PROPERTY

1. GENERAL

1.01 PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY

A. The Contractor shall protect and maintain all underground or aboveground utilities and structures affected by the work and all lawns, shrubs, trees, fences, rockeries, etc., and parking strips or private property crossed by or adjacent to his operation, and any damage shall be repaired and restored by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner.

B. The Contractor will be responsible for all damage to roads, highways, ditches, bulkheads, walls, bridges, culverts, utilities, barricades, lights, or other property, caused by the work, whether such damage be at the site of the work or caused by transporting or hauling to or from the work; and he shall repair or replace, or arrange for the repair or replacement of all such damage to the satisfaction of the Owner. Any material damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced with new material.

C. Whenever construction work under this Contract is undertaken on easement, right-of-way, or franchise, all work shall be confined to the limits of such easement, right-of-way, or franchise, and accomplished so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage.

1.02 CARE OF EXISTING FACILITIES

A. The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect existing sidewalks, curbs, pavements, utilities, adjoining property, and structures, and to avoid damage thereto, and he shall at his own expense completely repair any damage thereto caused by his operation. Access for fire fighting equipment shall be maintained at all times.

B. Any survey monuments disturbed by the construction shall be referenced and replaced by a surveyor licensed by the State of Alaska.

END OF SECTION

01545 - 1 SECTION 01567

POLLUTION CONTROL

1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Erosion Control: Section 01568.

1.02 LAWS

A. Requirements of federal, state and local statutes and regulations dealing with pollution shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor.

1.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements and regulations of the agencies or organizations having jurisdiction over sanitary and health conditions and of other bodies or offices having jurisdiction there over. He shall permit no public nuisances.

END OF SECTION

01567 - 1 SECTION 01568

EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND POLLUTION CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

This work consists of planning, providing, inspecting and maintaining control of erosion, sedimentation, water pollution and hazardous materials contamination.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP). The Department's plan for the permanent and temporary prevention of erosion and control of sedimentation during construction of the project, and is included in the project Plans and Specifications. The ESCP is prepared by the Department in accordance with the AASHTO Guidelines for Erosion and Sediment Control in Highway Construction, Volume III and the Department's Erosion Prevention and Sediment Control Plan - Policy and Procedures; Guide to Preparing Erosion Prevention and Sediment Control Plans and Best Management Practices for Construction Erosion and Sediment Control.

B. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The Contractor's site-specific plan for the permanent and temporary prevention of erosion and control of sedimentation during construction of the project. The SWPPP must address the requirements of the Department's ESCP and, when approved, replaces the ESCP.

C. Hazardous Material Control Plan (HMCP). The Contractor's detailed plan to prevent pollution from the use, containment, cleanup and disposal of hazardous materials (see 40 CFR 117 and 302 for listing), including petroleum products generated by construction equipment or activities.

D. Final Stabilization. That point when all soil disturbing activities resulting from the project have been completed and a live uniform blanket of perennial vegetation, to preclude erosion, has been established on all unpaved areas (excluding graveled shoulders and crushed aggregate base course) not covered by permanent structures or equivalent permanent stabilization measures, such as use of riprap, gabions or geotextiles, have been implemented.

01568 - 1 E. Best Management Practices (BMP's). A wide range of project management practices, schedules of activities or prohibition of practices that when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce erosion, sedimentation and pollution of adjacent water bodies and wetlands. BMP's include both structural devices and non-structural practices and can be temporary or permanent. The Alaska Department's of Transportation Best Management Practices for Construction Erosion and Sediment Control describes a variety of standard BMP's.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following items for approval a minimum of 5 calendar days prior to the preconstruction conference.

1. Draft SWPPP 2. Draft HMCP

The Engineer will review submittals within 14 calendar days then either approve them or require changes. If required for approval, modify the submittals within 5 calendar days of receiving comments from the Engineer.

The approved draft SWPPP and HMCP become the project SWPPP and HMCP. Both must be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer.

Once the SWPPP is approved, the Engineer will submit a copy to the State of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) Storm Water Coordinator.

Follow the same approval process for amendments to the SWPPP is as with the draft SWPPP.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.01 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) REQUIREMENTS.

A. Use the ESCP as a basis to develop the draft SWPPP. Include revisions where necessary to accommodate your scheduling, equipment, or use of alternative BMP's. Base the SWPPP on the approach of first avoiding and preventing erosion, then minimizing erosion and finally trapping sediment before it leaves the project site.

B. Address all ground disturbing activities required by the contract as well as those planned for your operations. Insure that all erosion, sediment and pollution control requirements are met for all activities associated with this contract and are addressed in the SWPPP.

01568 - 2 C. The plan must demonstrate that any offsite operations, including material sources, waste areas, and haul roads are in compliance with all local, state and federal erosion, sediment and pollution control requirements. When you obtain material from a commercial source, evidence of compliance is not required. A commercial source is defined as one that serves multiple unrelated projects and would continue to operate after project completion. A site developed solely for the project is considered a Contractor source.

D. Have the draft SWPPP prepared under the direction of and stamped by a professional engineer currently registered in the State of Alaska. Follow the format presented in the ESCP, and address all storm water discharge control and management issues identified by and discussed in the ESCP:

1. Site Description.

a. Description of the nature of the construction activity.

b. Description of the intended sequence of major activities which disturb soils on major portions of the site (within the right-of-way limits and including grubbing, excavation, grading, and work in or near surface waters).

c. Estimates of the total area of the project site (including related off-site areas) and the total area that is expected to be disturbed by excavation, grading, or other activities.

d. Estimate of appropriate drainage parameters for the site before, during, and after construction activities are completed; narrative and/or data describing existing conditions of the soil, including soil loss parameters for disturbed soils, and the quality of any discharge from the site, including pass-through discharges.

e. Site map indicating drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities, areas of soil disturbance, an outline of the areas which will not be disturbed, the location of major structural and nonstructural erosion, sediment and pollution controls identified in the Plans, the location of areas where stabilization practices are expected to occur, location of all surface waters (including wetlands and all waters that will pass through the project site), and locations where storm water is discharged to a surface water.

f. Identify all receiving waters and wetlands within or adjacent to the site which will be disturbed or which will receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project.

2. Control Measures. Describe the appropriate control measures to be implemented at the construction site and off-site areas. Clearly describe

01568 - 3 for each major activity, appropriate control measures and the period during the construction process that the measures will be implemented. Address erosion and sediment controls, stabilization practices, structural practices, and permanent storm water management as described in the ESCP.

Specifically address your plan for controlling and managing erosion and sedimentation during construction at the following locations:

a. Cut and fill slopes steeper than 1V:2H and over 5 m in height.

b. All construction adjacent to existing drainages, streams, lakes, water bodies, wetlands, and other sensitive areas.

c. Culvert installations and/or bridge construction.

d. Department designated disposal sites and material sites.

e. Any additional sites which may be sensitive due to the proposed construction operation (including contractor supplied material and disposal sites, staging areas, stockpile locations, and slopes opened up after the seeding deadline).

3. Maintenance. Include a description of maintenance procedures for the timely inspection and maintenance of vegetative cover, temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control measures, and other protective measures identified in the SWPPP and the contract Plans and Specifications. Specifically address details to stabilize the site prior to winter shutdown.

4. Inspections. Identify the Contractor personnel responsible for inspection of the project’s erosion and pollution control measures.

5. Non-storm Water Discharges. Identify on-site sources of non-storm water associated with the construction activity, including those combined with storm water discharges from the site. Exclude flows from fire fighting activities. Identify appropriate pollution prevention measures for the non- storm water component(s) of the discharge.

6. Responsible Party. Clearly identify for each measure shown in the plan, the Contractor and/or subcontractors that will implement and maintain the measure.

2.02 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL PLAN (HMCP) REQUIREMENTS.

A. Prepare a HMCP which details your plan for fueling and maintaining equipment

01568 - 4 and machinery and the storage of fuels and petroleum products. Identify the locations where fueling and maintenance activities will take place, and all controls to contain the accidental spillage of petroleum products.

B. List and give the location of potentially hazardous materials, including petroleum products, to be used and/or stored on site, and their estimated quantities. List the types and quantities of equipment and materials available on site to be used for hazardous material containment and cleanup.

C. Detail your plan for storing hazardous materials as well as disposing of waste petroleum products and/or other hazardous materials generated by the project.

D. Detail your plan for the prevention, containment, cleanup and disposal of soil and water contaminated by accidental spills. Detail your plan for dealing with unexpected contaminated soil and water encountered during construction. Specify the line of authority and designate a field representative for spill response for the Contractor and each subcontractor.

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not begin earth disturbing work until you receive in writing the Engineer's approval of the SWPPP and HMCP.

B. Contain, clean up, and dispose of all construction related (including office facilities) discharges of petroleum products and/or other materials hazardous to the land, air, water and organic life forms. Perform all fueling operations in a safe and environmentally responsible manner. Comply with the requirements of 18 AAC 75 and AS 46, Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Control.

C. Implement all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control measures identified in the SWPPP and contract Plans and ensure that the SWPPP remains current.

D. Prior to the start of construction, conduct a joint on-site inspection with the Engineer, and the professional engineer who stamped the SWPPP, to discuss the implementation of the requirements of the SWPPP. Conduct additional joint inspections, as needed, when requested by the Engineer or the Contractor.

E. During construction, inspect the following at least once every 7 calendar days and provide status report in the Contractor’s daily report:

1. Disturbed areas of the construction site where final stabilization is not complete.

2. Areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to rain.

01568 - 5 3. Structural control measures.

4. Locations where vehicles enter or exit the site.

F. Perform inspections also within 24 hours of the end of a storm resulting in rainfall of 0.5” or greater.

G. Perform other inspections, if directed, during or following high intensity rainfall events of any depth.

H Prepare inspection reports summarizing the scope of the inspections, names of personnel making the inspections, the dates of the inspections and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWPPP. Identify any incidents of non-compliance, steps taken to implement corrective actions, and state that the facility is in compliance with the SWPPP. Submit the inspection reports to the Engineer within 3 calendar days of each inspection.

I Based on the results of each inspection, modify the SWPPP as necessary to include additional or modified BMP's designed to correct problems identified. Complete the revisions to the SWPPP within 7 calendar days following the inspection. Implement modified or additional BMP's before the next anticipated storm event or as soon as practicable.

J. Amend the SWPPP within 7 calendar days when conditions change or if directed. Have all SWPPP amendments prepared under the direction of and stamped by the professional engineer of record.

K. If a storm event occurs, where storm water discharges pose a threat to water quality, take immediate suitable action to preclude erosion and pollution. Submit an amendment to the SWPPP, within 7 calendar days of the storm event, covering the emergency measures that were taken.

L. Prior to winter shutdown, ensure that the site has been stabilized as detailed in the SWPPP.

M Prior to project closeout and demobilization, the Engineer will review all areas disturbed by construction to determine if final stabilization is complete.

PART 4 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Payment for erosion, sediment, and pollution control including SWPPP, HMCP, and ESCP are incidental to the base contract.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

01568 - 6 SECTION 01570

TRAFFIC REGULATION

1.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of the necessary measures to protect and control traffic during the life of the contract including, but not limited to, furnishing, erecting, maintaining, replacing, cleaning, moving and removing the traffic control devices required to insure the safety of the traveling public and all administrative responsibilities necessary to implement this work.

The Contractor shall maintain all roadways and pedestrian and bicycle facilities within the project limits and construct and maintain such approaches, crossings, intersections and other features as may be necessary throughout the life of the contract.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The Alaska Traffic Manual, the Alaska Sign Design Specifications (ASDS), Standard Drawings, and Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, referenced in this section are all publications of the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities. Information on obtaining these publications may be obtained from the following agency:

State of Alaska Dept. of Transportation & Public Facilities P.O. Box Z Juneau, Alaska 99811 (907) 465-2960

1.03 EXECUTION

A. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall keep the entire project in such condition that traffic will be accommodated safely. Traffic control devices and services shall be provided and maintained both inside and outside the project limits both day and night as needed to facilitate traffic guidance.

Unless otherwise provided herein, the Contractor shall keep all roadways undergoing improvement open to traffic. Temporary closure of residential, commercial or street approaches requires prior approval of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide access through the project for emergency vehicles. All locations requiring redirection or

01570 - 1 stopping of the traveling public shall be properly signed and/or flagged by the Contractor.

The Contractor's equipment shall stop at all points of intersection with the traveling public unless satisfactory traffic control measures, approved in writing by the Owner are installed and maintained by the Contractor.

All illumination shall remain operational. Flood lighting at night shall be in accordance with the Alaska Traffic Manual and be adjusted such that it does not shine into oncoming traffic.

B. PUBLIC NOTICE

The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall give notices of changes, delays or road closures to the following local officials and transportation organizations, including but not necessarily limited to:

Alaska Carriers Association Alaska State Troopers City and Borough of Wrangell’s Department of Public Works Local Police Department Local Fire Department Local School & Public Transit Authorities Local Emergency Medical Services Local Media

The Contractor shall also provide the Alaska State Troopers, local police and fire department with the radio frequencies used on the project, and the 24-hour telephone numbers of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor and the Project Superintendent. These shall be for alerting the Contractor of emergencies which will require passage of emergency vehicles through the project. When so notified the Contractor shall use all equipment and effort necessary to expedite rapid passage.

C. TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

Prior to the start of construction operations, the Contractor shall erect such permanent and temporary traffic control devices as may be required by the approved TCPs. Traffic control devices shall be operated only when they are needed and only those devices that apply to conditions that exist shall be used. Advisory speeds, when necessary, shall be determined by the Owner. For lane closures on multilane roadways, sequential arrow panels shall be used. For nighttime operations flashing warning lights shall be used to mark obstructions or hazards and steady-burn lights shall be used for channelization.

During non-working hours and following the completion of a particular construction operation, all traffic control devices except those necessary for the safety of the public shall be removed. Sign panels that are not removed shall be entirely covered with

01570 - 2 either metal or plywood sheeting.

Reflective sheeting on signs, drums, barricades and other devices shall be kept clean. Any devices with scratches, rips or tears in the sheeting will be deemed unacceptable and shall be promptly replaced by the Contractor.

Any devices provided under this Section that are lost, stolen, destroyed, inoperable or deemed unacceptable while their use is required on the project shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor.

D. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

When, in the opinion of the Owner, conditions are such that the safety and/or convenience of the traveling public are adversely affected, the Contractor will be immediately notified in writing. The notice will state the defect(s), the corrective action(s) required, and the time required to complete such action(s). In no case shall this time exceed 24 hours. In the event that the Contractor fails to take the corrective action(s) within the specified time, (a) the Owner may immediately direct that the offending operations cease until the defect(s) is (are) corrected and (b) the Owner reserves the right to order the corrective action(s) be accomplished by outside forces. The cost of work by outside forces shall be deducted from any monies due or that may become due under the terms of this contract.

Any construction delays which occur as a result of the above-mentioned and uncorrected conditions shall be at no cost, expense, or liability, for stopping the work or otherwise, to the Owner as provided in the General Conditions

END OF SECTION

01570 - 3 SECTION 01631

DEVIATIONS FROM PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.01 GENERAL

Should the Contractor desire to utilize a product or design different from that required by the plans and specifications the Contractor shall propose such deviation and submit to the Owner for review and approval as specified.

No deviation from the requirements of the plans and Specifications shall be permitted without the express, written approval of the Owner.

The Owner may elect to reject any or all request for deviation at his sole discretion without cause or justification. The Contractor shall immediately proceed with the work in accordance with the plans and specifications upon notification of rejection of any request for deviation. All proposed deviations from the plans and specifications shall conform to the original defined and implied intent of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for and assume all costs of all elements involved in implementing and completing approved deviations including, but not limited to, coordination, confirming dimensions at the job site, design, preparation of plans, procurement of materials and equipment, fabrication, construction, installation and instigation of service. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the completed improvements of each deviation do not fulfill, provide and meet the defined and implied intent of the plans and specifications, the Contractor shall provide the labor, materials and equipment as required to modify the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.

Differences in cost between approved deviations and the original requirements of the plans and Specifications shall be distributed as specified herein.

1.02 DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED PRODUCT OR PRODUCT MANUFACTURER

Requests for approval of change of any product or manufacturer shall consist of three (3) copies of data substantiating compliance of proposed product or supplier with contract documents including:

Detailed description of the proposed change including:

a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.

b. Manufacturer's literature:

(1) Product description (2) Performance and test data (3) Reference standards c. Samples.

01631 - 1

d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation.

Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or supplier specified.

Data relating to conformance with construction schedule.

Relation to separate subcontracts and trades.

Requests for change of products will be considered if:

They are indicated or implied on project data submittals without a formal request having been submitted.

Acceptance will not require substantial revision to the contract documents.

1 .03 DEVIATION FROM DESIGN

Requests for approval of change of design shall include three (3) copies of data substantiating compliance of proposed design deviation with contract documents including:

Itemized comparison of proposed design deviation.

Data relating to conformance with construction schedule.

Relation to separate subcontracts and trades.

Detailed description of proposed design and how it conforms to the original defined and implied intent of the Plans and Specifications.

Drawings indicating horizontal and vertical details of all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical elements of proposed change.

Manufacturer's detailed performance and construction data for all equipment.

Requests for change of design shall include certification by the Contractor that he or she:

A. Has personally investigated the proposed product or design deviation and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified.

B. Will provide the same guarantee for product or design deviation as for product or design specified.

01631 - 2 C. Will coordinate installation of accepted product or design deviation into work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects.

D. Will be responsible for and assume all costs of all elements involved in implementing approved product and/or design deviation including, but not limited to, coordination, confirming dimensions at the job site, design, preparation of plans, procurement of materials and equipment, fabrication, construction, installation and instigation of service. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the completed improvements of each product or design deviation do not fulfill, provide and meet the defined and implied intent of the Plans and Specifications, the Contractor shall provide the labor, materials, and equipment as required to modify the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.

Project cost savings resulting from product or design deviations shall be divided according with Paragraph 1.04, below.

1.04 DISTRIBUTION OF COST SAVINGS OF APPROVED CHANGES

A. Savings in cost resulting from approved changes shall be shared by the Contractor and Owner on a 50 percent basis if the net capital savings is $1,000 or more. Net capital savings is defined to be the initial construction cost minus the revised construction cost minus the development, implementation and administrative costs associated with the change.

B. In addition to the requirements for requests for approval of changes as identified hereinbefore the Contractor shall provide the following:

1. Name of individuals associated with the development and preparation of the change.

2. A Summary of estimated costs to include the following: a. Project construction costs before and after the deviation. This should be a detailed estimate identifying the following items for each trade involved. (1) Quantities of materials and equipment (2) Unit prices of materials and equipment (3) Labor hours and rates for installation (4) Subcontractor and prime Contractor mark-ups b. Operation and maintenance costs before and after the deviation. c. Costs for implementing the deviation not included in item 2a, above. d. Contractor's share of the savings as described above. e. Time required for executing the proposed change. ****END OF SECTION****

01631 - 3

SECTION 01700

PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1.01 GENERAL

The Contractor shall comply with all requirements stated in the General and Special Conditions of the Contract and in the Specifications for administrative procedures for closing out the work.

1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall submit to Owner’s Representative:

1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete.

2. A list of items to be completed or corrected.

B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Owner will make an inspection to determine the status of completion.

C. Should Owner determine that the Work is not substantially complete:

1. Owner will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefore.

2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Owner.

3. Owner will re-inspect the Work.

D. When the Owner finds that the Work is substantially complete, he will:

1. Prepare a tentative Certificate of Substantial Completion, with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment.

2. After consideration of any objections as provided in conditions of the Contract, and when Owner considers the Work substantially complete, he will execute and deliver to the Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected.

01700 - 1 1.03 FINAL SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR, prior to requesting final payment, shall obtain and submit the following items to the ENGINEER for transmittal to the OWNER:

1. Written guarantees, where required. 2. Maintenance stock items; spare parts, special tools, where required. 3. Completed record drawings. 4. Certificates of inspection and acceptance by governing agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Releases from all parties who are entitled to claims against the subject Project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of law. 6. Completed Certificate of Compliance and Release for all contractors involved in the WORK. 7. WORK. Submit the original signed document to the OWNER’s Project Manager.

1.04 FINAL INSPECTION

A. When Contractor considers the Work complete, he shall submit written certification of the following items:

1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.

3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.

4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational.

5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.

6. Any other items required by the Special Conditions.

B. Owner will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification.

C. Should Owner consider that the Work is incomplete or defective:

1. Owner will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work.

2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Owner that the Work is complete.

3. Owner will re-inspect the Work.

01700 - 2

D. When the Owner finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make close out submittals.

1.05 REINSPECTION FEES Should Owner perform re-inspections due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, Owner will be authorized to deduct the amount of such reinspection compensation for staff and/or consultants from the final payment to the Contractor.

1.06 MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTEE

A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the maintenance and guarantee requirements contained in the General Conditions.

B. Replacement of earth fill or backfill, where it has settled below the required finish elevations, shall be considered as a part of such required repair work, and any repair or resurfacing constructed by the CONTRACTOR which becomes necessary by reason of such settlement shall likewise be considered as a part of such required repair work unless the CONTRACTOR shall have obtained a statement in writing from the affected private owner or public agency releasing the OWNER from further responsibility in connection with such repair or resurfacing.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the OWNER. If the CONTRACTOR fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, the OWNER reserves the right to do the WORK and the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be liable to the OWNER for the cost thereof.

1.07 BOND. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a bond to guarantee performance of the provisions contained in the General Conditions

END OF SECTION

01700 - 3 SECTION 01710

CLEANING

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Summary of Work: Section 01010 B. Contract Closeout: Section 01700 C. Cleaning for Specific Products or Work: Specification Section for that Work

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Maintain premises and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by operations. B. At completion of work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all sight-exposed surfaces; leave project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pipeline and work on public rights-of-way shall be kept cleaned up as specified in Division 2 for the work involved.

1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Standards: Maintain project in accord with the applicable federal, state and local safety standards. B. Hazards Control: 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site unless approved by local fire and air pollution authorities. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be

01710 - 1 cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Execute cleaning to insure that grounds and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off of Owner's property. D. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING OF STRUCTURES

A. Employ experienced workmen, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. B. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces. C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials, from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so designated to shine finish. D. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces or grounds. F. Maintain cleaning until project is occupied by Owner.

3.3 GENERAL CLEANUP

A. Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall remove and obliterate, insofar as feasible, all objects or disturbances of the ground which mar the landscape and where caused by his operations, whether or not part of the improvement. B. Rubbish, excess materials, temporary structures, and discarded equipment shall be removed and disposed of. * * * END OF SECTION * * *

01710 - 2 SECTION 01720

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. General Conditions B. Field Engineering: Section 01050 C. Project Data Submittals: Section 01340 D. Operating Instructions and Maintenance Manuals: Section 01730

1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain at job site, one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings. 5. Change Orders. 6. Other Modifications to Contract. 7. Field Test Records. 8. Maintenance Data Delivered with Equipment. B. Store documents in field office, apart from documents used for construction. C. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. D. Maintain documents in clean, dry legible conditions. E. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. F. Make documents available at all times for inspection by Engineer and Owner.

1.3 RECORDING

A. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. B. Keep documents current. C. Contract Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to variances from plan. Elevations shall be accurate within 0.10 feet vertically. Reference dimensions shall be accurate to within 0.50 feet horizontally. 2. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances references to permanent surface improvements. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. D. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark up each Section to record:

01720 - 1 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. E. Shop Drawings: Maintain as record documents; legibly annotate drawings to record changes made after review.

1.4 SUBMITTAL

A. At completion of project, deliver record documents to Engineer. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, signed by Contractor, or his authorized representative.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

01720 - 2

SECTION 02010

SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Jobsite Administration: Section 01043 B. Shoring: Section 02400

1.2 SOIL REPORTS

A. Any data on soil and/or subsurface conditions shown in the Plans or Specifications is not to be taken as a representation, but is based on limited information and is at best only an opinion; consequently, such data cannot be considered precise or complete and there is no guarantee as to its completeness, accuracy, or precision. B. A limited soils investigation was performed for this project to determine general characteristics of the existing subsurface. Due to limited project budget, the scope was limited and may not have adequately addressed the subsurface conditions in all areas. C. Additional Investigation: 1. Contractor should visit the site and acquaint himself with site conditions before submitting a bid, and the submission of a bid will be prima facie evidence that he has done so. 2. Prior to bidding, Contractor may make his own subsurface investigations to satisfy himself with site and subsurface conditions.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The Contractor shall readjust work performed that does not meet technical or design requirements. B. The Contractor shall make no deviations from the Contract Documents without specific and written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining approval from responsible agency or property owner before performing any exploratory excavations.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

02010-1

SECTION 02016

EXISTING UTILITIES

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Jobsite Administration: Section 01043 B. Earthwork: Section 02200 C. Grading: Section 02210 D. Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting: Section 02221

1.2 PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES

A. Existing above-ground utilities, including but not limited to power transmission and distribution, telegraph, telephone and traffic control systems, whether shown on the drawings or not, shall be maintained, relocated, rerouted, removed and restored as may be necessary by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to owners and operators of the utilities. B. Existing major underground utilities and appurtenant structures, whether shown on the drawings or not, shall be maintained, relocated, rerouted, removed and restored by the Contractor. In the following special cases, the Contractor will be reimbursed in accordance with the General Conditions for all costs of modifying, rerouting, relaying or maintaining service of major underground utilities. 1. An existing utility is found during construction to cross the ditch line at an elevation between the top and bottom of the proposed pipeline or structure to be constructed under this contract together with the required pipe zone. 2. An existing underground utility is found during construction to cross or project within the utility conflict limits for the proposed work at an angle of 30° or less at any elevation. 3. For the purposes of these special cases, utility conflict limit shall be two (2) feet either side of the edge of the pipe. 4. The existing water line is excluded from this special case and no reimbursement will be made for conflicts. 5. In no case shall the Contractor be reimbursed if the conflict is clearly shown on the drawings. C. Minor underground utility service lines, including but not limited to sanitary sewer services, gas services, water services, house or yard drains, and electricity or telephone services and driveway culverts shall be maintained, relocated, rerouted, removed and restored by the Contractor with the least possible interference with such services and in no case shall the interference

02016-1

of such service lines be considered for extra compensation under any of the special cases listed above, except sanitary sewer service occurring at an elevation between the top and bottom of the proposed pipeline or structure together with the pipe zone. D. The right is reserved by owners of public utilities and franchises to enter upon any street, road, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of maintaining their property and for making necessary repairs or adjustments caused by the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall save the Owner harmless of any costs so incurred. E. For purpose of this section, "pipe zone" is defined as extending from the bottom of the required excavation to six (6) inches over the top of the pipe.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. In addition to the General Conditions, the Contractor will be required to have available a pipe finder and a man capable in its use and to utilize same to satisfy himself as to exact location of such underground facilities in the interest of avoiding unnecessary damage, maintenance costs, and to insure continuity of customer service. It is recommended that the Contractor make arrangements with the applicable utility company or department to aid in the location and maintenance of existing utilities.

1.4 RESTORATION OF DRAINAGE FACILITIES

A. Where it is necessary for drainage facilities to be removed and replaced, existing pipe and catch basins may be reinstalled when approved by the agency having jurisdiction. B. The materials shall be cleaned. C. When it is necessary to replace existing pipe or catch basins, the new materials shall be of equal strength and similar design to existing materials. D. Installation shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of these specifications. E. All costs, whether new or existing facilities are installed, shall be considered to be included in the unit prices bid for the various items and no additional payment shall be allowed.

* * * END OF SECTION *

02016-2

SECTION 02100

ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL

1. GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Work covered in this section addresses the management of the following materials when they are encountered during construction projects:

1. Asbestos cement pipe (AC pipe), and

2. Corrugated metal pipe culverts coated with asbestos containing black mastic (black mastic CMP).

3. Other forms of asbestos containing pipe or related asbestos containing materials.

B. Work covered by this section shall be accomplished in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, including, but not limited to:

1. Alaska Occupational Safety & Health Administration, Alaska Administrative Code, Title 8 Labor & Workforce Development

2. 29 CFR 1926.1101, Asbestos in Construction

3. 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M, Asbestos National Emission Standards Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS)

1.2 REGULATORY BACKGROUND

A. AC pipe and black mastic CMP are defined under NESHAPS as Category II, non-friable, non-regulated materials that could be rendered friable by the forces acting upon them during removal and disposal. If the materials remain nonfriable, as defined by the NESHAPS, they can be disposed as conventional demolition debris so long as the disposal facility is willing to accept them.

B. If AC pipe or black mastic CMP is rendered friable, however, the materials become regulated under the disposal requirements of 40 CFR 61.150 and must be disposed of as hazardous materials at an approved facility that is certified to accept friable asbestos. EPA defines friable as a material that, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

02100-1

C. EPA’s Alaska office has reviewed the issue of cutting AC pipe or black mastic CMP in the trench and has concluded that the cuts themselves will never exceed the regulatory threshold of 260 linear feet of pipe, regardless of how many cuts are required in a given project. As a result, EPA’s NESHAPS regulations do not apply and NESHAPS notification is not necessary.

D. Under current federal Occupational Safety and Heath Administration (OSHA) regulations, the cutting of AC pipe or black mastic CMP is identified as Class II asbestos WORK. Under current State of Alaska Department of Labor regulations workers employed on Class II asbestos jobs (as defined by OSHA) must be certified abatement workers in the state of Alaska.

2. PROCEDURES

2.1 CONTRACTOR CUTTING AND REMOVAL

A. When conflicts are encountered with AC pipe or black mastic CMP, the preferred approach is to cut the conflicting section of pipe or culvert, remove the cut section from the trench, and dispose of it.

B. For field-cutting operations involving AC pipe and black mastic CMP, the CONTRACTOR shall set up a regulated area using danger tape to adequately isolate the work zone and use sufficient water during the cutting operation to eliminate all dust emissions.

C. Employees performing cutting operations shall hold a current Department of Labor certificate of fitness for asbestos abatement and shall wear respiratory protection and other appropriate personal protective equipment.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform personal air monitoring for the employee who performs cutting operations to ascertain that the asbestos action level of 0.1 fibers/cc was never exceeded. Samples shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR or via a third party arrangement. Analysis shall be by PCM, and shall be performed by fully trained personnel employed by an approved independent testing laboratory. Results must be available within one week of each sampling period and shall be entered into the employee’s records.

E. For AC pipe or black mastic CMP to be removed from the ground, the CONTRACTOR shall use the necessary care to ensure that the materials remain non-friable. Non-friable materials removed from the ground shall be wrapped in two layers of 6-mil poly or packed in a poly-lined open-top drum.

F. For AC pipe or black mastic CMP to be left in the ground, the CONTRACTOR

02100-2

shall remove any friable material from the trench before backfilling occurs.

G. Any materials from AC pipe and black mastic CMP that become friable shall be removed from the trench, double bagged in 6-mil poly bags, labeled, stored, transported, and disposed of as regulated asbestos-containing materials, all in accordance with applicable regulations.

DISPOSAL

A. For small quantities (6 drums or less) of AC pipe or black mastic CMP, the City and Borough of Wrangell will accept such materials (for a fee), delivered to the baling facility in poly-lined, open-top drums, sealed. The drums will be stored at the facility until the local annual Household Hazardous waste event occurs, at which point they will be shipped out for disposal. Call the facility at 907-225- 2370 for additional information.

B. For larger quantities of AC pipe or black mastic CMP, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for shipping and disposing of the material in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations.

C. The City and Borough of Wrangell does not accept any asbestos-containing materials (friable or nonfriable) for disposal at the local landfill.

D. Capitol Disposal landfill in Juneau does accept nonfriable (and hence non- regulated) asbestos containing material. Call the facility at 907-780-7801 for additional information.

END OF SECTION

02100-3

SECTION 02110

DEMOLITION

1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Division 1 Specifications B. Section 02200: Earthwork C. Section 02221: Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities

1.2 PROTECTION

A. Streets, roads, adjacent property and other work to remain shall be protected throughout the work.

B. Pavement may be cut only where authorized and only to the extent specified.

C. Any material damaged by Contractor's operations shall be replaced with new material by the Contractor.

2. EXECUTION 2.1 CUTTING PAVEMENT

A. Unless specified otherwise by the authority having control over the pavement, cutting of pavement shall be as specified herein.

B. All pavement shall be neatly cut by machine before excavation therein begins.

C. Pavement shall be removed to a width that is at least 6 inches back of the anticipated width of the trench, except that strips of concrete remaining between the trench opening and expansion of contraction joints shall not be less than 6 feet in width.

D. Pavement cuts shall be straight and parallel, and for concrete shall provide beveled edges such that the pavement cut is approximately 1-1/2 inch wider at the top of the slab than at the bottom.

E. No undercutting shall be permitted, and where trenching operations result in undercutting of pavement beyond the cutting limits herein set forth, the

02110-1

Contractor shall at his own expense, make whatever repairs that may be required by the right-of-way owner.

2.2 CUTTING WALKS

A. Concrete sidewalk(s) shall be cut as specified above for concrete pavement, except that where such cutting would leave strips of walk less than 3 feet wide, or where in the opinion of the Engineer, the strips remaining would be damaged by the cutting, the entire walk shall be removed.

2.3 PRIVATE DRIVEWAYS, CULVERTS AND MISCELLANEOUS

A. General: 1. Pipe laying operations in the project area may necessitate temporary removal of mail boxes, newspaper tubes, landscaping logs, fences, private driveways, drains, service lines, conduits, etc., to facilitate construction. 2. In the event that the Contractor finds it necessary to remove the above mentioned items, it is to be particularly understood that it will be his responsibility to restore these items in a manner equal to their original condition. 3. The Contractor shall maintain adequate temporary provisions for domestic deliveries and utilities service and access for fire fighting equipment.

B. The preceding requirement will be the same for any temporary removal of road culverts, whether under state, local, or private jurisdiction.

C. The cost of the above described work shall be incidental to the pipe work and no additional compensation shall be made to the Contractor.

D. The Contractor shall make every effort to prevent blocking private driveways for more than a reasonable time; and shall make such driveways immediately accessible on order of the Engineer.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

02110-2

SECTION 02200

EARTHWORK

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Subsurface Conditions: Section 02010 B. Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting: Section 02221 C Water Lines: Section 02555

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. This section describes general requirements for all types of earthwork and is applicable to all earthworks required on the project.

1.3 CLASSIFICATION

A. All excavation is unclassified. The terms earthwork or excavation include all materials excavated or removed regardless of material characteristics. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the kind and extent of materials, which will be encountered in the excavation.

1.4 QUALITY CONTROL ASSURANCE

A. Soils and Backfill: Moisture density standard ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T- 180 Method “D”, unless otherwise specifically approved. B. In-place Density Determination: Sandcone method ASTM D1556 or Nuclear Method ASTM D2922. C. Classification of Soils ASTM D2487. D. Quality assurance monitoring of subgrade backfill and embankment materials shall be paid for by the Owner. E. Minimum frequency for testing is indicated below. Additional testing may be necessary depending on circumstances and failure rate.

1. Mechanical Analysis on Imported Material a. One sample for approval, prior to use of the following, plus regular checks as shown:

Material Frequency

Backfill gravel One per 2000 tons

02200-1

Foundation gravel One per 600 L.F. Bedding, all types One per 600 L.F. Crushed Top Course One per 1000 tons

2. Mechanical Analysis on Native Soils a. Street Improvements - minimum one per 600 feet on in place material prior to compaction. 3. Density - Trench Backfill a. Dedicated Rights of Way - 3 per 300 L.F. of trench @ spring line, mid trench and surface. b. Easements, one at spring line per 300 L.F. 4. Density - Street and Road Construction a. One test per 400 L.F. on each lift of classified fill and backfill. b. One test per 400 L.F. on completed subgrade prior to approval of concrete pour, or placement of leveling course.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Import backfill gradation and moisture density compaction curve test reports. B. Embankment and native backfill materials gradations and moisture density standards curve test reports. C. Certification of gradation and compliance with referenced standards, and moisture density standards test reports from qualified testing laboratory. D. Density test results in approved format. E. If at any time the Contractor changes the source and/or stockpile from which materials are obtained, certificates of gradation for these new sources will also be required. The Contractor shall make allowances in his unit prices bid for these items to cover expenses incurred in having this certification made and no additional compensation will be allowed. F. During construction, the Owner may elect to have further gradation testing completed on the materials being furnished by the Contractor. This testing will be at the expense of the Owner, however, the Contractor shall provide material samples as may be necessary to complete this testing and these material samples will be furnished from material available on the job site or from the Contractor's source and/or supplier.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. These materials shall be native materials and as described in this section.

2.2 GRAVEL BEDDING MATERIAL

02200-2

A. Bedding material shall be a locally available clean natural occurring or crushed sand/gravel mixture free from organic matter and conforming to the following gradation when tested in accordance with ASTM D422.

U.S. Standard Percent Passing, Sieve Size by Weight

3/4" 100 3/8" 70 - 100 No. 4 55 - 100 No. 10 35 - 95 No. 20 20 - 80 No. 40 10 - 55 No. 100 0 - 10 No. 200 0 - 3

B. Aggregate material conforming to "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction", latest edition of the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities, untreated base classification D-1, will be acceptable in lieu of the gradations specified in paragraph 2.2A.

2.3 BACKFILL GRAVEL

A. Backfill gravel shall be naturally occurring screened or crushed gravel. It shall be free from muck, frozen material, roots, sod or other extraneous or objectionable materials. It shall have such characteristics of size and shape that it will compact readily. It shall have a plasticity index not greater than six (6). B. All material shall have maximum size of four (4) inches and not more than ten (10) percent shall pass a No. 200 sieve. The percent of minus 200 will be determined on minus three (3) inch material. C. Tallying for pay quantities shall be as established by the Contractor and Engineer prior to construction.

2.4 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

A. Aggregate shall be crushed stone or crushed gravel, and shall consist of sound, tough, durable pebbles or rock fragments of uniform quality. All material shall be free from clay balls, vegetable matter or other deleterious matters. In addition, aggregate shall meet the following requirements:

Percent of Wear AASHTO T-96 50 max. Degradation Value ATM T-13 45 min. Percent Fracture ATM T-4 70 min.

02200-3

B. Crushed aggregate base course shall meet the requirements of the State of Alaska "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction", latest edition, section 703-2.03. Gradation shall conform to the requirements of grading D-1 unless otherwise specified.

C. A special gradation, E-1, for gravel road applications only shall meet all the requirements for grading D-1 except the percent passing the No. 200 sieve shall be between 6-10%.

2.5 SHOT ROCK EMBANKMENT

A. Shot rock embankment shall be naturally appearing blasted rock from a quarry. It shall generally be 6” minus in size except that the top 6 inches of the embankment shall be 3 inch minus.

2.6 RIPRAP

A. Riprap shall consist of broken stone, concrete in sacks, or concrete slabs placed on shoulders, slopes or such other places as may be indicated in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. The stone for loose riprap shall be hard, sound and durable. It shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather. C. Spalls are defined as broken rock in sizes ranging from 3” to 1/3 cubic foot. Loose riprap shall be free of rock fines, soil or other extraneous material. D. Should the riprap contain insufficient spalls within the definition and gradation requirement listed above, the Contractor shall furnish and place supplementary spall material from a source approved by the Engineer, at the Contractor’s expense. E. The grading of the riprap shall be determined by the Engineer by visual inspection of the load before it is dumped into place, or, if so ordered by the Engineer, by dumping individual loads on a flat surface and sorting and measuring the individual rocks contained in the load. F. Stone shall be hard angular quarry and have a percentage of wear of not more than 50 at 500 revolutions as determined by ASTM C-535. The least dimension of any piece of stone shall be not lee than 160 pounds per dry cubic foot. Rock shall have an absorption rate greater than 2.5% as determined by ASTM C 97-83. G. The riprap stone shall form a smooth gradation curve without a large spread between median and maximum sizes and shall have the following gradation limits. 1. CLASS I – No more than 10% of the stones by total weight shall weigh more than 400 pounds per piece and o more than 15% by

02200-4

weight of the stones shall weigh less than 50 pounds per piece. The stones shall be evenly graded and a minimum of 50% by weight of the stones shall weigh 200 pounds or more per piece. 2. CLASS II – The following gradation is required:

Specific Stone Size Percent Smaller Stone Wt. (lbs) By Weight %

300 100 150 50 - 80 75 20 - 50 50 0 - 20

3. CLASS III – No more than 10% by total weight of the stones shall weigh more than 140 lbs each, and not more than 50% by total weight of the stones shall weigh less than 70 lbs each.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 BEDDING MATERIALS

A. Bedding materials shall be placed in accordance with the requirements for the utility being installed. Refer to appropriate utility specification section.

3.2 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

A. Conform to Section 301 of the AKDOT&PF, SSHC except as follows for placement requirements.

1. Density requirement shall be 95% of the maximum density as determined by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T180 or ATM 212.

3.3 SHOT ROCK EMBANKMENT

A. Embankment shall be placed in lifts whose loose thickness does not exceed 2 feet. Material shall be dumped on the existing fill and dozed into place. In addition to mechanical compaction, it shall be compacted by routing the hauling and placing equipment over the entire area prior to placing the next lift.

3.4 RIPRAP

A. A footing trench shall be excavated along the toe of the slope when shown on the plans. The stones shall be handled or dumped into place so as to secure a stone mass of the thickness, height, and length shown on the plans,

02200-5

or as staked with a minimum of voids. Undesirable voids shall be filled in with small stones or spalls. The rock shall be manipulated sufficiently by means of a bulldozer, rock tongs, or other suitable equipment to secure a reasonably regular surface and mass stability.

B. Riprap protection shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying material. Placing of riprap protection in layers or by dumping into chutes or by similar methods likely to cause segregation will not be permitted.

All material going into riprap protection shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulation or area composed largely of either the larger or smaller sizes of stone.

C. Unless otherwise authorized, the riprap protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of the embankment with only sufficient lag in construction of the riprap protection as may be necessary to prevent mixture of embankment and riprap material.

D. The Contractor shall provide a level compact area of sufficient size to dump and sort typical loads of riprap at approved locations(s). He shall further dump loads specified in the area and assist the Engineer as needed to sort and measure the stones in the load for the purpose of determining if the riprap is within specifications. Mechanical equipment as needed to assist in the sorting shall be provided by the Contractor at not additional cost to the Owner.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

02200-6

SECTION 02221

TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Subsurface Conditions: Section 02010 B. Existing Utilities: Section 02016 C. Earthwork: Section 02200

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL ASSURANCE

A. Conform to Section 02200 and as specified herein.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Conform to Section 02200.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Materials used for backfill shall be native materials as described herein or imported materials as described in Section 02200.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 TRENCHING

A. All material excavated from trenches and piled adjacent to the trench or in a roadway or public thoroughfare shall be piled and maintained so that the toe of the slope of the spoil material is at least two (2) feet from the edge of the trench. It shall be piled in such a manner that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, and provision shall be made for merging traffic where such is necessary. Free access shall be provided to all fire hydrants, water valves and meters, and clearance shall be left to enable the free flow of storm water in all gutters, conduits, and natural watercourses.

B. All ledge rock boulders, or stones, shall be removed to provide a minimum clearance of six (6) inches under and around the pipe.

C. All materials removed shall be replaced with satisfactory waste materials 02221-1

from other trenches or from imported bedding or backfill, as determined by the Engineer. All costs for backfilling shall be considered as incidental to this item. Engineer shall determine if material conforms with the requirements of Specifications Section 02200.

3.2 TRENCHING FOR WATER LINES

A. All trenches shall be dug to true and smooth bottom grades and in accordance with the grades indicated on the Drawings. Trench widths shall not exceed thirty six inches (36 inches) maximum or 12 times outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches whichever is greater. Standard excavation equipment shall be adjusted so as to excavate the narrowest ditch possible. Ditch sides shall be straight and vertical unless otherwise required by OSHA. B. The depth of trenching for water mains shall be such as to give a minimum cover of 48 inches over the top of the pipe unless otherwise specified. No additional compensation will be allowed for the small amount of deeper excavation which may be required, due to localized breaks in grade, or installing the new main under existing culverts or other utilities where necessary. Where profile of pipeline and ground surface is shown on the Plans, pipeline shall be laid to elevation shown unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. C. Excavation shall be to such depth that the minimum cover over the valve nuts shall be one foot. No valve shall be located in such a position as to be in any roadside ditch, drainage ditch or channel. D. The minimum amount of open trench shall conform to the ADOT&PF requirements.

E. Trenches shall be over excavated below the specified grade to provide for bedding material specified.

H. The length of trench excavated in advance of the pipe laying shall be kept to a minimum, and in no case shall more than 150 feet of trench be open unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.

I. Pay limits for import backfill and surface restoration shall apply irregardless of trenching methods employed by Contractor to ensure safe operation and in order to meet OSHA trenching regulations.

3.3 TRENCHING FOR SEWERS

A. All trenches shall be excavated true to lines and grades in accordance with the grades indicated on the Plans.

02221-2

B. Trenches shall be of sufficient width to permit proper jointing of the pipe and backfilling of material along the sides of the pipe.

C. Trenches shall be excavated with ditch sides straight and vertical unless otherwise required by OSHA. Utilize shoring as required in accordance with Section 02150, Shoring.

D. Excavation for manholes and other structures shall be sufficient to provide a minimum of 12 inches between their outside surfaces and the sides of the excavation.

E. Trench width at the surface of the ground shall be kept to the minimum amount necessary to install the pipe in a safe manner.

F. Trench width at the bottom of the trench and up to a point 6 inches above the crown of the pipe shall not exceed 36 inches or 1-1/2 times the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches, whichever is greater, except as shown on the Plans.

G. Unless otherwise specified, the trenches shall be excavated below the specified grade a sufficient distance to provide for bedding material as specified.

H. The length of trench excavated in advance of the pipe laying shall be kept to a minimum, and in no case shall more than 150 feet of sewer line trench be open unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.

3.4 PIPE FOUNDATIONS

A. Where the trench bottom is in a material which is unsuitable for foundation or material which will make it difficult to obtain uniform bearing for the pipe, such material shall be removed and a stable foundation provided in accordance with details on the Contract Drawings. B. Proper preparation of foundation and placement of foundation material, where required, shall precede the installation of all pipe. This shall include the necessary preparation of the native trench bottom and/or the top of the foundation material to a uniform grade so that the entire length of pipe rests firmly on a suitable properly compacted material. Backfill material around the pipe will be placed in a manner to meet requirements specified in respective sections for installation of pipeline.

02221-3

C. Gravel to be used for foundation purposes shall be of a type and gradation to provide a solid compact bedding in the trench. Since trench conditions vary, foundation gravel requirements will change. D. Unsuitable material for foundation purposes below the depth required for the specified bedding shall be removed. Excavated materials shall be disposed of at an approved waste site and all costs involved in the excavating and wasting of this material shall be considered as incidental.

3.5 PIPE BEDDING

A. Placement of bedding material in the pipe zone shall be as specified in the section regarding the pipeline being constructed.

3.6 BACKFILLING

A. Pipe bedding and backfill to six inches (6") over the top of the pipe shall be completed before backfilling operations are started. B. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the pipe from any damage, movement or shifting. In general, backfilling shall be performed by pushing the material from the end of the trench into, along and directly over the pipe so that the material will be applied in the form of a rolling slope rather than by side filling which may damage the pipe. Backfilling from the sides of the trench will be permitted after sufficient material has first been carefully placed over the pipe to such a depth to protect the pipe. C. The Contractor shall also provide for the proper maintenance of traffic flow and accessibility as may be necessary, and he shall also make adequate provisions for the safety of property and persons. D. Temporary cribbing, sheeting, or other timbering shall be removed unless specifically authorized in writing. E. The Contractor shall maintain the water level at the bottom of the trench. Where dewatering of the trench has been accomplished by well-points, wells or any other such methods that would lower the water table surrounding the trench areas, such dewatering shall be continued until the trench is completely backfilled. F. All brush, stumps, logs, planking, disconnected drains, boulders, etc., shall be removed from the material to be used for backfilling the trench. The cost of removal and disposal of these items shall be considered as incidental to the construction and no further compensation shall be allowed. G. Where original excavated material is unsuitable for trench backfill, backfill gravel shall be placed. The unsuitable material shall be removed to a disposal area. Backfill gravel shall be used for backfill only where original material is unsuitable and upon approval by the Engineer. Backfill gravel shall be as specified in Section 02200. H. Where it is required that a blanket of select material be placed on top of the

02221-4

native backfill, the backfill shall be placed to the elevations shown on the Plans, or to the elevation the Engineer may direct, and shall be leveled to provide for a uniform thickness of the selected material. Compaction of the native material shall be as required by the Owner and shall be performed prior to placing the select material. I. Backfill gravel: Wherever a trench is excavated in a paved roadway, sidewalk or other area where minor settlements would be detrimental and where the native excavated material is not suitable for compaction as backfill, the trench shall be backfilled to such depth as the Engineer may direct with Backfill Gravel. Backfill Gravel shall be imported backfill gravel or may be suitable materials hauled from another portion of the project conforming to the requirements of Section 02200. Engineer shall determine if material conforms with the requirements of Specifications Section 02200.

3.7 GENERAL COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS

A. When working in an existing traveled roadway, restoration and compaction must be achieved as the trench is backfilled so as to maintain traffic. B. All trench backfill under roadways shall be mechanically compacted to 95% of maximum density. Maximum lifts shall be 12 inches. C. Any trench in which 95% density cannot be achieved with existing backfill, the top four feet shall be replaced with backfill gravel mechanically compacted to 95%. Placement shall be in 12 inch lifts maximum. D. All crushed aggregate base course shall be mechanically compacted to 98% of maximum density. E. Trench backfill in easements and lawn areas which do not support vehicle traffic shall be mechanically compacted to 90% of maximum density. Maximum lifts shall be 12 inches.

3.8 MECHANICAL COMPACTION

A. The density of compacted backfill material shall meet 95% of the maximum density as outlined in Section 02200 or as outlined in the permit issued by the governing body responsible for the roadway. B. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide the proper size and type of compaction equipment and select the proper method of utilizing said equipment to attain the required compaction density. C. In place compaction tests shall be made. Contractor shall remove and recompact material that does not meet specified requirements.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

02221-5

SECTION 02400

SHORING

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting: Section 02221

B. Storm Drains: Section 02520

C. Water Mains: Section 02555

D. Sanitary Sewers: Section 02560

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor's sheeting and shoring plans shall be designed by a structural engineer with experience in the work.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 TRENCHES

A. Materials used shall be at the Contractor's option.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Shoring shall be placed in accordance with federal, state and local safety requirements.

3.2 CRIBBING AND SHEETING

A. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall provide all cribbing and sheeting needed to protect the work, adjacent property and improvements, utilities, pavement, etc., and to provide safe working conditions in the trench.

B. Removal of any or all cribbing and sheeting from the trench shall be accomplished in such a manner as to fulfill all of the above requirements and shall also be accomplished in such a manner as to prevent any damage to the 02400-1

work.

C. Damages resulting from improper cribbing or from failure to crib shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Cribbing will not be a pay item and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract price for each of the various items of work included in the project unless otherwise provided.

D. Whether cribbing and sheeting shall be left in place or removed shall be at the option of the Contractor, provided that removal of any an all sheet piling, sheeting or cribbing used in trench or structure excavation shall be accomplished in the manner as to prevent the settlement of the pipes or other work and to prevent increased backfill loading which might overload the pipe or walls of the structure. Should the Owner order that any sheeting or cribbing be left in place, the Contractor shall not remove the same but will receive payment for the materials left in place on a unit price basis, if such be in the Contract or at the market value thereof, if there be no such unit price.

3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE

A. Shoring to be removed, or moveable trench shields or boxes, shall be located at least 2½ pipe diameters away from the pipe, if the bottom of the shoring, shield or box extends below the top of flexible pipe, unless a satisfactory means of reconsolidating the bedding or side support material disturbed by shoring removal can be demonstrated. Damages resulting from improper shoring or failure to shore shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

***END OF SECTION***

02400-2

SECTION 02520

STORM DRAINAGE

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Subsurface Conditions: Section 02010 B. Existing Utilities: Section 02016 C. Earthwork: Section 02200 D. Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction: Section 02221 E. Shoring: Section 02400 F. Dewatering: Section 02530 G. Water Lines: Section 02555 H. Sanitary Sewer: Section 02560

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to the requirements of Section 02555.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 BEDDING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Section 02200.

2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE MATERIAL

A. Pipe used for storm sewer and drainage culvert construction may be of any of the materials specified herein unless otherwise provided.

2.3 GALVANIZED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE

A. Galvanized corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation M36 or M167 as applicable, 16 gage unless otherwise provided.

B. Coated uniformly inside and out with asphalt coating to meet the requirements of AASHTO Designation M190. The Contractor may substitute polymer coating such as "Black Klad", if approved by the Engineer. All fittings and couplings shall be coated.

02520-1

C. Coupling band shall meet the requirements AASHTO M36 and wide enough to cover at least two annular corrugations. Gasket shall be provided.

D. When specified, galvanized steel end sections shall be flared, beveled shop- assembled units to serve as structural, hydraulic and aesthetic end treatment to corrugated steel culverts. They may be attached to corrugated steel culverts by threaded rods, by riveting or bolting per manufacturer's standard procedure. End sections shall have a turned down lip or toe plate at the wide end to act as a cut- off. The material for the end section shall be galvanized steel meeting the requirements of AASHTO M36 or same gage as pipe.

2.4 SMOOTH INTERIOR CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE

A. Four through ten inch diameters shall meet all the requirements of AASHTO M252 with the addition that the pipe shall have a smooth interior liner.

B. Twelve through thirty-six inch diameter shall conform to AASHTO M294 Type S.

C. Coupling bands shall cover at least one full corrugations of each section of pipe.

D. Pipe fittings shall conform to AASHTO M252 or AASHTO M294.

E. Pipe joints shall be water tight with factory installed gasket which will not require any additional couplers, grout, or sealants. The joints shall conform to ASTM 3212 lab testing and ASTM C969 Watertight field test.

F. All storm drainage pipe shall be “ADS N-12 HP” or “Handcor Blueseal” no substitutions shall be allowed.

2.5 PRECAST MANHOLES

A. Conform to Section 02730.

2.6 CORRUGATED MANHOLES

A. Corrugated manholes may be used if specified and shall be as shown on the Standard Details. B. Detailed plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before manufacturer in accordance with Section 01340.

2.7 CATCH BASINS

A. Catch basins and inlets may be constructed of precast units, concrete masonry units, or of concrete or clay brick, or cast-in-place concrete all in

02520-2

accordance with the Standard Details.

2.8 CAST IRON FRAMES AND COVERS

A. Conform to Section 02730 except cover shall have word "Drain" in 2-inch raised letters.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Conform to applicable requirements of Section 02730 except as modified herein.

3.2 BEDDING FOR CORRUGATED PIPE

A. Material for sidefill around and to the crown elevation of corrugated pipe shall be selected and shall not contain stones larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension, frozen lumps, roots, or moisture in excess of that permitting thorough compaction. B. Material placed within the pipe compaction zone shall be brought up simultaneously on each side of the pipe to the top of the pipe and compacted to 95% as defined by Section 02200.

3.3 CATCH BASINS AND INLETS

A. Construction details for catch basins and inlets shall follow all applicable provisions for construction of manholes. B. Backfill around catch basins shall be placed around the catch basins and compacted in successive layers six (6) inches in thickness and up to six (6) inches over the crown of the highest pipe connected to the catch basin. C. The inlet frame may be either cast into a concrete collar or set flange down on concrete adjustment blocks and mortared. It shall not, in any case, be grouted to final grade until the final elevation of the pavement, gutter, ditch or sidewalk in which it is to be placed has been established. D. Location of catch basins will be as shown on the drawings and as approved by the Engineer. E. All openings in the walls of catch basins constructed with precast sections for the insertion of pipe connections and outlet trap castings shall, after pipe or castings have been placed to their final position, be grouted tight in place in a workmanlike manner to present an inside and outside surface conforming to the Standard Details.

02520-3

F. The spigot end of the pipe shall be cut square with the last point of contact with the inside wall surface.

***END OF SECTION***

02520-4

SECTION 02525

CURBS AND SIDEWALKS

PART I GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preparation and placement of combination portland cement concrete curb and gutter.

B. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete curb.

C. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete sidewalk.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 02200 - Earthwork

B. Section 02212 – Base Course

C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-place Concrete

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) latest edition 1. 304R Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 2. 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement 2. C 33 Concrete Aggregates 3. C 94 Ready-Mixed Concrete 4. C 150 Portland Cement 5. C 260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 6. C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 7. C 494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 8. D 1751 Performed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)

02525-1

C. FS TT-C-800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.

B. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable work as directed by Owner.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit materials certificate to the independent testing laboratory which is signed by materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary striping, flagmen, barricades, warning signs, and warning lights as required.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. Forms shall be of depth equal to depth of curbing or sidewalk, and so designed as to permit secure fastening together at tops. Coat forms with non-staining type of coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete.

B. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 40.

C. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 03300 for concrete materials, admixtures, bonding materials, curing materials, and others as required.

D. Joint Fillers: Resilient pre-molded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH-F-341, Type II, Class A.

02525-2

E. Joint Sealers: Non-priming, pourable, self-leveling polyurethane. Acceptable sealants are Sonneborn "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant" Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 1 Sealant", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 2 Sealant", Mameco "Vulken 245", or Woodmont Products "Chem-Caulk".

2.2 MIX DESIGN AND TESTING

A. Concrete mix design and testing shall comply with requirements of Section 03300.

B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings. 2. Slump Range: 2 to 5-inches at time of placement 3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 7 percent

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Proof-roll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas. Begin paving work only after unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.

B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface to produce firm, smooth surface immediately before placing concrete.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Form Construction

1. Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. 2. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuance of work and so that forms remain in place minimum of 24 hours after concrete placement. 3. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10'-0" b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10'-0"

02525-3

4. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage.

B. Concrete Placement

1. Place concrete in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 2. Do not place concrete until base material and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten base material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until set at required finish elevation and alignment. 3. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. 4. Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place construction joint. Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement. Machine placement shall be at required cross section, line, grade, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified herein.

C. Joint Construction

1. Contraction Joints: Construct concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where specified on Construction Drawings, in uniform sections of length specified on Construction Drawings. Form joints between sections either by steel templates, 1/8-inch in thickness, of length equal to width of curb and gutter, and with depth which will penetrate at least 2-inches below surface of curb and gutter; or with 3/4-inch thick performed expansion joint filler cut to exact cross section of curb and gutter; or by sawing to depth of at least 2-inches while concrete is between 4 and 24 hours old. If steel templates are used, they shall be left in place until concrete has set enough to hold its shape, but shall be removed while forms are still in place. 2. Longitudinal Construction Joints: Tie concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where specified on Construction Drawings, to concrete pavement with 1/2-inch round deformed reinforcement bars of length and spacing shown on Construction Drawings.

02525-4

3. Transverse Expansion Joints: Concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or concrete sidewalk shall have filler cut to exact cross section of curb, gutter, or sidewalk. Joints shall be similar to type of expansion joint used in adjacent pavement.

D. Joint Fillers

Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2-inch or more than 1-inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1-piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together.

E. Joint Sealants

Seal joints with approved exterior pavement joint sealants. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.3 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating, test surface for trueness with 10'-0" straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous smooth finish.

B. Work edges of sidewalks, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with edging tool, rounding edge to 1/2-inch radius. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. After completion of floating and trowelling, when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1. Curbs, gutters, and sidewalks: Broom finish by drawing fine-hair broom across surface perpendicular to flow of traffic. Repeat operation as necessary to produce fine line texture.

C. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point up minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed Owner.

D. Protect and cure finished concrete paving using acceptable moist-curing methods, more particularly described in "water-curing" section of ACI 308.

3.4 BACKFILL

02525-5

A. After concrete has set sufficiently, spaces on either side of concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or concrete sidewalk shall be refilled to required elevation with suitable material compacted in accordance with Section 02200.

3.5 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

A. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just prior to final inspection.

B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials.

***END OF SECTION***

02525-6

SECTION 02530

DEWATERING

1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Division 1 Specifications B. Section 02010: Subsurface Conditions C. Section 02221: Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL

A. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to control the rate and effect of the dewatering in such a manner as to avoid all objectionable settlement and subsidence.

B. All dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of the finished project and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

C. Structures or Facilities: 1. Where critical structures or facilities exist immediately adjacent to areas of proposed dewatering, reference points should be established and observed at frequent intervals to detect any settlement which may develop. 2. Should significant settlement be observed, recharge wells could be placed between the structure and the trench and water pumped under pressure back into the soil. 3. The responsibility for conducting the dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjacent structures and facilities rests solely with the Contractor. 4. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

02530-1

2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT

A. Before operations begin, the Contractor shall have available on this site of work sufficient pumping equipment and/or other machinery to assure that the operation of the dewatering system can be maintained.

3. EXECUTION 3.1 METHODS

A. Dewatering shall be done by such method as the Contractor may elect.

B. Dewatering Operation: 1. Dewatering, sufficient to maintain the groundwater level at or below the surface of trench bottom or base of the bedding course, shall be accomplished prior to pipe laying and jointing, if not prior to excavation and placing of the bedding as called for in other sections of the specifications. 2. The dewatering operation, however accomplished, shall be carried out so that it does not destroy or weaken the strength of the soil under or alongside the trench.

C. The normal water table shall be restored to its natural level in such a manner as to not disturb the pipe and its foundation.

D. Well Points or Wells: 1. If well points or wells are used, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be sand-packed and/or other means used to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. 2. A continual check by the Contractor shall be maintained to insure that the subsurface soil is not being removed by the dewatering operation.

E. Dewatering of excavations shall be considered incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included in the cost of work to which it relates.

F. Dispose of water so as not to cause injury to public or private property or to cause a nuisance or menace to the public; construction of temporary facilities to dispose of water shall be incidental to the construction.

02530-2

G. Permanent piping systems may not be incorporated in the dewatering systems.

*** END OF SECTION ***

02530-3

SECTION 02550

ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. General and Special Conditions B. Division 1 Specifications C. Section 02200: Earthwork D. Section 02552: Pavement Repair and Resurfacing

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced; the publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. 1. State of Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities (ADOT&PF), Standard Specifications for Highway Construction 2004 Edition (SSHC). 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. ADOT&PF Alaska Test Methods, Materials Section (ATM):

B. Testing Requirements WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T27/T11 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates and Materials Finer than .075mm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregate by Washing AASHTO T308 Determining the Asphalt Content of Hot Mix Asphalt by Ignition Method ATM T313 Aggregate Degradation ATM T17 Marshall Mix Design WAQTC FOP for AASHTO TP61 Determining the Percentage of Fracture in Coarse Aggregate WAQTC TM6 Moisture Content of Bituminous Mixes by Oven

02550-1

ASTM C88 Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Materials Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C131 Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregates by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C136 or WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T27/T11 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate ASTM C183 Sampling Hydraulic Cement ASTM C566 or WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T255/T265 Total Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying ASTM D75 or WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T2 Sampling Aggregates ASTM D995 Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed Hot-Laided Bituminous Paving Mixtures WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T209 Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures WAQTC FOP for AASHTO Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T166/T275 Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Saturated Surface-Dry Specimens ASTM D2950 or WAQTC TM8 Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materials ASTM D 3666 Inspection and Testing Agencies for Bituminous Paving Materials WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T89/T90 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D 4791 Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate B. Material Requirements ASTM D242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures AASHTO M320 Performance Graded Asphalt Binder

02550-2

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340, Submittals, and the Special Contract Requirements: 1. Job Mix Design: a. The Contractor shall furnish a job mix design to the Engineer for review at least 15 days prior to production and placement of the material. b. The mix design shall conform to the criteria listed below, and shall use the same materials sources, aggregate gradations, and asphalt grade as will be used in the pavement. c. The mix design shall be prepared by an approved, independent laboratory and stamped by a registered Professional Engineer or by a State of Alaska laboratory. d. The mix design shall have been prepared no earlier than 1 year prior to the start of placement of pavement. 2. Test reports for tests as specified below.

B. Certify that materials comply with specification requirements.

C. Certificate shall be signed by asphalt concrete producer and Contractor.

D. Submit a paving and plant control plan. Address sequence of operations and outline steps to assure process quality control.

1.3a QUALITY CONTROL TESTING

The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these specifications. The testing program should include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate/bituminous moistures and field compaction. Test reports shall be submitted daily. The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the Contractors testing and laboratory procedures.

1.3b SAMPLING

The Contractor will be responsible for all sampling as directed by the Engineer. Sampling will include Hot Mix taken from behind the screed prior to compaction and Cores taken from the mat. The Engineer will determine the location of the samples by a random method (ASTM D3665). Sampling for Assurance testing will be witnessed by the Engineer or his representative and the samples will be turned over for Assurance testing. Splitting of Assurance samples by the Engineer to provide for Contractor Quality Control testing is encouraged.

02550-3

A. All sampling will be in accordance with standard procedures specified.

Field: Sample plate with finder cable, square-nose shovel and metal containers with lids will be required for the sampling of Hot Mix behind the screed. The sample plate should be dimensioned to require only one placement of the plate during sampling, yielding enough material to perform the required tests. A cookie cutter may be used but is not required. Coring equipment shall be capable of cutting a neat full depth 6 inch core.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The Engineer shall establish and maintain control of the work covered under this section to insure compliance with the contract requirements, including but not limited to the items listed below. 1. Asphalt concrete tests shall be performed for gradation of aggregate materials, asphalt content, density and thickness as follows. 2. The project quantity for each phase of paving will be considered as one Lot. The Lot will be divided into 10 equal sub-lots , each randomly sampled and tested for asphalt content, density and gradation. Any test results from a sublot which fall outside of the tolerance limits may be cause for rejection. 3. Any area that is visibly segregated, fails to meet surface tolerance requirements, or cools below the Contractors ability to complete the minimum specified compaction is considered unacceptable. The Engineer may reject material which appears to be defective based on visual inspection. If you request a test of the rejected material, two samples will be collected and tested. If all test results are within specifications, you will be paid. If any of the test results fail to meet Specifications, no payment will be made and you must remove and dispose of the rejected material. 4. Samples: a. Cement Content and Gradation: Samples taken for determination of asphalt cement content and gradation will be taken from behind the screed and prior to compaction in each sub-lot at the random location selected by the Engineer. b. Density: The Contractor shall cut one full-depth core with a minimum diameter of 6 inches from each sub-lot at the random location selected by the Engineer, within 24 hours of final rolling.

02550-4

c. All voids left by sampling will be filled with asphalt material and compacted within 24 hours. 5. Testing: a. Cement Content: Asphalt cement content will be determined by AASHTO 308, Ignition Method. b. Gradation: Aggregate remaining after the ignition oven has burned off the asphalt cement.

c. Density: The Target value for Mat Density shall be 95% of the theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (MSG) as determined by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T209. Tolerance limits for Mat Density shall be 93- 98%. For Densities less than the Target value a price adjustment of 2% for each 1% below the Target value, shall be deducted for the sublot. For the first Lot the MSG will be determined by the Job Mix Formula (JMF). This may be adjusted if the testing of the first two sublots demonstrates a minimum average variance of 2 pcf from the JMF MSG, all other factors being equal. Subsequent sublots will use the average MSG of the first two sublots within that Lot. Cores taken for evaluation of density will be tested for BSG in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T166/T275.

2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. Asphalt-concrete pavement shall conform to Section 401 of ADOT&PF- SSHC 2004 Edition in its entirety, with gradation meeting Type II of Table 703-3, except as otherwise specified herein. 1. Material: a. Asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28 conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M-320. b. Asphalt content shall be the optimum as determined by Alaska Test Method T-17, Standard Method of Test of Bituminous Mix Design by the Marshall Method with anti-strip agent equal to 0.3% by weight of the asphalt cement. c. A single source of asphalt material shall be used for the entire job. 2. The job mix design shall be prepared by Alaska Test Method T-17, using the criteria listed under Table 401-1, Sec. 401 of the ADOT&PF- SSHC, Class “B”. 02550-5

3. Maximum acceptable tolerance of asphalt content shall be within 0.4% from optimum asphalt content, except that minimum tolerance shall not fall below 4.8%. Design asphalt content shall not be lower than 5.0% by total weight of mix. 4. The job design mix material for asphalt concrete mixture shall conform with ADOT&PF, SSHC, Sec. 703-2.04 and Table 703-3, Type II gradation. Production tolerances will conform to Table 401-2 of Section 401 for gradation. . 5. Paragraphs 401-4.01, 401-4.03, and 401-5.01, regarding method of measurement, contract price adjustments, and basis of payment shall not apply.

C. Tack coat and prime coat shall conform to Section 402 Tack Coat and Section 403 Prime Coat of ADOT&PF-SSHC in its entirety, except as otherwise specified herein. 1. Tack coat material shall be asphalt conforming to ASTM D-2397, Type CSS-1. 2. Prime coat material shall be Grade MC-30 or MC-70 of AASHTO M- 82. 3. Paragraphs 402-4.01, 402-5.01, 403-4.01, and 403-5.01 regarding measurement and payment shall not apply.

3. EXECUTION 3.2 ASPHALT-CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Aggregates shall be properly stockpiled. Aggregates that have become mixed with earth or foreign material, or become coated with undesirable material shall not be used.

B. Hot mix tests shall be performed to verify compliance with approved job mix design. 1. Asphalt content shall be determined by AASHTO T308. Samples taken for the determination of asphalt content shall be taken from behind the screed prior to initial compaction, or at the end of the auger. 2. Density and stability shall be determined in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T166/T275. 3. Aggregate gradation shall be determined in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T27/T11. 02550-6

4. Sampling shall provide a representative sample of aggregate incorporated into the asphalt concrete mixture.

C. Placing and compacting operations shall be complied with as specified in ADOT&PF-SSHC.

D. Rolling shall be continued until a relative density of not less than that specified of the theoretical MSG is obtained within the asphalt concrete.

1. Joints: The formation of all joints shall be made to ensure a continuous bond between the courses and obtain the required density. Cold joints shall be cut back and a tack coat applied prior to the laydown of asphalt concrete.

E. Compaction shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T-230 except that the standard specimen shall be prepared in accordance with AASHTO T-245.

F. Mat Thickness: Minimum tolerance shall be within 1/4-inch of the specified thickness of asphalt-concrete pavement.

G. The Contractor shall cover the asphalt concrete in trucks when: 1. The temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling or 40 degrees F and rising. 2. Rain is imminent or falling.

3.3 TACK COAT AND PRIME COAT

A. The tack coat shall be applied at a rate that will result in an asphalt residual covering of 0.015 to 0.045 gallons per square yard.

B. Application Rate: 1. The rate of application of the prime coat shall be from 0.1 to 0.3 gallons per square yard. 2. For MC-30, the specification is modified to allow 35% maximum (instead of 25%) distillate at 437 degrees F and a minimum of 100 poises (instead of 300) viscosity on residue from distillation at 140 degrees F.

C. Tack coat and prime coat shall be applied only when the atmospheric temperature is above 50 degrees F in the shade.

D. The proper cure period shall be allowed prior to placing any materials on top of prime coat or tack coat.

02550-7

3.4 CLEANING UP

A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the construction area free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish and, prior to completion of the work, remove any rubbish from and about the premises and all tools, equipment and materials not the property of the Government.

B. Upon completion of the construction, the Contractor shall leave the work and premises in a clean, neat and satisfactory condition.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

02550-8

SECTION 02552

PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING

1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. General and Special Conditions B. Division 1 Specifications C. Section 02102: Clearing and Grubbing D. Section 02110: Demolition E. Section 02200: Earthwork F. Section 02210: Grading G. Section 02221: Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction for Utilities H. Section 02550: Asphalt Concrete Pavement

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with Section 02550, Asphalt Concrete Pavement.

B. Testing requirements to be performed at the Contractor's cost include: 1. Any and all Quality Control tests necessary for product and placement control. 2. Sampling of Hot mix and Cores, as directed by the Engineer, for Assurance testing. All Assurance testing will be paid for by the Owner.

1.3 PAVING QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

A. General: In addition to other specified conditions, comply with following minimum requirements. 1. Comply with requirements of ADOT&PF. 2. Provide final surfaces of uniform texture, conforming to required grades and cross-sections.

B. Surface Smoothness: 1. Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for smoothness, using a 10 foot straight edge applied parallel to and at right angles to centerline of paved areas.

02552-1

2. Surfaces will not be acceptable, if exceeding 1/4-inch in 10 feet, unless more rigid requirements are established by the City of Craig.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitation: 1. Construct only when temperatures are above minimum specified in ADOT&PF Standard Specifications for Highway Construction unless waived by the agency having jurisdiction. 2. Do not construct pavement or base when the base surface is wet or contains an excess of moisture which would prevent uniform distribution and the required penetration.

B. Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades, including crown, cross-slope, and super elevation for each course during construction operations.

C. Traffic Control: 1. Maintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic during paving operations, as required for other construction activities. 2. Provide flagmen, barricades, warning signs, and warning lights for movement of traffic and safety and to cause the least interruption of work. 3. See Section 01570 Traffic Regulation, for additional requirements.

1.5 ROAD AND STREET RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Road Restoration: 1. The Contractor's responsibility as to road restoration shall include, but not be limited to, proper backfill and compaction of excavation, shaping and general restoration of the roadway, restoration of public and private improvements when damaged by construction, restoration of drainage facilities, scarification of existing surfacing, if required, removal of debris and surplus material and all other requirements of these specifications.

2. In addition, upon completion of the above restoration, backfill material and/or crushed aggregate surfacing shall be placed where required, as directed by the Engineer.

02552-2

B. Final Grade and Cross Section: 1. Unless specifically authorized by the authority responsible for the roadway, the final grade and cross section shall conform to applicable City & Borough of Wrangell standard cross sections. 2. In case of existing private road they shall conform to the roadway that existed prior to construction. 3. The removal and disposal of existing materials necessary to fulfill the above requirements shall be considered incidental to the construction and the costs thereof shall be included in the items for which payment is provided.

C. Manhole rings, valve boxes, and monument cases shall be adjusted to final grade as shown on the Plans.

D. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of all permits for installation of pipelines in authorized rights-of-way.

E. The Contractor shall place and maintain sufficient and proper lights and barricades at all locations on roads not accepted by the Borough and/or ADOT&PF.

F. Pipeline Installation-General: 1. After completion of pipeline installation the Contractor shall clean up drainage ditches and restore all existing drainage structures which may have been damaged during the course of construction. 2. Contractor shall also comply with all drainage requirements of the agency involved upon which the agencies' acceptance of the roads is conditioned. 3. Contractor shall restore any private improvement on road rights-of- way including, but not limited to, culverts, driveways, curbs, sidewalks, parking strips, parking areas, or other permanent improvements, whether or not a permit for such improvements has been obtained, and the cost of all such restoration shall be included in the unit bid price for the pipe, or material in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed.

G. Pipeline Installation-Shoulders: 1. On streets where the pipeline is located on the shoulder alongside existing bituminous or concrete surfacing, no payment shall be made for cost of restoring street surfacing which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations.

02552-3

2. If the Engineer requires crushed aggregate spread on the shoulder, it shall be paid under the crushed aggregate bid item.

H. Pipeline Installation: 1. Construction of pipelines in the City & Borough of Wrangell are intended to be constructed such that no more than one lane of the roadway is disrupted, except at roadway crossings. 2. No payment will be made for asphalt restoration more than 12 inches beyond centerline. 3. The Contractor is also cautioned that any disturbance of pavement beyond 12 inches from centerline will require complete lane replacement for minimum lengths as required by these Contract Documents, the Plans, and applicable agency standards. 4. No payment will be allowed for asphalt replacement required by ADOT&PF beyond the centerline limit.

I. Street Maintenance: 1. All streets in the construction area as well as any unpaved streets used by Contractor's trucks or any other equipment hauling material to and from the area, whether within the improvement district or adjacent thereto, and any unpaved streets used as detours during the construction shall be serviced with an application of oil or continuous use of sprinkler trucks to allay the dust, and the cost thereof shall be included in the various items for the improvements. 2. The oiling or sprinkling of the dust on roads or streets will continue until accepted by the Borough and/or ADOT&PF or the roads or streets have been graveled, dust oiled or resurfaced. 3. All streets, when required, shall be sprinkled at least twice daily. 4. Until accepted in writing by the Borough and/or ADOT&PF, the Contractor shall maintain all roads in a condition satisfactory to the agency concerned. 5. This shall include periodic grading of all streets on which traffic is allowed wherever in the opinion of the Engineer, such grading is required. 6. A suitable motor grader shall be available for this work.

J. It is specifically understood and agreed that the Contractor is responsible for complying with all requirements of the City & Borough of Wrangell necessary to obtain written acceptance of the roads by the agency concerned, and for

02552-4

such work the Contractor will be paid only for the items included in this Contract.

K. Any settlement and pavement damage which occurs during the first 2 years after final contract acceptance shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense.

2. PRODUCTS 2.1 CRUSHED AGGREGATE

A. Crushed aggregate base course shall comply with Section 703-2.03 of ADOT&PF, SSHC for material requirements and Section 301 for placement requirements.

2.2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Asphalt concrete pavement shall comply with Section 02550, Asphalt Concrete Pavement.

2.3 ASPHALT TREATED BASE

A. Asphalt treated base shall conform to the ADOT&PF Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, latest edition.

B. Asphalt Lifts: 1. Unless otherwise noted, the asphalt treated base shall be applied in two lifts. a. The first lift shall include application of 45 pounds per square yard of aggregate grading B and 0.6 gallons per square yard of CRS-2 liquid asphalt. b. The second lift shall include application of 25 pounds per square yard of aggregate grading E and 0.4 gallons per square yard of CRS-2 liquid asphalt. 2. The first lift shall be preceded by a prime coat applied at 0.25 gallons per square yard.

2.4 PRIME COAT

A. Prime coat shall comply with Section 02550, Asphalt Concrete Pavement.

2.5 TACK COAT

A. Tack coat shall comply with Section 02550, Asphalt Concrete Pavement.

02552-5

3. EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PAVEMENT REPAIR REQUIREMENTS

A. Pavement patching shall be scheduled to accommodate the demands of traffic and shall be performed as rapidly as possible to provide maximum safety and convenience to public travel.

B. The placing and compaction of the trench backfill, and the preparation and compaction of the subgrade shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction for Utilities.

C. Prior to trench excavation on asphalt concrete surfaces, straight vertical trim lines shall be cut in order to minimize breakage and cracking of the remaining surfacing.

D. Prior to trench excavation on cement concrete pavement, the pavement shall be cut with a concrete saw to a sufficient path to permit removal without damaging adjacent pavement to remain in place.

E. Before the patch is constructed all pavement cuts shall be trued so that the marginal lines of the patch will form a rectangle with straight edges and vertical faces.

F. Roadway Restoration: 1. After completion of the patches, the entire roadway surface shall be cleaned by brooming, flushing, or such other methods as may be required. 2. The early completion of this phase of the restoration is required, not only to facilitate public relations, control dust and traffic problems, but also to prevent the further break-up and cracking of the existing pavement. 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor is not diligently pursu- ing the work in such a manner as to place the patch as soon as reasonably possible, the Contractor may be required to re-trim and remove any and all cracked areas in such a manner to produce a straight uniform edge.

G. All incidental work required to complete the patching of street surfaces as specified, including joints where required, shall be considered as incidental to the patching and the costs thereof shall be included in the items for which payment is provided.

02552-6

3.2 ASPHALT CONCRETE TRENCH PATCH

A. Preparation: 1. As soon after compacting the trench backfill, placing and compacting backfill material where required, and placing and compacting subbase material, the Contractor shall place and compact crushed aggregate surfacing in the trench area to a minimum depth of 4 inches. 2. Additional existing asphalt paving shall then be cut back such that asphalt concrete trench patch is 20-feet wide (perpendicular to the traveled way) and centered on the constructed utility. 3. Prime coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.02 to 0.08 gallon per square yard of retained asphalt through the use of mechanical equipment to all surfaces on which any course of asphalt concrete is to be placed or abutted. 4. The spreading equipment shall be capable of uniformly distributing asphalt materials over any area in controlled amounts and shall be equipped with hand operated spray equipment for use only on inaccessible and irregularly shaped areas. 5. Tack coat shall be applied to existing asphalt concrete that will be in contact with the new patch.

B. Asphalt Lifts: 1. Immediately after the subgrade has been properly prepared and prime coat applied, the Contractor shall place one lift of asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the Plans for the typical roadway reconstruction section for City & Borough of Wrangell. 2. The top edge shall be hand raked to produce a smooth edge where the patch abuts the existing pavement. 3. The thickness shall be adjusted so that a smooth uniform grade exists after rolling. 4. The asphalt patch shall be rolled in such a way as to match the abutting surfaces, including wheel ruts if applicable.

3.3 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PATCH

A. After the subgrade for the pavement has been compacted and constructed to line and grade, the cement concrete pavement patch shall be placed, compacted and struck off to the grade of the adjacent pavement.

02552-7

B. Through and dummy joints shall be placed and edged to match existing joints.

C. The surface shall be finished and brushed with a fiber brush.

D. Approved curing compound shall be placed on the finished concrete immediately after finishing.

E. Concrete used in patches shall be in accordance with Division 3 specifications unless Type III Portland cement is required because of urgency of opening the street to traffic.

3.4 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Installation of full lane-width asphalt concrete pavement for resurfacing the Wrangell City Streets shall conform to the applicable requirements of these Specifications.

B. After the subgrade has been properly prepared and prime coat applied, the Contractor shall place one lift of asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the Plans for the typical roadway reconstruction section for Wrangell City Streets.

C. The edges of the existing asphalt pavement and castings shall be painted with hot asphalt cement or tack coat immediately before placing the asphalt patching material.

D. The asphalt concrete pavement shall then be placed, leveled, and compacted to conform to established cross section, grade, and super elevation to match adjacent paved surface.

3.5 ASPHALT CONCRETE OVERLAY

A. Asphalt Preparation: 1. Before construction of an asphalt concrete pavement overlay on an existing surface, all fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. 2. All excess asphalt joint filler shall be completely removed and all pre- molded joint filler shall be removed to at least 1-1/2 inch below the surface of the existing pavement. 3. All types of existing pavement or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping to remove dust and other foreign matter.

02552-8

B. Asphalt Placement: 1. When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, it shall be brought to uniform grade and cross section as required by ADOT&PF. 2. Pre-leveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which asphalt concrete is to be placed is required and may be accomplished by the use of asphalt concrete placed with a motor patrol grader, a paving machine, by hand raking, or by a combination of these methods. 3. After placement, the asphalt concrete used for pre-leveling shall be compacted thoroughly with rollers.

C. Existing Pavement / Oiled Surface: 1. When asphalt concrete pavement is to be constructed over an existing paved or oiled surface, in addition to the preparation as outlined hereinbefore, all holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of asphalt concrete mix. 2. The surface of all patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. 3. All previous patches that have settled shall be pre-leveled so that depth of overlay does not exceed 2 inches in thickness.

D. All existing surfaces shall be treated with a tack coat prior to paving.

E. Surfacing: 1. After preparation of the base course, a 2 inch minimum compacted full width layer of Type II asphalt concrete shall be placed on top of an existing paving surface. 2. Surfacing shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent disturbing existing drainage. 3. Surfacing shall be feathered out as required to meet existing driveways, catch basins, traffic control pads, street intersections, etc., and shall include thickened edge paving where it is now existing.

F. Asphalt overlay shall conform to ADOT&PF Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, latest edition.

02552-9

3.6 BITUMINOUS

A. Unless otherwise specified, all light bituminous surface treatment shall conform to ADOT&PF Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, latest edition.

B. The subbase shall be treated with prime coat prior to application of the first lift of bituminous surface treatment.

3.7 CRUSHED AGGREGATE SURFACING

A. Existing crushed aggregate surfacing shall be replaced with new material.

B. Thickness of the course shall be as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.

C. When the utility line is along the shoulder of the roadway, the Contractor may be directed to place crushed surfacing along shoulder of the roadway; thickness shall be as required by ADOT&PF.

D. During dry periods, the Engineer may require water sprinkling prior to and during the placement of crushed aggregate; the cost of such sprinkling shall be included in the unit bid for crushed aggregate.

3.8 TEMPORARY TRENCH PATCH

A. The Contractor may be required to furnish and install a temporary trench patch only when specifically directed by the Owner or as provided in the Plans.

B. Patch shall be 2-inch thick course of crushed aggregate and a 2-inch thick course of cold asphalt plant mix placed over the trench area.

C. The Contractor shall maintain temporary patch until the permanent patch is installed.

3.9 DUST OIL

A. General: 1. All dust oil shall be PS-300 Fuel Oil or equivalent. 2. The dust oil shall be applied by means of a bituminous distributor, so that uniform distribution is obtained over all points of the surface to be treated. 3. The entire width of the roadway shall be treated.

02552-10

4. Dust oiling will not be permitted at temperatures below 50°F. 5. Oiling shall not be started unless trenches have been compacted, streets cleaned and reshaped and base course of crushed rock or gravel applied. 6. Dust oil shall not be applied to top course material. 7. The allaying of dust prior to and subsequent to this application of dust oil shall be solely the Contractor's obligation in accordance with other provisions of these specifications.

3.10 ADJUSTING MANHOLES TO GRADE

A. Manholes:- 1. The Contractor shall adjust manhole castings to final grade by adding grade rings and/or mortar under the casting and patching with Type III asphalt concrete.

B. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care in preventing foreign material from entering the sewer system.

C. All manholes shall be adjusted to grade after the asphalt concrete surfacing has been placed.

D. Disturbed area around cover shall be patched and sealed to the satisfaction of ADOT&PF.

E. The Contractor shall take care not to extend the manholes above finished grade.

3.11 ADJUSTING MONUMENT CASES AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE

A. Monument cases and/or valve boxes shall be adjusted to final grade and patched with Type III Portland cement concrete.

B. Adjustment shall be made after the resurfacing.

C. Patching around monument case and/or valve boxes shall be done to the satisfaction of ADOT&PF.

D. Valve boxes shall be adjusted to the satisfaction of ADOT&PF.

E. The Contractor shall take care not to extend the monument cases and/or valve boxes above the finished grade. * * * END OF SECTION * * *

02552-11

SECTION 02555

WATER LINES

1. GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

This section covers water pipelines, fittings, valves, and connections to existing water lines as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Temporary Water: Section 01515 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: Section 02221 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Section 02510 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing: Section 02575

1.03 OUTAGES

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify any and all water customers who will have their services interrupted during the work. The nature and lead-time for the notice shall depend on the number and type of customers affected and shall be determined by Owner on a case-by-case basis. Only in an emergency shall the notice be less than 24 hours. Outages to allow insertion of new valves and connections shall not exceed four hours and shall be scheduled with approval of the owner to minimize inconvenience to customers.

Where longer outages are necessary to construct new mains, the Contractor shall provide temporary water service to existing customers in accordance with Section 01515 of the Specifications

1.04 WATER SYSTEM CONTROL

Owner shall operate all existing main line valves, without exception. Except in an emergency, Owner shall be provided a minimum of 24 hours notice.

1.05 QUALITY CONTROL

Tests shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 Pressure tests  Disinfection (Bacteriological)  Continuity testing

02555-1

1.06 SUBMITTALS

A. Project data submittals shall include catalog information confirming pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, water service fittings, castings, coatings, and other materials conform to the requirements of this section.

B. Certificates of qualifications for persons who will be fusing the HDPE pipe.

2. PRODUCTS

2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Ductile iron pipe shall be new centrifugally cast, rubber gasket push-on or mechanical type joint in accordance with AWWA C151. Joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Pipe shall be bituminous coated and mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104. All classes of pipe shall be Thickness Class 52 for additional corrosion protection:

Where the plans indicate restrained joint pipe, provide mechanical joint pipe with joint restraint follower glands. Joint restraint follower glands are specified in Section 2.11.

Alternative proprietary restrained joint systems which provide equivalent strength and flexibility, and allow disassembly, may be permitted subject to approval by the Engineer.

B. Fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110, cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104, with bituminous exterior coating, Class 250 minimum unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Fittings conforming to AWWA C153 may be used for sizes up to 12-inches in diameter.

C. Unless fastenings are specified to be stainless steel, flange bolts shall be hot dipped galvanized in the length and diameter specified in AWWA C110 (mechanical joints) or C115 (flanged joints). Nuts shall be heavy hex, hot- dipped galvanized. Note that some regular hex, hot-dipped galvanized nuts will also be required to assemble fittings with restricted clearances. Bolt threads shall be greased prior to installation using petroleum-based grease for galvanized and black iron fastenings. For stainless steel fastenings, use nickel based anti-seize lubricant and thread sealant to prevent galling during assembly.

02555-2

D. Gaskets shall be NSF 61 Certified. US Pipe Flange-Tyte, SBR full-face, 1/8-inch thickness; American Toruseal SBR full-face 1/8-inch flange gasket may also be substituted, or an approved equal by Engineer.

E. Polyethylene encasement shall be 8-mil polyethylene in accordance with AWWA C-105. All buried ductile iron pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be encased in polyethylene.

2.02 HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Qualifications of Pipe Manufacturers. The HDPE pipe shall be manufactured in a plant capable of providing continuous quality control through inspection. Manufacturer shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting recipe and mixing requirements of resin manufacturer for resin used to manufacture pipe for this project. The facility shall have the necessary testing equipment to verify that the pipe meets the requirements of

AWWA C901 or C906, NSF Standard #61, blue color coded, and the applicable ASTM standards. Pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating of 200 psi. All pipes will be provided in standard straight lengths. No coiled pipe will be accepted for installation in this project.

B. Qualifications of the Fittings Manufacturer. The facility shall have the necessary testing equipment to verify that the fittings meet the requirements of AWWA C901 for sizes ½” to 3” and AWWA C906 for sizes 4” through 54”.

C. Materials. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be made from resin meeting the requirements of the Plastic Pipe Institute as PE4710. The resin shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3350-06 with a cell classification of 445574C.

02555-3

D. Markings. Markings shall be legible during the usual handling of pipe and be applied in a manner that will not damage the pipe. The following markings shall be applied;

1) nominal size and OD, 2) standard material code designation, 3) dimension ratio, 4) pressure class, 5) AWWA designation for this standard (AWWA C906-99), 6) manufacturers’ production code, 7) material test category of pipe, 8) NSF 61 approved.

E. Interchangeability of Pipe and Fittings. Different manufacturers can supply high- density polyethylene pipe and fittings as long as they meet the above ASTM D3350-06 cell classification.

F. Sizes 4-inches and Larger - Pipe sizes shall conform to and have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F-714. Pipe O.D. sizes from 4” to 54” shall be supplied in steel pipe sizes (IPS). Pipe shall be fabricated from PE4710 HDPE resin with a SDR 11 (200psi WPR) rating unless otherwise specified on the plans. The pipe shall contain no recycled compounds except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. All pipes shall be suitable for use as pressure conduits, listed as NSF 61 rated, and per AWWA C906 Pressure Class (PC) 200, have a nominal burst value of three and one-half times the Working Pressure Rating (WPR) of the pipe.

G. Butt Fusion Fittings. HDPE fittings shall be fabricated from PE4710 HDPE resin,

Cell Classification of 445574C, as determined by ASTM D3350-06, and approved for

AWWA use. Butt fusion fittings shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM D3261.

Molded & fabricated fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to the pipe of Pressure

Class (PC) 200 unless otherwise specified in the plans. Data Logger records shall be maintained on fabricated fittings. Temperature, fusion pressure and a graphic representation of the fusion cycle shall be part of the Quality Control records. All fittings

02555-4

shall be suitable for use as pressure conduits, listed as NSF 61 rated, and per AWWA

C906 Pressure Class (PC) 200, have nominal burst values of three and one-half times the

Working Pressure Rating (WPR) of the fitting.

H. Pipe Manufacturer’s Quality Control. The pipe manufacturer shall have an on-going

Quality Control program for incoming and outgoing materials. High-density polyethylene

(HDPE) resins for manufacturing of pipe shall be checked for density, melt flow rate, and contamination. The manufacturer of the HDPE resin shall certify the Cell Classification as indicated in section 2.01.1 (F). These incoming resins shall be approved by plant Quality

Control and verified to be approved by NSF before being converted to pipe.

Pipe shall be checked for outside diameter, wall thickness, length, roundness, and surface finish on the inside, outside, and end cut.

I. Fittings Manufacturer’s Quality Control. The fitting manufacturer shall have an on-

going quality control program for incoming and outgoing materials. The resin shall be

checked as indicated in section 2.01.1 (C). Pipe for fabricated fittings shall be checked as

indicated in 2.01.1 (F). Molded fittings shall be inspected for voids and knit lines. All

fabricated fittings shall be inspected for joint quality and alignment. All fabricated fitting’s

welds shall be made using a Data Logger. The fitting manufacturer shall maintain a record of the temperature, pressure and graph of the fusion cycle.

02555-5

J. Permanent Records. The Manufacturer of the pipe and fittings shall maintain permanent QC and QA records. Data Logger records shall be maintained on fabricated fittings.

K. Compliance Testing. If requested, the pipe or fittings manufacturer can be required to retest or verify certification data. All retesting shall be at the requestor’s expense, and shall be performed as required in the specifications. Flanges shall be ductile iron, ASTM A536, conforming to ANSI/ ASME Class 150 dimension requirements, and compatible with one- piece molded polyethylene stub ends. Flanged connections shall have the same or greater pressure rating as the pipe. Unless fastenings are specified to be stainless steel, flange and gland bolts shall be hot dipped galvanized, in length and diameter specified in AWWA C115 (flanged joints). Nuts shall be heavy hex, hot-dipped galvanized. Note that some regular hex, hot-dipped galvanized nuts will also be required to assemble fittings with restricted clearances. . Bolt threads shall be greased prior to installation using petroleum-based grease for galvanized and black iron fastenings. For stainless steel fastenings, use nickel based anti-seize lubricant and thread sealant to prevent galling during assembly.

L. Bolt and nut assembly to be of sufficient length to show a minimum of three (3) complete threads when the joint is made and tightened. Retorque nuts after 24 hours.

M. Gaskets shall be NSF 61 Certified. US Pipe Flange-Tyte, SBR full-face, 1/8- inch thickness; American Toruseal SBR full-face 1/8-inch flange gasket may also be substituted, or an approved equal by Engineer.

N. Bolt Torque Specifications for Flanged Joints shall be as described in the Plastic Pipe Institute’s Technical Note 38, latest adopted edition

O. Installation of HDPE to Ductile Iron MJ Adapters shall include placement of the internal stainless steel stiffener before assembly occurs. Extra length tee-bolts are required for the MJ adapter assembly and shall be manufactured from stainless steel. Stainless tee-head bolts with stainless heavy-hex nuts are commercially available in both 6 and 7-inch lengths. If required, longer lengths can be manufactured from welded, threaded ¾- inch stainless rod.

02555-6

2.03 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. All copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B88, type 'K' annealed tubing. Tubing installed on bridges or exposed surfaces shall be straight tube sections. Coil tubing may be used for buried installations.

B. Joints shall be made with bronze compression couplings, Mueller Type 110 or approved equal.

Couplings shall be of the stab type with no flaring or soldering necessary to complete connection with Type K copper.

1. The interior surface of the coupling nut, including threads, shall have a baked-on fluorocarbon coating to reduce assembly friction and prevent the gasket from turning and twisting during tightening. The nut shall bottom on a cast or machined shoulder on the body when properly assembled. This design will provide a visual check to assure connection is properly assembled.

2. The sealing gasket shall be of molded synthetic rubber (ASTM D-2000) with molded in place bronze spring (ASTM A-134, Alloy #6) to assure electrical continuity should thawing be required, and to eliminate the possible cold flow of the gasket between the pipe and fitting.

3. A gripper band of hardened stainless steel (ANSI Type 410) shall be fitted into the gasket. When the gasket is compressed it will cause the gripper ring to distort the pipe giving the fitting a high resistance to pull out. The gripper band shall overlap itself to prevent cold flow of the gasket into the cavity under the band. 2.04 VALVES

A. Gate valves, if required, will be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contactor. Owner furnished valves will not include gaskets, bolts, or follower glands for inlets. Joint restraint follower glands will be used on MJ valves throughout and will be furnished by the Contractor.

B. Gate Valves:

1. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C509 and shall be iron body, resilient seat type. All bolts are to be greased prior to installation.

02555-7

2. Valves shall be non-rising stem, counterclockwise opening, with standard square stem nuts.

3. Provide exterior bituminous coating for buried service. Provide epoxy coating, 10 mil DFT, for exposed service.

4. Enclosed, bevel gear-case operators shall be provided for valves 14 inches or larger.

5. All valves must have a fully unobstructed flow way free of cavities or projections. The sealing mechanism is withdrawn from the waterway in the full open position.

6. All valves must be equipped with a replaceable, internally rein-forced specially contoured molded rubber disc seat ring attached to the face of the disc with self-locking stainless steel screws.

7. All valves shall be equipped with solid guide lugs on the disc to provide for a positive stop.

8. All valves must pressure test at 200 psi. seat test and 400 psi. shell test.

C. Butterfly valves, if required, will be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contactor. Owner furnished valves will not include gaskets, bolts, or follower glands for inlets. Joint restraint follower glands on MJ valves will be used throughout and will be furnished by the Contractor.

D. Butterfly valves shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C-504, Class 150-B, and comply with the following:

1. Valve bodies shall be cast iron, ASTM A-126 Class B. Body ends shall be flanged with facing and drilling in accordance with ANSI B16.1, Class 125; or mechanical joint in accordance with AWWA C-111. All mechanical joint end valves shall be furnished complete with joint accessories (bolts, nuts, gaskets, and glands). All valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C-504, Table 3, Laying Lengths for Flanged Valves and Minimum Body Shell Thickness for all Body Types. All valves must pressure test at 200 psi. seat test -

2. Actuators are required and shall be of the traveling nut design amply sized for the line conditions. Manual actuators shall turn counterclockwise to open and shall be capable of withstanding 450

02555-8

foot-pounds of input torque against the open or closed stops. All actuators shall have adjustable mechanical stop limits. The closed position stop shall be externally adjustable. Actuators shall be sized to provide sufficient output torque to operate the valve at 150 psi. and 16 feet per second flow velocity.

3. Valve interiors shall be epoxy coated in conformance to AWWA Standard C-550, latest revision. Interior wetted ferrous surfaces shall be coated a nominal 10 mils thick. Body exterior shall have exterior bituminous coating suitable for buried service.

4. Valve discs shall be cast iron ASTM A-126 Class B (12” – 20”) or ASTM A-48 Class 40 (20”). Sizes 30” and larger shall be ductile iron ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Disc shall be furnished with 316 stainless steel seating edge to mate with the rubber seat on the body. Valve disc shall be of the offset design providing 360 degree uninterrupted seating. Full open (12” - 20”) valve to create no more friction loss than a 45o elbow.

5. Valve seat shall be Buna-N rubber located in the valve body. In sizes 20” and smaller, valves shall have bonded seats that meet test procedures outlined in ASTM D429 Method B. Sizes 24” and larger shall be retained in the valve body by mechanical means without the use of metal retainers or other devices located in the flow stream. When specified, valves 24” and larger shall be provided with an external means of seat adjustment with the valve in-line without entering or dewatering the line.

6. Valve shafts shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-276, Type 304. Shaft seals shall be standard self-adjusting chevron “V” type packing. Shaft seals shall be of a design allowing replacement without removing the valve shaft.

7. Valve bearings shall be sleeve type that are corrosion resistant and self-lubricating. Bearing load shall not exceed one-fifth of the compressive strength of the material.

8. Shaft bearings shall be contained in the integral hubs of the valve body and shall be self-lubricated sleeve type.

E. Bevel Gear Operators:

1. Bevel gear valve operators shall be the totally enclosed type.

02555-9

. 2.05 VALVE BOXES

This section applies to valves 2 inches and larger

Valve boxes for buried service shall be Seattle Slip Type with Lug Caps. Valve boxes shall provide a minimum of 12 inches of adjustment after installation. The overlapping areas of the sliding extension shall be lubricated with grease prior to installation.

2.06 SERVICE VALVE BOXES

This section applies to valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller.

Valve boxes for buried service shall be Ford EA2-50-50-42R.

2.07 WATER SERVICE FITTINGS

Curb stops, corporation stops, adapters and fittings for HDPE service lines shall be heavy brass and bronze alloys conforming to ASTM B62; manufactured and tested to ANSI/ AWWA C800 standard.

A. All curb or corporation stop valves shall be quarter turn valve and the fully open and closed positions shall be controlled by high strength check lugs which are integral parts of the key and body. Integral tee head and plug for solid one- piece strength. Full opening round port with port O-rings. Top and bottom O- rings for positive pressure sealing and easy turning. The maximum pressure rating shall be 175 psig water at a maximum temperature of 180 oF. Curb stop plug shall be coated with antifriction fluorocarbon to reduce the possibility of sticking or freezing. Mueller Oriseal or approved equal by Engineer.

2.08 SERVICE SADDLES - BURIED LOCATIONS

A. Service saddles for ductile iron pipe to 24-inch diameter shall be iron, Romac Style 202S, painted saddle with double stainless straps. Romac Style 202BS, bronze w/ double stainless straps, may be required by the Owner in corrosive environments. Where bronze is required, the Contractor shall be paid an additional amount equal to the difference in manufacturer's list price for the equivalent models plus a ten (10) percent markup for profit and overhead.

B. Service saddles for ductile iron pipe greater than 24-inches shall be Rockwell 366.

02555-10

C. Service saddles for HDPE pipe shall be electrofusion type with a pressure rating of 160 psig minimum. Fittings shall be PE4710 HDPE resin, Cell Classification of 445574C, as determined by ASTM D3350-06, and approved for AWWA use. Molded & fabricated fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to the pipe unless otherwise specified in the plans. Corporation saddles shall have brass or stainless steel adaptive inserts with American National taper pipe threads specified in ANSI/ASME B1.20.1.

D. Side Fusion Branch Saddles meeting AWWA C 906 may also be used with a brass threaded insert and 316 stainless compression ring

2.09 SERVICE SADDLES - EXPOSED LOCATIONS

Service saddles for ductile iron pipe at exposed locations shall be nylon-coated ductile iron, with double stainless steel straps. Sizes 24-inch or smaller shall be Romac Style 202N.

2.10 COMBINATION AIR/ VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

Combination air/vacuum relief valve shall be a 2 inch Valmatic Model 202C.2 w/ 316 SS float, trim, and CF8M stainless body or approved equal.

2.11 AIR RELIEF VALVE

For those extreme occasions where the water main may operate under near vacuum conditions, only an air relief valve shall be installed at the high point. It shall be a Valmatic Model 45 VC w/ 316 SS float, trim, CF8M body, vacuum check or approved equal.

2.12 JOINT RESTRAINT FOLLOWER GLANDS

Joint restraint follower glands shall include a restraining mechanism which imparts a multiple wedging action against the pipe, increasing its resistance as the pressure increases. The restraining gland shall be Megalug Series 1100, EBBA Iron, Inc.

Glands shall be coal tar epoxy coated, 16 mil DFT on glands, 6 to 8 mil DFT on small parts. Flexibility of joint shall be maintained after burial. Twist-off nuts shall be used to ensure correct bolt torque. Glands shall be designed for a 250 psi. working pressure with a 2:1 factor of safety.

Alternative proprietary restrained joint systems which provide equivalent strength and flexibility, and allow disassembly, may be permitted subject to approval by the Owner.

2.13 FIRE HYDRANT

02555-11

A. Fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 and shall be Mueller Super Centurian with two each 3-1/2-inch National Standard Hose Thread and one 5- inch Storz Connection. B. Hydrants, if required, will be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. Owner-furnished hydrants will not include gaskets, bolts, or follower glands for inlets. This hardware is to be furnished by the Contractor. C. Hydrants shall be field painted above the bury line after installation with two coats of paint matching the Owner's standard. D. Detailed hydrant specifications are as follows:

1. The operating nut shall be bronze, non-rising, pentagonal in shape. Pentagon shall have a depth of at least one and one-quarter inch. The hold down nut shall be concealed by a "weather cap," or shall incorporate a resilient weather seal protecting the operating mechanism from the elements. The direction of opening shall be clearly embossed near the operating nut.

2. A lubrication chamber shall be provided, sealed top and bottom with "O" rings and filled with a non-toxic lubricant which shall remain fluid through a temperature range of 60 degrees to +150 degrees. The design shall be such that the thrust collar and the threaded operating parts are automatically lubricated each time the hydrant is cycled.

3. There shall not be less than two "O" rings separating the oil reservoir from the waterway and that portion of the stem contacting these "O" rings shall be sleeved with bronze. An anti-friction device shall be in place above the thrust collar to further minimize operating torque. 02660-10

4. The hydrant bonnet shall be attached to the upper barrel by not less than eight bolts and nuts, and with a cloth inserted flat rubber gasket as a pressure seal. 5. Hydrants shall be "three way," having two 3-1/2-inch hose nozzles with National Standard Threads and one 5-inch Storz Connections. Nozzles shall thread counterclockwise into hydrant barrel utilizing "O" ring pressure seals. A suitable nozzle lock shall be in place to prevent inadvertent nozzle removal.

6. Hydrants shall be "traffic model" upper and lower barrels joined approximately 2 inches above the groundline by a separate and breakable "swivel" flange providing 360 degree rotation of upper barrel for proper nozzle facing. This flange shall employ not less

02555-12

than eight bolts. The pressure seal between the barrels shall be a cloth inserted flat rubber gasket. The groundline, which shall be clearly embossed on the lower barrel, shall be not less than 18 inches from the centerline of the lowest nozzle.

7. Main valves shall be "compression" type, closing with the pressure and shall not be less than 5-1/4-inch diameter. Composition of the main valve shall be molded rubber or neoprene having a durometer hardness of 94 ± 5 and shall be not less than 1-inch thick.

8. Hydrants shall be equipped with drain valves which drain the barrel when the hydrant is closed and seal shut when the hydrant is opened. These drain valves shall be an integral part of the one-piece bronze upper valve plate. They shall operate without the use of springs, toggles, tubes, levers, or other intricate synchronizing mechanism.

9. The upper valve plate, seat ring and drain ring (shoe bushing) must be bronze (ASTM B62) and work in conjunction to form an all bronze drainway. Two drain openings are required and, if they are in the cast iron shoe, they must be bronze lined.

10. The bronze seat ring shall thread into a bronze drain ring (or shoe bushing) providing bronze-to-bronze connection. Seat ring seals shall be "O" rings.

11. The 6-inch shoe connection shall have ample blocking pads for sturdy setting. A minimum of six bolts and nuts is required to fasten the shoe to the lower barrel.

12. The interior of the shoe, including the lower valve plate and stem cap nut, shall have a protective coating of a two-part thermosetting epoxy of at least 4 mils. If a stem cap is utilized, a stainless steel lock washer or similar non-corrosive device must lock it in place.

13. Hydrant shall have a working pressure rating of 200 psig and be tested at 400 psig.

14. Hydrants shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of 10 years from the date of manufacture.

2.14 INSULATION

A. Insulation for trench installation shall be Dow Styrofoam Brand High Load

02555-13

HI-60 extruded polystyrene, Owens Corning Foamular 600 Extruded Polystyrene Insulation, or approved equal by Engineer.

B. Exposed Pipe not Subject to Seawater Infiltration

1. Pipe insulation shall be FOAMGLAS complying with ASTM C-552, as manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation or approved equal.

2. Insulation shall be covered with the following inner jacket:

Pipe not Subject to Sea Water (above elevation 24.0 feet MLLW datum) - Pittcote 404 coating with tack coat of 3 to 4 gallons per 100 square feet. Immediately embed PC Fabric 79 with a minimum lap of 3 inches followed by finish coat of 3 to 4 gallons per 100 square feet.

3. A metallic outer jacket shall be installed over the non-metallic jacket as listed below:

a. Pipe Not Subject to Sea Water - 16-gauge aluminum with stainless steel bands.

4. All insulation and jackets shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's instructions.

5. Contractor shall ensure continuity and integrity of insulation and jackets at all fittings and valves.

C. Alternate Insulation Method for Pipe not Subject to Seawater Infiltration

a. All insulated pipe and fittings supplied shall utilize the same manufacturer as un-insulated core pipe.

2. Heat tracing conduits shall consist of an extruded molding and shall be applied to the core pipe prior to application of the insulation. The conduit will be securely fastened to the pipe to prevent the ingress of foam during the insulation process. Each conduit shall be checked after insulating to ensure they are not plugged. The ends shall be sealed prior to shipping to prevent any foreign material from entering the conduit while in transit or during installation.

3. Insulation shall be rigid polyurethane foam with a minimum thickness of 2-inches and the following physical properties:

i.Density: 4 pounds/ ft3 (ASTM D 1622)

02555-14

ii.Closed Cell Content: 96% Minimum (ASTM D 2856)

iii.Water Absorption: 0.83% by volume (ASTM C 272)

4. Outer Jacket shall be 16-gauge (0.063”) aluminum with stainless steel bands.

5. Insulated pipe shall be Themacor-Northwest, Urecon Pre-Insulated Pipe, or approved equal.

2.15 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS

A. Flanged x mechanical joint coupling adapters shall be cast ductile iron throughout. Substitution of a NPT threaded flanged end onto MJ pipe is not allowable. Ductile iron pipe barrel to conform to the requirements of AWWA C151. Flanges to meet requirements of AWWA C115 and C110

B. Couplings for joining plain end ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron sleeves w/ Megalug Series 1100 restraint installed at both ends.

C. Expansion couplings shall be double-ended without stops and shall be Romac ES402 or Rockwell 612. Expansion couplings shall accommodate a minimum pipeline expansion of 12 inches.

D. Expansion couplings shall have fusion bonded, epoxy coated sleeves (inside and outside) and follower glands. Epoxy coating shall be FDA approved for potable water service, minimum 16 mil DFT.

E. For pipe adapters and couplings subject to sea water (installed below elevation 24.0 feet MLLW datum), bolts shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM F593, Alloy Group 2. Nuts shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM F594, Alloy Group 2.

2.16 PVC PLATE

The plate or block for placement under service valves shall be 3/4-inch-thick high-density polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene; 12-inches x 12-inches.

2.17 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

For sizes 1 1/2" and under, the pressure reducing valve shall be of the balanced single seat design with valve body and cover of bronze and stainless steel trim. It shall be Cla Val Co

02555-15

model 990 or approved equal.

2.18 HEAT TRACE

Heat trace shall be self-limiting heater, 120 volt, model 5BTV1 from Chemelex Division of Raychem Corporation or approved equal. System shall be designed by Contractor and shall utilize PMK-JLP power connector and PMK-LE end seal by Chemelex or equal.

For Utility water main installations, design shall also include connection to electric utility, meter base, disconnect, and GFI breaker. Electric service shall be fed by underground conduit from adjacent pole to pedestal at location shown on plans. Contractor shall obtain any and all permits for service which shall conform in all respects to requirements of The City and Borough of Wrangell Electric Department.

For residential or commercial water service installations, design shall follow The City and Borough of Wrangell Electric Department standards.

2.19 LOCATING WIRE & DETECTOR TAPE

The Contractor shall supply all locating wire and detector tape. For HDPE installations, the copper locating wire shall be No. 8 gauge for HDPE mainlines and No. 12 gauge, coated wire for HDPE service lines (should HDPE be used for service lines). For both HDPE and Ductile Iron installations, detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil encased in a protective plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance with AWWA color codes with the following legends: Water Systems, Safety Precaution Blue “Caution, Water Line Buried Below”. Tape shall be permanently printed with no surface printing allowed. Tape width shall be a minimum of 3-inches. Tape shall be equal to Lineguard Type II Detectatape, or equal.

3. EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Water lines shall be installed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's instructions and AWWA Standards C600 and C906 except as modified by the applicable sections of these specifications and the following paragraphs.

Mainline pipe shall be ductile iron or HDPE in the sizes and classes shown on the plans. Service lines 4 inches and greater shall be ductile iron. Service lines smaller than 4 inches shall be copper, Type K.

3.02 HANDLING OF PIPE

02555-16

A. All types of pipe shall be handled in such manner as will prevent damage to the pipe, pipe lining or coating. Pipe and fittings shall be loaded and unloaded using hoists and slings in a manner so as to avoid shock or damage, and under no circumstances shall they be dropped or skidded or rolled against other pipe.

B. Limit stacking of HDPE pipe to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of bottom layers of pipes under anticipated temperature conditions.

C. Where necessary due to ground conditions, store pipe on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably, and of such widths as not to allow deformation of pipe at the point of contact with sleeper or between supports.

D. If any part of the coating or lining is damaged, repair thereof shall be made by the Contractor at its expense and in a manner satisfactory to Owner. Damaged pipe will be rejected and the Contractor shall immediately place all damaged pipe apart from the undamaged and shall remove the damaged pipe from the site within 24 hours.

E. If HDPE pipe is excessively cut or scored during installation (to a depth greater than 5% of its wall thickness), the damaged portion shall be removed, discarded, and replaced. Repair thereof shall be made by the Contractor at its sole expense and in a manner satisfactory to Owner.

F. Threaded pipe ends shall be protected by couplings or other means until laid.

G. Dirt or other foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe or pipe joint during handling or laying operations, and any pipe or fitting that has been installed with dirt or foreign material in it shall be removed, cleaned and relaid. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or by other means approved by Owner to ensure cleanliness inside the pipe.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, or described otherwise in the specifications, pipe laying shall conform to AWWA C600 and C906. All joints and flanges shall be washed with clean water to remove any debris prior to beginning assembly.

B. The water lines shall be laid to provide a minimum cover over the pipe of 48 inches, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings.

02555-17

C. Valve boxes shall be installed vertically aligned and perpendicular to the water main to ensure access to the valve-operating nut with a valve wrench. The centerline of the valve box shall be within 1/2 inch of the centerline of the valve stem. Overlapping areas of the valve boxes shall be coated with grease prior to installation. The overlap shall be 12 inches. The entire valve box shall be bedded with a minimum of 6-inches of the DOT& PF’s Specification for Aggregate Base Course, Grading D-1 and the bedding compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density. Remove the threaded portion of the lower valve box section prior to installing the upper section. This allows for future adjustment. Refer to Section 02510, paragraph 3.05 Adjusting valve boxes to grade.

3.04 DUCTILE IRON CONSTRUCTION

A. Flexible couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All surfaces which are exposed after installation of the coupling shall be coated with Bitumastic No. 50 to produce a dry film thickness in excess of 1/32 inch.

B. Deflection from straight line and grade, as required by vertical curves, horizontal curves and offsets shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the maximum deflection per joint as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. If the alignment requires deflection in excess of exceed eighty percent (80%) of the maximum recommended, special bends or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe shall be used to provide angular deflections within the limits set forth.

C. After the pipe has been joined, aligned and permanently bedded, the joints shall be drawn up to assure permanent water tightness, but not so tight as to prevent flexibility to allow for some movement caused by vibrations, expansion and contraction.

D. Except where restrained joint pipe is used, or unless otherwise called out on the drawings, all free ends, bends, tees, laterals and any change in direction of unrestrained joint piping shall be adequately braced and blocked by use of concrete thrust blocks and vertical blocking. Turnbuckles and rods shall be coated with at least one coat of Bitumastic No. 50 to produce a dry film thickness in excess of 1/32 inch. Concrete thrust blocks shall be cast against undisturbed ground, with formed sides. Thrust blocks shall be provided where indicated on the plans and at any bends not shown on the plans and as other-

02555-18

wise determined by the Engineer. The concrete shall not cover any pipe or fitting joint.

3.05 HDPE CONSTRUCTION

A. Butt Fusion Joining

1. Plain end pipe and fittings shall be made using thermal butt-fusion. The butt fusion procedures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer or the Plastic Pipe Institute. The fusion equipment operator shall be certified using the recommended procedures. The Contractor shall be responsible to verify that the fusion equipment is in good operating condition and that the operator has been certified within the past twelve months. The fusion equipment shall be equipped with a Data Logger. Numbered records of the welds (heater temperature, fusion pressure, and a graph of the fusion cycle) shall be maintained and copies provided to the Owner for five (5) years. Each weld shall be readily identified in a permanent manner using the same record weld number. Should the contractor elect to use a colored marking system, caution should be taken that only a non-petroleum marker is used to identify the weld. Fusion beads shall not be removed. Only automated butt-fusion equipment that automated consistent hydraulic pressure application during the joining process shall be allowed for butt-fusion welds.

2. Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the jobsite above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt-fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 degrees Fahrenheit, alignment, and an interfacial fusion pressure of 75 PSI. The butt-fusion joining will produce a joint weld strength equal to or greater than the tensile strength of the pipe itself.

3. Pipe lengths, fittings, and flanged or MJ connections to be joined by thermal butt-fusion shall be of the same type, grade, and class of polyethylene compound and supplied from the same raw material supplier.

4. Fittings shall be molded for sizes 6-inches or smaller and shall be fabricated from polyethylene pipe and for sizes 8-inches and larger, by means of thermal butt- fusion. Ends of fabricated fittings shall not be trimmed to match pipe section to which they are going to be joined. Polyethylene fittings shall have the same or higher pressure rating as the pipe when installed.

5. In some instances, the weight of the polyethylene pipe is such that it cannot all be joined into a single length at the jobsite above ground. In this situation, the

02555-19

joining of continuous heavy lengths of polyethylene pipe may require the contractor to lift one end of a segment of unburied polyethylene pipe already in the open trench onto a platform spanning the trench where the pipe-fusing machine is installed. The next continuous heavy length of pipe is then brought to the trench and thermally butt fused in place on the platform. After cooling, the platform and fusing machine are removed, and the newly joined heavy segments are then lowered into the open trench. In the case of 30-inch SDR 9 pipe, the longest feasible continuous length that is readily handled is about 160-feet. The contractor should be aware of and include the additional cost of fusing these continuous lengths at the open trench when preparing his bid. Since an extended amount of trench must remain open in order to lift the ends of the polyethylene to be joined at the trench, the contractor should also include the provision of sufficient concrete Jersey barrier for traffic control on both sides of the open trench.

Recent projects have found that supporting fused sections of HDPE pipe on segments of C900 PVC pipe cut in half while fusing the next HDPE segment prevent damage and allow the HDPE pipe to be readily moved. Segments of C900 have also been used to span the trench and support the HDPE pipe before lowering into the ditch

Each of these methods and materials, if required, are incidental to the amount bid per foot for the installation of the pipe.

6. The contractor shall provide the jobsite facility where sections of polyethylene pipe are to be joined together. The jobsite facility shall be completely weather tight and heated, if required by ambient or inclement weather conditions. All polyethylene pipe sections shall be clean and dry before the contractor begins any fusion joining and remain so during the fusing process. Fusion joining at the open trench as described above shall also have adequate weather protection to keep the pipe ends clean and dry until fusing is completed.

7. Guidelines:

a) Bring the heating surfaces to the proper temperature.

b) Clean the inside and outside of the components to be joined (both pipes, or pipe and fitting) by wiping with a clean, lint free cloth moistened by isopropyl alcohol. Remove all foreign matter.

c) Clamp the components in the machine. Check alignment of the ends and adjust as needed. Face off the ends.

d) Remove the facing device and clean away cuttings from inside and outside the pipe. Bring the piping components together and

02555-20

check for alignment, gap, and ovality. Adjust as required. The ends of the piping components should meet squarely around their entire circumference.

e) Push the ends to be joined against the heater in such time sequence that the recommended heating time for each component is satisfied. To ensure proper and full contact is made between the components and the heater, the initial contact should be under moderate pressure. After holding this pressure very briefly, it should be released without breaking contact. Continue to hold the components in place without movement while an even bead of molten polyethylene develops around the components as a result of thermal expansion.

f) At the end of the heating cycle move the pipe component ends away from the heater, remove the heater and immediately bring the ends together with sufficient force to develop an interface pressure that will form a uniform bead around the entire circumference of the joint and that is found to produce acceptable joint strength characteristics.

g) Hold the assembly under fusion force (pressure) until the joint has solidified. (Guidelines for the cooling time of the different materials are often available from the pipe component supplier).

h) Visually inspect the joint. If a heat shield was used, both beads should be approximately the same size.

B. Sidewall Fusion Joining

1. Sidewall fusions for connections to outlet piping shall be performed in accordance with HDPE pipe and fitting manufacturer’s specifications. The heating irons used for sidewall fusion shall have an inside diameter equal to the outside diameter of the HDPE pipe being fused. The size of the heating iron shall be ¼ inch larger than the size of the outlet branch being fused. The sidewall fusions shall be made perpendicular to the major axis of the polyethylene pipe and installed at the spring line (in a transverse cross section of the pipe, the line of maximum horizontal dimension). Errors in fabrication made by the contractor that then require additional field fittings to make connection to other existing or newly installed utilities are incidental to the amount bid for that connection.

02555-21

D. Mechanical Joining

i. Mechanical joining will be used only where the butt fusion method cannot be used. Mechanical joining will be accomplished by either using a HDPE flange adapter with a Ductile Iron back-up ring or HDPE Mechanical Joint adapter with a Ductile Iron back-up ring. No mechanical joint that is not specifically identified within these Contract Documents shall be installed without prior express written permission granted by the Owner.

The flange adapter shall be attached to pipe using butt fusion. The flange adapter shall be aligned and centered relative to the pipe. Flange adapters should be square with the valve or other flange before tightening of bolts. Bolts should not be used to draw the flange into alignment. Bolt threads shall be lubricated. Bolts shall be tightened using a “star-tightening pattern”. See manufacturers’ recommendations. Twenty four hours after first tightening the flange bolts, they must be retightened using the same “star tightening pattern” referred to above. The final tightening torque shall be as described in the Plastic Pipe Institute’s Technical Note 38, latest adopted edition

MJ joining shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations, subject to the approval of the Engineer.

For HDPE MJ fittings connected to DI pipe, or DI fittings joined to HDPE pipe, using MJ adapters, the bolt-torque for three-quarter inch (3/4”) bolts shall be ninety (90) foot-pounds

When tightening the ¾” bolts, it is the best practice that the gland be evenly brought up towards the pipe flange; maintaining approximately the same distance between the gland and the face of the flange at all points around the socket. This is normally accomplished by partially tightening the bottom bolt first, then the top bolt, followed by the bolts to each side on the horizontal, and lastly, the rest of the bolts, using a “star” criss-cross pattern of tightening. Repeat this pattern two or three more times until all the bolts are evenly torqued within the above standard industry guideline (90 ft-lbs)

If effective joint sealing is not attained at the maximum torque of 90 ft- lbs, the joint shall be disassembled, cleaned thoroughly, and reassembled 02555-22

Bolts shall not be over torqued to try to compensate for poor assembly and installation practice. Retorque bolts again after 24 hours.

E. Socket fusion, hot gas fusion, threading, solvents, and epoxies shall not be used to join HDPE pipe.

F. Heat Fusion Training. In the event that the contractor does not submit current certificates of qualifications for the person(s) who will be fusing the HDPE pipe, the supplier of the pipe and fittings shall provide a person certified by the pipe manufacturer and the fusion equipment manufacturer to train contractor fusion equipment operators and inspectors representing the Owner.

G. Other Joining Methods

1. Mechanical Joining. Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be joined together using Flanges or Mechanical Joint (MJ) adapters. These fittings shall be made from PE4710 HDPE resin, Cell Classification of 445574C as determined by ASTM D3350-06, Flanged and MJ adapters shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM D3261. They shall have a pressure rating equal to the pipe unless otherwise specified on the plans.

2. Flanged Joining. Prior to bolting-up any flanged connection, the face flanges shall be aligned so that any gap is minimal. The mating flange faces shall be aligned square and true and conform to the measurement criterions established by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) Technical Note 38. Measurements shall be taken and recorded of the offset, angularity, and gap of each flanged connection prior to bolt up. No flange shall be bolted-up until the gap meets the PPI Technical Note 38 alignment requirements.

3. Electrofusion couplings. Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be joined using approved electrofusion couplings. Fittings shall be PE3408 HDPE, cell classification of 345464C as determined by ASTM D3350- 02 or PE4710 HDPE as determined by ASTM D3350-06 with a cell classification of 445574C. Electrofusion Fittings shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F1055. Fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to the pipe. All electrofusion fittings shall be suitable for use as pressure conduits, and per AWWA C906, have nominal burst values of three and one-half times the Working Pressure Rating (WPR) of the fitting.

02555-23

H. Installation

1. Installation. Pipe and fittings shall be installed using procedures recommended by the manufacturer.

2. General. Pipe and fittings shall be packaged in a manner suitable for shipment by a commercial carrier. Upon receipt at job site, a receiving inspection shall be prepared. Inspect the pipe for defects before installation and fusion. Defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be rejected. The quantity shall be verified and any shipping damage shall be reported to the supplier within 7 days.

4. Pipe and Large Fitting Handling: A nylon fabric choker sling capable of safely handling the weight of the pipe or fitting, shall be used to lift, place and move pipe and fittings. Position slings for handling pipeline away from the butt-fused joints. Exercise care when lowering pipe into the trench to prevent damage or twisting of pipe.

5. Excavate trench bottom out sufficiently to ensure clearance between the undisturbed trench bottom and the flange, valve, or connection being installed.

5. Cold (Field) Bending: Contractor shall not bend the pipe to fit a trench more than that allowed by the pipe manufacturer. For 6 and 8-inch SDR pipe, the bending radius shall not be less than 20 times the outer diameter of the pipe. For SDR 11 pipe, the bending radius shall not be less than 25 times the outer diameter of the pipe.

6. Installation by Pulling In: Contractor shall submit to Owner maximum proposed pull-in length for the pressure class and diameter pipe proposed to be pulled into an open trench. Pull-in lengths will not exceed the maximum lengths recommended by manufacturer for the class and diameter of the pipe. Final tie-ins should be made not less than 24 hours after pulling in to allow the pipe to recover from the stress of pulling.

3.06 ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY (DUCTILE IRON ONLY)

The Contractor shall provide adequate means to permit an electrical current flow of 500 amperes across all ductile iron pipe joints without exceeding an allowable voltage drop of one volt per joint.

02555-24

For pipe joints 4-inch or larger in nominal diameter, continuity shall be provided by an insulated, No. 4 AWG cable using CadWeld connections on each side of the joint. At valves, electrical continuity shall be provided by two each, insulated No. 4 AWG cables, welded as above, between pipes either side of the valve. CadWeld connections shall be those designed for use with ductile iron pipe.

3.07 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS AND SERVICES

General requirements for connections to existing piping are shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall determine and verify all existing piping, dimensions and elevations to assure proper fit. Approximate location of existing piping is provided on the plans, however, other pipelines may exist that are not shown. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing piping and appurtenances during construction and shall take care not to damage them or their protective coatings or impair the operation of the existing system in any way. The Contractor must be sure that all proper valves are closed and restrained before cutting into existing water lines and that all necessary temporary bypass lines and temporary plugs are in place before making connections.

All required materials and equipment (including emergency equipment) for the connection shall be on hand prior to the shutdown of existing water service or main.

Connection of new pipe to existing pipe perpendicular to the centerline of the existing pipe shall be made with the pipe, valves, and fittings indicated on the plans and whatever additional pipe and fittings required by the configuration and condition of the existing pipe.

Connections to existing services shall be incidental to pipeline, water service, fitting, and other bid items. Connection to existing water mains is a separate Bid Item and is described in Section 1.4 of the Bid Proposal

3.08 TESTING

A. Source of Water: Water for testing shall be obtained from Owner's distribution system.

Initial Flushing - All pipelines shall be cleaned of all dirt and debris prior to testing. Lines 24-inch and smaller shall be flushed. Larger pipelines shall be swept. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with 24 hours notice prior to beginning flushing the line.

B. Ductile Iron Pipe Testing Pressure tests on the piping and valves installed by the Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C600, except as modified herein.

The Contractor, who shall conduct all tests under the observation of Owner,

02555-25

shall furnish all equipment necessary to make the tests. The Contractor shall provide Owner with 24 hours notice of times and locations of tests. Prior to testing, the section of the pipeline to be tested shall be filled with water, air evacuated as required, and placed under a slight pressure for at least 24 hours.

Testing Pressure, pounds / square inch (psi) - The minimum test pressure for new mains shall be 150 psi. or 1.5 times working pressure (whichever is greater) measured at the low end of the pipeline between the main valves, but not more than 200 psi. Owner shall provide such working pressure information. Tests shall be conducted against both sides of valves

Prior to connecting to existing services, and for services to future connections, new service lines shall be flushed and tested at the testing pressure as specified above for the main and shall be accepted if free of visible leaks. New services shall not be backfilled or insulated prior to successful testing. The same test shall apply to hydrant leads.

Pass/ Fail Criteria – If no visual leakage is observed, and pressure during the test phase remains steady (with only a max of 5 psi drop) for the 1-hour test phase period, a passing test is indicated.

Note: If the new line will be used as a sprinkler/ fire line, the pressure test will be 200 psi, plus 5 psi.

C. HDPE Pipe Testing

Pressure testing shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM F2164, Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene Pressure Piping Systems Using Hydrostatic Pressure, except as modified herein. For safety reasons, hydrostatic testing only will be permitted.

Testing Pressure, pounds / square inch (psi) - The minimum test pressure for new mains shall be 150 psi plus 15 psi or 1.5 times the working pressure, plus 15 psi (Whichever pressure is greater.)

Filling - Fill the pipeline with water after it has been laid; bleed off any trapped air. (Warning - Entrapped air can result in an explosive, violent, and dangerous catastrophic failure because both the pressure stress on piping and the energy used to compress the entrapped air is released.)

Initial Expansion Phase – Gradually pressurize the test section to test pressure, and maintain test for three (3) hours. During the initial expansion phase, polyethylene pipe will expand slightly. Additional 02555-26

test liquid will be required to maintain pressure. It is not necessary to monitor the amount of water added during the initial expansion phase.

Test phase – reduce test pressure by 10 psi and monitor pressure for 1 hour. Do not increase pressure or add make-up water.

Prior to connecting to existing services, and for services to future connections, new service lines shall be flushed and tested at the working pressure of the main and shall be accepted if free of visible leaks. New services shall not be backfilled or insulated prior to successful testing. The same test shall apply to hydrant leads.

Note: If the new line will be used as a sprinkler/ fire line. Pressure test will be 200 PSI, plus 15 PSI.

Note: Under no circumstances shall the total time under test exceed eight (8) hours at 1.5 times the system pressure rating. If the test is not complete within this time limit (due to leakage, equipment failure, etc.), the test section shall be permitted to “relax” for eight (8) hours prior to the next test sequence.

3.09 DISINFECTION

Disinfection of the new water mains shall be performed by the Contractor prior to connection to the existing water lines and shall be in accordance with AWWA Specification C651, except as modified herein.

The initial concentration of chlorine in the line shall be not less than 50 milligrams per liter (mg/l) which is also expressed as 50 parts per million (ppm). This solution shall be held for a period of 24 hours and the disinfecting solution strength shall not drop below 10 ppm as measured at the completion of the 24-hour period. If the measured solution strength is below 10 ppm at that time, the Contractor shall redisinfect the water main until this criterion is met.

Upon completion of the chlorination disinfection period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed to prevent damage to the pipe lining. To prevent damage to the environment, heavily chlorinated water shall be neutralized with an EPA approved chemical for discharge into streams and oceans before disposal. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the 02555-27 proper flushing point for the discharge of all flushing water and to meet EPA requirements for disposal of the heavily chlorinated water. The line should be further flushed until chlorine residual discharged is equivalent to that of the incoming potable water’s chlorine residual.

Upon completion of chlorination and flushing, the line will sit undisturbed for a minimum of another 24 hours. At that time, a bacteriological test shall be taken for analysis by an ADEC approved laboratory followed by a second set of bacteriological samples collected at least another 24 hours later. Upon obtaining both satisfactory bacteriological test results, the system may be put into service after a final flushing. If either bacteriological test is unsatisfactory, the chlorination disinfection routine in its entirety as described above shall be repeated until a subsequent bacteriological test analysis meets the ADEC requirements.

All test gear will be furnished and installed by the Contractor. At the completion of the disinfection process, the Contractor will remove all test gear including those appurtenances affixed to the new water main other than the saddle(s). Each saddle’s threaded opening shall be sealed using a single bronze, solid bodied, plug of the same threaded pipe diameter. Neither bronze, open bodied plugs nor threaded bushings or reducers shall be allowed.

3.10 ABANDONED MAINS, SERVICES, AND VALVES

Where existing services or main valves are abandoned or replaced, existing valve and curb boxes shall be removed. Abandoned mains shall be plugged with concrete at open ends.

END OF SECTION

02555-28

SECTION 02560

SANITARY SEWERS

1. GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

This section applies to the construction or repair of sanitary sewer pipelines that may be required as part of the work. Materials and installation requirements are also provided for reference on items, such as manholes, which may be cross- referenced by other specification sections.

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction: Section 02221.

1.03 HDPE FORCE MAIN HDPE sewer force main (including HDPE arctic pipe) shall conform to the requirements of section 02660, except SDR 21 pipe shall be used.

2. MATERIALS

All new sewers shall be SDR 35 PVC, rated for 150 psi unless otherwise stated in the bid schedule. Patching of existing DI, CMP, RCP, or AC sewers, if required, may be with either SDR 35 PVC rated for 150 psi, or material matching existing, subject to approval of material and adapters by the Engineer.

2.01 SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. PVC SDR 35:

Polyvinyl chloride plastic sewer pipe shall be PVC SDR 35 rated for 150 psi, with integral bell and spigot joints and elastomeric seal (gasket). Pipe to fit industry standard cast iron fittings AWWA C-110.

Pipe to be AWWA-C900-81, made of compound 12454A as per ASTM D1784, and to meet the requirements of DR 18.

The elastomeric seal to meet ASTM F477. The gasketed joint assembly to meet ASTM D3139. The installation to meet UniB3, AWWA M23.

02730 0 of 7

2.03 CAST IRON FRAMES AND COVERS

A. Cast iron frames and covers shall be 24-inch minimum opening for manholes, 18-inch minimum opening for cleanouts.

B. Castings shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30, bituminous coated, marked "Sewer."

C. Manhole covers to be Neenah Foundry R-1733-M. Cleanout covers to be Inland Foundry 240 or approved equal.

2.04 SUBMITTALS

Provide catalog cuts for castings, manholes, manhole connections, and joint sealing. Provide manufacturer's certification for pipe and fittings.

3. INSTALLATION

3.01 PIPE

A. Survey line and grade for new sewers shall be taken from project benchmarks and reference points. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade at numerous intermediate points for control of his or her work. The Contractor shall retain the use of a pipe laser to set and lay all grades of sub-grade and pipe, as well as to confirm pipe alignment.

B. The pipe bedding shall be placed so that the entire length of the pipe will have full bearing on the bedding. No blocking of any kind shall be used to adjust the pipe to grade. The pipe bedding shall be D-1 crushed surfacing.

Bedding shall be placed in conformance with AWWA C600-99 Type V pipe bedding procedures, described as fallows. Bedding shall be placed in more than one lift. The first lift to provide at least 6-inch thickness under any portion of the pipe shall be placed before the pipe is installed and shall be spread smoothly so that the pipe is uniformly supported along the barrel. Bedding shall then be placed and compacted along the side of the pipe to a height equal to one half of the pipe diameter. Subsequent lifts of not more than 6-inch thickness of D-1 bedding shall be placed over the crown on the pipe and individually compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as shown in the contract plans.

02560-1

C. Where unauthorized excavation has been made below the established grade, the Contractor shall provide, place, and compact suitable bedding material to the proper grade elevation at his or her own expense.

D. Laying of sewer pipe shall be accomplished to line and grade in the trench only after it has been dewatered and the foundation and/or bedding has been prepared. Mud, silt, gravel, and other foreign material shall be kept out of the pipe and off the jointing surfaces.

E. All pipe laid shall be retained in position by mechanical means or otherwise, as to maintain alignment and joint closure until sufficient backfill has been completed to adequately hold the pipe in place.

F. Variance from established line and grade shall not be greater than one quarter of an inch, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. Failure to pass the deflection test outlined in section 3.06 B shall be cause for rejection.

G. The sewer pipe shall be laid upgrade. The sewer pipe shall be installed with the bell end forward or upgrade. No gravel, trash, or other foreign matter shall be allowed to enter the sewer system during construction. When pipe laying is not in progress, the forward end of the pipe shall be kept tightly closed with a temporary plug.

H. As the pipe is installed, it shall be backfilled with the specified bedding material and selected native material as shown on the plans, taking care that the backfill is in contact with the entire periphery of the pipe. The backfill shall be so carefully placed and firmly compacted that the subsequent backfilling operations will not disturb the pipe in any way.

I. All pipe branches, stubs or other open ends which are not to be connected immediately shall be plugged with approved material consistent with these Specifications and secured in place.

J. Pipe Jointing:

1. All extensions, additions and revisions of the sewer system, unless otherwise specified, shall be made with sewer pipe jointed by means of a flexible gasket which shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with these Specifications.

2. Pipe handling after the gasket has been affixed shall be carefully

02560-2

controlled to avoid disturbing the gasket and knocking it out of position, or loading it with dirt or other foreign material. Any gaskets so disturbed shall be removed and replaced, cleaned and relubricated if required before the jointing is attempted.

3. Care shall be taken to properly align the pipe before joints are entirely forced home. During insertion of the tongue or spigot, the pipe shall be partially supported by hand, sling or crane to minimize unequal lateral pressure on the gasket and to maintain concentricity until the gasket is properly positioned. Since most flexible gasketed joints tend to creep apart when the end pipe is deflected and straightened, such movement shall be held to a minimum once the joint is home.

4. Sufficient pressure shall be applied in making the joint to assure that it is home, as described in the installation instructions provided by the pipe manufacturer. Not more than once inch of the bell shall be exposed once the pipe is inserted. Sufficient restraint shall be applied to the line to assure that joints once home are held so, until fill material under and alongside the pipe has been sufficiently compacted. At the end of the work day, the last pipe laid shall be blocked to prevent creep during "down time."

3.02 MANHOLES

A. Standard manholes for sanitary sewers shall be constructed of precast concrete units.

B. Adequate foundations for all new manhole structures shall be obtained by removal and replacement of unsuitable material with well graded granular material or by tightening with coarse ballast rock, or by such other means as provided for foundation preparation of the connected sewers.

C. Base shall be a well-graded granular bedding course conforming to the requirements for sewer bedding but not less than 12 inches in thickness and extending either to the limits of the excavation or to a minimum of 12 inches outside the outside limits of the base section. In the latter case, the balance of the excavated area shall be filled with select material well tamped to the level of the top of the bedding to positively prevent any lateral movement of the bedding when the weight of the manhole is placed upon it. The bedding course shall be firmly tamped and made smooth and level to assure uniform contact and support of the pre-cast elements. Bedding shall be compacted to 95% maximum density.

D. A minimum of 6-inches D-1 bedding shall be placed around the entire manhole structure and compacted to 95% maximum density.

02560-3

D. All lift holes shall be thoroughly wetted and then be completely filled with mortar, smoothed and feathered both inside and out to ensure water-tightness.

E. Final elevation and tilt of cover shall conform to the restored street surface unless otherwise specified. Manhole castings shall be readjusted to meet uniform street grades. Warping of surfacing to meet grade of castings will not be allowed. Not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches shall be provided between the top of the cone or slab and the underside of the manhole casting ring for adjustment of the casting ring to street grade or ground surface. Plastic adjustment rings shall be utilized to adjust elevation between the top of the cone or slab and the underside of the manhole casting ring.

F. Channels shall be made to conform accurately to the sewer grade and shall be brought together smoothly with well rounded junctions. Channel sides shall be carried up vertically to the crown elevation of the various pipes, and the concrete shelf between channels shall be smoothly finished and warped evenly with slopes to drain. If channels are to be cast in place a concrete jointing compound shall be placed on all concrete surfaces to be attached to new concrete.

G. A watertight joint shall be provided where the pipe passes through the manhole wall by utilizing Z-loc connection that has been pre-cast into the manhole wall. Z-lok shall be installed per manufactures recommendations. Pipe connection into entry coupling shall be sealed with a rubber ring. No pipe joint shall be placed within ten feet (10') of the manhole wall.

H. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairing all damage to the manholes resulting from his or her operations.

Manhole joints shall be assembled with a layer of butyl laid on a clean lip surface between the two pre-cast sections. Exterior joints shall then be grouted to a watertight seal. Manholes shall have no visible leaks at any joint.

Manhole exterior joint waterproofing shall be a Miradri system as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc. including Miradri P-804 primer, Miradri 861 Membrane, and Miradri M- 800 mastic, or approved equal that includes a membrane and adhesive system for positive water exclusion. The membrane shall extend at lease 18” each side of manhole joints, except this width may be reduced to 9” each side of manhole joints if the joint is less than four feet below finished grade and the joint is above the maximum water table.

02560-4

Precast concrete manholes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C478 and details on Contract Drawings.

Manholes shall be cast with z-lok pipe connectors into the manhole openings.

3.03 EXISTING MANHOLES TO BE REMOVED

For existing manholes to be the contractor shall remove the entire structure.

3.04 SERVICE LATERALS

There will be a maximum of 2 fittings allowed on service laterals unless approved by the engineer.

3.05 CLEANING

New sewer sections, pipes and manholes, shall be cleaned such that no foreign material exists prior to testing.

3.06 TESTING & INSPECTIONS

A. PRESSURE TESTING: All new and replacement lines shall be air-tested to a minimum of 5 psi and shall hold at least 5 psi for one (1) hour. This requirement shall be waived for patches to existing services.

At the Contractor's option, in lieu of either of the above, the gravity sewer pipe may be hydrostatically tested for water tightness. Where the leakage exceeds the rate of 0.05 gallons per hour per inch diameter per 100 feet of sewer pipe with a minimum test pressure of six (6) feet of water above the crown at the upper end of the pipe, or above the active ground water table, whichever is higher, the section so leaking will not be accepted until satisfactory repairs are made at the Contractor's expense. Maximum height of water column shall be limited to sixteen (16) feet above the invert of the pipe at the lower end of the test section. This requirement shall be waived for patches to existing services; however, upstream lines shall be flushed and the lines observed for leaks prior to completion of bedding above the pipe springline.

Mains and new services as far as test tees shall be tested at one time between adjacent manholes. Upstream sewage shall be bypassed by pumping during tests. Contractor shall notify property owners of affected services before and after test and advise them not to discharge during test period.

02560-5

B. DEFLECTION TESTING: All C900 PVC pipe may be tested for deflection after backfilling is completed at the owners discretion. Deflection testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM specifications D3034 (4”-15”) or F679 (18”-27”). A vertical ring deflection greater than seven and one half percent (7.5%) will not be allowed. This deflection is defined as a seven and one half percent reduction in the average inside diameter or deviation from alignment.

The method of testing shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The deflection test may be conducted with a mandrel, a ball, a cylinder, or in another manner acceptable to the Owner, accomplished on a manhole-to-manhole basis, following complete flushing of the line by the Contractor. If rigid balls or mandrels are used to test the pipe deflection, no mechanical pulling devices shall be used. Rigid balls or mandrels shall be 92% of the base inside diameter of the pipe to be tested as described in ASTM F679. If mandrels are used, they shall be similar or equal to that manufactured by Cherne Industries, Inc. Mandrels shall be fluted with an odd number of flutes and a minimum of nine (9) flutes.

A different gage is required for each different diameter of pipe, and the Contractor shall furnish all equipment required to complete the deflection tests. The deflection tests shall be witnessed by the Owner or the Owners representative. Any section of pipe that fails to meet the aforementioned requirements shall be excavated and the failed sections shall either be relayed or replaced, and retested for deflection until the requirements are met; this work will be done at no cost to the Owner.

The sewer shall be completely cleaned by the Contractor prior to performing deflection tests or camera inspections.

Deflection test shall be performed no less than thirty (30) days after all sewer pipe trenches have been backfilled to finished grade and all sewers have passed both the leakage test(s) and camera inspections.

C. CAMERA INSPECTION: A camera inspection will be performed and approved by the Owner before acceptance of new sewer lines. The purpose of the camera inspection is to identify improperly seated joints and/or gaskets, to ensure the pipe has been installed to the design grade and any other defects not detected by pressure testing and deflection testing. Defects found to be outside the limits of a generally acceptable new sewer installation, as determined by the project Engineer, shall be fixed or the pipe re-laid at no cost to the Owner.

Camera inspections shall be completed before the sewer becomes active. I the event that a sewer must be active prior to inspection the maximum depth of flow in the sewer line segment being inspected shall not exceed: twenty (20) percent of

02560-6

the depth in 6 to 10 inch diameter sewers, twentyfive (25) percent of the depth in 12 to 24 inch diameter sewers, or thirty (30) percent of the depth in sewers 30 inches or larger in diameter. In the event that the depth of flow exceeds these criteria, the Contractor shall control the flow to an acceptable depth of flow or reschedule the inspection to a low flow period of time (typically 2 a.m. to 5 a.m.). The additional cost of controlling the flow or working during alternate hours shall be borne by the Contractor.

The contractor shall provide access where needed for inspections

The Contractor shall clean the sewer lines so that they are free of foreign material prior to camera inspections.

3.07 INFLOW PRECAUTIONS

The sanitary sewers discharge to pump stations with limited capacity. It is extremely important that groundwater and surface drainage be kept out of the collection system to keep sediments out of the pipelines and avoid overloading the pump stations, and the Contractor shall exercise all possible care to prevent such inflows during construction.

The Contractor shall advise the City and Borough of Wrangell, Department of Public Works, in case of damage to sewers and prior to adjustments in any service line connections. Notify both the Public Works Director (874-3904).

END OF SECTION

02560-7

SECTION 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

GENERAL

1.01 STANDARDS AND CODES

i) ACI (American Concrete Institute) 211.1-89 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, or Mass Concrete

ii) ACI 301-89 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings

Reference standards and publications in ACI 301-89 are incorporated in this specification section by reference.

iii) ACI 302.1R-89 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction

iv) ACI 304R-89 - Recommended practice for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete

v) ACI 305R-89 - Hot weather concreting

vi) ACI 306R-88 - Cold weather concreting

vii) ACI 315-80 (rev. 1988) - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement

viii) ACI 347R-88 - Recommended practice for concrete formwork

ix) ACI SP15(89) - Field Reference Manual

x) ASTM (American Society for Testing & Material) C131 - Abrasion and Impact of Coarse Aggregate in Los Angeles Machine

xi) ASTM D98 - Calcium Chloride (Accelerating Admixture)

xii) Uniform Building Code - 1991 edition

1.02 SUBMITTALS

Submittals shall include:

i) Project Data:

03300-1

(1) The Contractor shall submit, for each class of concrete, mix design data and test documentation as described in ACI 301, Chapter 3, Proportioning.

(2) Concrete mix aggregate sieve analysis and Los Angeles wear.

(3) Catalog data showing pertinent dimensions and details of forming accessories such as ties and accessories.

(4) Catalog data on form materials indicating conformance with specifications.

(5) Catalog data on all accessories, joint fillers, sealants, surface treatments, and curing materials.

(6) Catalog data on concrete admixtures.

1.03 FIELD REFERENCES

The Contractor shall keep at least one copy of the following references in his or her field office at all times:

i) ACI 301-89 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings

ii) ACI SP15(89) - Field Reference Manual

iii) 1991 Uniform Building Code

iv) 1991 Uniform Building Code Standards

1.04 PRECEDENCE OF STANDARDS

In the event of conflicts among these specifications and referenced standards, the more stringent requirements shall apply.

2.0 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONCRETE

i) General: Concrete shall provide not less than the following compressive strength in twenty-eight (28) days when Type I cement is used, and in seven (7) days when Type III cement is used. Compressive strength shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39.

Application Compressive Strength

03300-2

Structural uses 4000 psi

Sidewalks and pavement patches, curb 3000 psi and gutter

Thrust blocks and mass concrete for pipeline 2000 psi encasement

ii) Hydraulic Cement: Concrete shall use Type I or Type III Portland Cement as required by the Drawings and Specifications. Hydraulic cement shall conform to ASTM C-150 "Specifications for Portland Cement" and ASTM C-175 "Specifications for Air-entraining Portland Cement."

Cements conforming to Canadian standards substantially the same as ASTM will be acceptable subject to approval by Owner.

iii) Aggregates: Concrete aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33 "Specifications for Concrete Aggregates" except that aggregates which have been shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of the specified strength and durability may be used if approved by the engineer. Aggregates shall be washed, clean of sticks, roots, clay and deleterious substances prior to use.

Coarse aggregates for the pavement shall be 1-1/2 inch minus while coarse aggregate for all other concrete shall be 1 inch minus. Maximum loss from AASHTO T 96 shall be 50 percent. Maximum loss from AASHTO T 104 shall be 12 percent.

iv) Air-entrained concrete: Air-entrained concrete shall be used. Either air-entrained Portland Cement or an air-entrained admixture shall be added at the mixer. The volume of air in freshly mixed concrete shall be five (5) percent by volume, plus or minus (1) percent. Admixtures may be used only with the approval of Owner.

v) Cement and Water Content: Cement content and water content shall be determined by the Contractor to meet the strength requirements specified above, except as follows. vi) Water: Water used in mixing cement shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, salts, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel.

vii) Water-reducing admixtures shall conform to "Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" (ASTM C-494).

viii) Calcium chloride or other chloride based accelerators shall not be used.

03300-3

2.02 REINFORCING STEEL

i) Steel bars: Reinforcing steel shall consist of round deformed bars. Deformed steel bars shall conform to one of the following ASTM Designations.

(1) A 615-68 "Standard Specifications for Deformed Billet-Steel bars for Concrete Reinforcement," Grade 60.

(2) A 616-68 "Standard Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement," Grade 60.

(3) A 617-68 "Standard Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement," Grade 60.

ii) Welded Wire Fabric: Welded wire fabric used for reinforcement of concrete in pavement restoration shall be minimum AWG No. 6, 6-inch x 6-inch spacing, 75,000 pounds per square inch tensile strength, manufactured in accordance with ASTM Designation A-185.

2.03 ACCESSORIES

i) Epoxy Adhesive: A two-component compound, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. For bonding new concrete to old. "Concresive" Paste (LPL) or (SPL) by Master Builders Inc., or approved equal.

ii) Vapor Barrier: ASTM D2103, 6 mil thick clear polyethylene film.

iii) Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete; Cast Off by Sonneborn.

iv) Anchors: Coupling anchors, if used, shall be DECO Column Anchor and adjustable anchors shall be DECO Standard Anchor. All anchors shall be DECO Manufacturing Co., Decatur, Illinois, or equal. v) Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place:

(1) Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use wood, brick, and other unacceptable materials.

(2) For slabs on ground, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs.

03300-4

(3) For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with either hot-dip galvanized or plastic-protected legs.

vi) Tie Wire: No. 16 American Wire Gauge or heavier, black annealed per ASTM A-82.

vii) Expansion Joints: Expansion joint material shall be closed-cell polyethylene foam with a density of 2.95 pounds per cubic foot. Expansion joint material shall be Sonoflex F by Sonneborn, or equal.

viii) Anchor bolts may be either drilled or cast-in-place, unless otherwise shown on the plans.

(1) Drilled anchor bolts shall be Wedge Type expansion anchor, 316 stainless steel, Hilti Type HKB, or approved equal.

(2) Drilled drop-in-type female expansion anchors shall be 303 stainless steel, Hilti Type HDI or approved equal.

(3) Adjustable anchors for equipment, where used, shall be floating nut- type which will allow at least 1/2-inch movement of the fastening stud. The fastening stud shall be 316 stainless steel. Adjustable anchors shall be DECO Manufacturing Co., Decatur, Illinois, Standard Anchor or equal.

All expansion anchors shall be male-type, projecting anchors unless female- type anchors are specifically called out otherwise.

2.04 CURING MATERIALS

i) Water: Conform to standards for mixing water, paragraph 2.03C.

ii) Absorptive Mat: Burlap fabric of 9 oz./square yard, clean, roll goods.

iii) Membrane Curing Compound: Conform to requirements of ASTM C309.

TESTS FOR MIX

Concrete shall be tested for slump by the owner in accordance with ASTM C 143; the maximum permissible slump shall not exceed 4 inches, the minimum slump shall be not less than 2 inches. One slump test will be taken for each truck load.

One entrained air test shall be taken by the owner for each set of test cylinders and at such additional times as may be ordered by the Owner.

03300-5

Concrete shall develop the compressive strength indicated in this specification. The Owner shall require the testing laboratory to take one set of three test cylinders for each 25 cubic yards of the concrete placed, but not less than one set each day concrete is placed. The Contractor may take more cylinders if desired to demonstrate strength adequate for traffic. Cylinders shall be tested for compressive strength as follows: one lab cured at seven days, two lab cured at 28 days. Making and curing the test cylinders shall conform to ASTM C31, testing to ASTM C39. A copy of all test reports shall be furnished to Contractor.

One additional test cylinder shall be taken during cold weather and shall be cured, on site, under the same conditions as the concrete it represents.

Concrete cylinder test data will be evaluated per Section 2605 of the 1991 Uniform Building Code.

Materials which fail to meet contract requirements, as indicated by laboratory test, shall not be used in the work. The Contractor shall remove all defective material from the site.

4.0 EXECUTION

4.01 GENERAL

Unless otherwise specified, execution shall conform with ACI 301 and Chapter 26 of the 1991 Uniform Building Code.

4.02 FORMWORK

i) Coordination: Coordinate formwork with the work of other trades as required for installation of inserts, conduit pipe sleeves, drains, hangers, supports, anchors, and similar items. Secure in position before concrete is poured.

ii) Installation:

(1) General: Construct the forms to meet the tolerances specified in ACI 301. Provide for openings, offsets, chamfers, blocking, and other features required on the work. Provide for easy removal of forms without damage to concrete surfaces. Keep formwork clear of wood chips, clogs, and other deleterious material. Form all concrete surfaces. Earth side walls permitted only with Engineer's approval.

(2) Forms: Provide MDO forms for all surfaces exposed to view. The MDO panels shall be attached to the studs, walers, etc., using countersunk, power-driven screws. The countersunk hole shall be filled with putty and sanded smooth.

03300-6

Provide B Grade, Class 1 plywood forms for all non-exposed surfaces.

Set plywood panels tightly together to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Carefully form intersecting planes to provide true clean-cut corners with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. Use extra studs, walers, and bracing as required to prevent bowing of forms between studs. Reusable steel forms of approved design may be used for cast-in-place manholes.

(3) Form Ties: Provide cone form ties at exposed surfaces. Set ties in straight rows, evenly spaced. Ties shall be water-seal-type with polyethylene washer in the center.

(4) Chamfers: Except where 90-degree corners are specifically called out on drawings, at flush joints between concrete and other construction, and as otherwise detailed, provide 3/4-inch triangular wood or plastic strips; place and secure in forms at corners. Horizontal chamfer strips shall be installed with a maximum deviation in elevation of one inch in ten feet.

(5) Form Release Agents: Coat contact surfaces of forms with form- coating compound before placing concrete. Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, paying special attention to rate and method of application. Ensure that any agent can be disposed prior to coating or is compatible with any required coatings.

(6) Deflections: Construct forms with spacing on supports and ties such that they will support the maximum pressure exerted by fluid concrete with an actual deflection not to exceed 1/32-inch, or 0.0025 times the support spacing, whichever is the larger, at the midpoint between supports.

(7) Cambers: Design and erect formwork for anticipated deflection due to weight and pressure of fresh concrete as well as structural cambers as noted on drawings. Provide positive means for adjustment of shores and struts to take up settlement during placement. iii) Removal of Forms:

(1) Formwork shall be designed for easy removal without damaging or marring finished surfaces of the concrete; take particular are in removing forms from exposed concrete surfaces. Prying against face of concrete will not be permitted; where mechanical means are

03300-7

necessary to release forms, use wood wedges only, and then only if approved by the Engineer.

(2) Do not remove forms and supports until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support anticipated loads.

Use methods of form removal which will not cause overstressing of the concrete. Remove supports to permit the concrete to uniformly and gradually take the stress due to its own weight. Do not use high- impact methods to remove supports.

(3) Reshoring: If early form removal is desired, reshore in such manner that at no time will large areas of new construction be required to support their own weight; allow no live loads on new construction until reshored; tighten reshores to take loads, taking care not to overtighten. Leave reshoring in place until concrete has attached 28- day strength.

(4) Backfilling: Backfilling and compaction behind walls shall not commence until all walls have been poured and the concrete has reached its required 28-day strength as specified in item 2, above. Mechanical compaction adjacent to walls shall not be allowed within a distance equal to one half the backfill depth. Contractor shall be responsible for any cracking or damage to walls from the mechanical compaction.

iv) Reuse of Forms: Use only forms that will provide surfaces of same quality as specified for original use.

4.03 REINFORCING

i) Handling:

(1) Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled, tagged, and marked with metal tags indicating bar sizes, lengths, and other information corresponding with markings shown on placement diagrams.

(2) Store reinforcement off the ground to prevent damage, excessive rust, dirt, and the like.

ii) Placing:

(1) General: Conform to applicable portions of reference specifications except as exceeded by provisions of drawings or specifications. (2) Condition: Reinforcement to be free from loose rust, mill scale, ice, and other materials which would reduce or destroy bond.

03300-8

(3) Positioning: Accurately place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing with chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers as required.

(4) Wire Fabric: Place fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with 16-gauge wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths.

(5) Splices and Reinforcements: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and tightly wire tying. Comply with requirements of 1991 Uniform Building Code for minimum lap of spliced bars.

4.04 PLACING CONCRETE - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

i) Preparation:

(1) Before placing concrete, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned, all debris and ice shall be removed from the places to be occupied by the concrete, forms shall be thoroughly wetted (except in freezing weather) or oiled, and masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete shall be well drenched, and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of ice or other coatings. Standing water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless specified or indicated on the drawings.

(2) Foundations for footings and grade slabs shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 301 so as to prevent the subgrade from absorbing moisture or cement paste from freshly placed concrete.

(3) Inserts and Embedded Items: In cooperation with all trades and other contractors, all inserts and fastening devices such as anchors, hangers, ties, bolts, pipes, conduits, waterstops, nailing strips, etc., shall be properly located and secured in position before concrete is placed. Where pipes pass through the structure, they shall be cast-inplace unless permission is given by the Engineer to do otherwise. Wherever these requirements interfere by the plans, the bars shall be spread and rearranged as directed by the Engineer.

(4) Construction Joints: The location of construction joints not shown on the drawings shall be approved by the Engineer. Prior to placing new concrete against any previously poured concrete, the latter shall be roughened by cutting or chipping as required and cleaned of all loose concrete, debris, and laitance, and thoroughly soaked. Horizontal

03300-9

joints shall be covered with a layer of grout 1/2-inch thick before placing new concrete.

At the joints between footings and walls, roughen the footing surface at the joint before placing concrete for walls.

(5) Contraction Joints: The location of contraction joints shall be as shown on the plans or as approved by the Engineer. ii) Concrete Placement: Place concrete within 1-1/2 hours after it is mixed. Once concreting is started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is complete. Suspension of operations for more than 2 hours will not be permitted during a continuous placement, and this limit may be reduced by the Engineer. Flowable concrete may be pumped from the bottom of the form, pumping the full form height without stopping.

Concrete shall be placed generally in horizontal layers no more than 24 inches thick except as otherwise specified. When a monolithic layer cannot be completed in one operation, it shall be terminated with a vertical bulkhead. Feathering to less than 6 inches will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed so as to avoid segregation of the materials and the displacement of the reinforcement. Where placing operations would involve the dropping of concrete through completed forms from heights of 6 or more feet for plain concrete and 4 or more feet through installed reinforcement, concrete so placed shall be discharged into hoppers feeding into flexible drop chutes. Encrustation of installed reinforcement by concrete spilled on it will be tolerated only for a length of time shorter than the encrustating concrete needs for drying out. Where conditions warrant, this procedure may be altered by the Engineer upon request of the Contractor.

In walls over 4 feet high, 3 inches of grout shall be placed at the bottom of the form prior to placing concrete to prevent rock pockets and honeycombing. iii) Consolidation

Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by the proper use of immersion- type vibrators as specified in ACI 301.

Pumps may be used only if they can pump the mix designed. Do not add fine aggregate or water to the mix to satisfy the needs of a pumping device. iv) Cold and Hot Weather Placement:

03300-10

(1) Cold Weather Placing: Comply with ACI 306R to protect all concrete work from physical damage and reduced strength caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. Place no concrete against frozen earth.

The concrete may be placed at 40°F (4°C) and below down to 20°F (- 7°C), ambient temperature, without heating the mix and maintaining the noted protection if the specified "Freeze Protection Admixture" is added to the mix at 60 to 90 oz. per 100 pounds of cement per manufacturer's instructions. The ambient temperature must be 20°F (-7°C) or higher until initial set is reached and the hardened concrete has been sealed to prevent the ingress of additional water.

(2) Hot Weather Placing: Cool ingredients before mixing as necessary to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 80°F (32°C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided the water in the ice is used as part of the mix water and included in calculating the water/cement ratio. Follow the requirements of ACI 305R in producing and placing concrete in ambient temperatures over 80°F (27°C).

The specified second-generation superplasticizer may be used in place of cooling for concrete with concrete temperatures 80°F (27°C) and over. Work with the ready-mix producer and admixture manufacturer to make a mix using a second-generation plasticizer to control the concrete temperature rise.

During dry, windy weather, erect windbreaks and/or sunshades and protect the concrete surface immediately after placing and leveling using either a fog spray or the specified Hot Weather Finishing Aid, during the entire finishing operation, until curing is applied.

* * * END OF SECTION * * *

03300-11